Manual de Servicio Frontier 570

SERVICE MANUAL
DIGITAL MINILAB
FRONTIER Series
LASER PRINTER/PAPER PROCESSOR
LP5500R / LP5700R
Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagram
First Edition
PP3-C1082E
INTRODUCTION
This Servicing Manual outlines the maintenance and servicing procedures for the Fujifilm Digital Minilab
LP5500R/LP5700R.
This manual is a professional publication provided for qualified service personnel or persons fully trained in
equipment service procedures. All other personnel and operators are restricted from servicing the LP5500R/
LP5700R. When maintenance service is needed, be sure to contact qualified service personnel.
Precautions Generally Applying to All Serving Operations
! WARNING
When servicing internal machine parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply on the power
distribution board are both set to the OFF position and the scanner’s power supply cord is disconnected from the wall outlet.
If the main power is left ON, electricity will flow as far as the power supply section, and this can cause electric shocks and/or
short-circuiting.
If the power is left on, there is also the possibility for the machine to maybe accidentally activated causing damage to the
machine and/or bodily injury.
! CAUTION
The dryer will be hot to the touch. Wait 15 minutes after turning off the power before commencing with servicing procedures.
• Wear gloves when handling the optical system parts to keep the parts free from fingerprints.
• When mounting machine parts, take care not to sandwich any of the wires.
• Each of the connectors is provided with a symbol indicating what it is to be connected to. Make sure the connectors are
connected to the connectors, harness ends or parts bearing the corresponding symbols.
• The plastic connectors have a locking catch on the plug (male) end. To disconnect one of these connectors, loosen the
catch first; to connect, make sure the catch engages (locks).
Note on Descriptions
In this manual, the "Setup and Maintenance" menu items for the printer processor connected to the SP-3000 (installed with A1
Software) are used as examples in the explanations and references. The corresponding menu items for the printer processor
connected to the FMPC (installed with the FMPC or MS Software) are shown in "3.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table".
For detailed functions of the menu items with the FMPC or MS Software, see the software Operation Manual.
Service Manual Appropriations
1. All rights are reserved by the FUJIFILM Corporation (FUJIFILM).
2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service

personnel.
3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore

proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited.
4. FUJIFILM’s prior consent is required in regard to the following.
K Manual copying in whole or in part.

K Disclosure of manual contents to unauthorized personnel.
K Manual uses for purposes other than technical service.
MENU TABLE 1
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 2
MESSAGES AND ACTIONS 3
MAINTENANCE MENU 4
PAPER SUPPLY SECTION 5
PAPER FEED SECTION 6
EXPOSURE SECTION 7
DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION 8
PROCESSOR SECTION 9
PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM 10
PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM 11
DRYER SECTION 12
PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER 13
ELECTRICAL SECTION 14
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 15
APPENDIX 16
CONTENTS
1. MENU TABLE........................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table................................................................................... 1-2
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table.................................................................. 1-5
1.2.1 Menu Table ............................................................................................................... 1-5
1.2.2 0 [MENU] Item........................................................................................................... 1-6
1.2.3 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item ........................................................................................... 1-7
1.2.4 2 [END CHK.] Item .................................................................................................... 1-9
1.2.5 3 [MESHBELT CLN] Item........................................................................................ 1-10
1.2.6 4 [LANGUAGE] Item ............................................................................................... 1-11
1.2.7 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item ......................................................................................... 1-12
1.2.8 6 [PRINT COND.] Item ............................................................................................ 1-13
1.2.9 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item ........................................................................................ 1-14
1.2.10 8 [SYSTEM] Item..................................................................................................... 1-15
1.2.11 9 [INSTALLATION] Item.......................................................................................... 1-18
2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................................................ 2-2
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table ........................................................................ 2-3
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures...................................................................... 2-5
2.3.1 Printing Function Inspection ...................................................................................... 2-5
2.3.2 Cutter Inspection ....................................................................................................... 2-6
2.3.3 Back Printing Head Inspection .................................................................................. 2-6
2.3.4 Back Printer Head Replacement ............................................................................... 2-6
2.3.5 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning ............................................................... 2-7
2.3.6 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection............................................. 2-8
2.3.7 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning...................................................................... 2-8
2.3.8 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement ......................................................... 2-9
2.3.9 Pipe Slider Inspection.............................................................................................. 2-10
2.3.10 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection .................................... 2-10
2.3.11 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication..................................................... 2-11
2.3.12 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection................ 2-11
2.3.13 Circulation Pump Inspection.................................................................................... 2-12
2.3.14 Processing Solution Heater Inspection ................................................................... 2-12
2.3.15 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ........................................................... 2-13
2.3.16 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning ........................................................................ 2-14
2.3.17 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning......................................................... 2-15
2.3.18 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ................................................................... 2-15
2.3.19 PSR Level Sensor Inspection.................................................................................. 2-16
2.3.20 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection ...................................................................... 2-17
2.3.21 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication.......................................................................... 2-18
2.3.22 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection ..................................................................................... 2-18
3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ............................................................................................... 3-1

3.1 Error Indication Outline........................................................................................................ 3-2
3.1.1 Message Number ...................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.2 Message Icon ............................................................................................................ 3-2
3.1.3 X-#### Actions .......................................................................................................... 3-2
4
3.2 Messages and Actions ........................................................................................................ 3-3
3.3 Trouble Shooting ............................................................................................................... 3-74
3.3.1 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction .............................................................. 3-74
3.3.2 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality ....................................................... 3-76
3.3.3 Dryer Temperature Abnormality .............................................................................. 3-80
3.3.4 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering .............................................................. 3-84
3.3.5 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics .......................................................................... 3-85
3.3.6 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics ................................................................ 3-86
3.3.7 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics.............. 3-87
3.3.8 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics............................................................... 3-88
3.3.9 Return Action after Replenishment System Error ................................................... 3-88
3.3.10 Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction....................................................... 3-89
4. MAINTENANCE MENU ......................................................................................................... 4-1

4.1 Operational Procedure ........................................................................................................ 4-3
4.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01)............................................................................ 4-5
4.2.1 Production Information (0120)................................................................................... 4-5
4.2.2 Timer Setup (0121) ................................................................................................... 4-7
4.2.3 Data Backup (0122) .................................................................................................. 4-8
4.2.4 Error Information Check (0123)................................................................................. 4-9
4.2.5 Accumulated Production Information (0127) ........................................................... 4-10
4.2.6 Clear Error Log (0141) ............................................................................................ 4-12
4.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ............................................................................... 4-13
4.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (0200)................................................................................. 4-13
4.3.2 Paper Magazine Registration (0221)....................................................................... 4-15
4.3.3 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242).................................................................... 4-17
4.3.4 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) ..................................................................... 4-18
4.4 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................................................................................ 4-19
4.4.1 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520).................................................. 4-19
4.4.2 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522)................................................ 4-20
4.4.3 Paper Feed (0523) .................................................................................................. 4-21
4.4.4 Printer Temperature Display (0524) ........................................................................ 4-21
4.4.5 Printer Input Check (0525) ...................................................................................... 4-22
4.4.6 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527) ..................................................... 4-23
4.4.7 Printer Function Select (0528)................................................................................. 4-24
4.4.8 Printer I/O Check (0540) ......................................................................................... 4-25
4.4.9 Test Pattern Printing (0541) .................................................................................... 4-27
4.4.10 Laser Exposure Check (0542)................................................................................. 4-29
4.4.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543) .................................................................................... 4-29
4.4.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544) ................................................................................ 4-29
4.4.13 B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) .................................................................................... 4-30
4.4.14 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546) ......................................................... 4-30
4.4.15 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547) ............................................... 4-31
4.4.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548) .................................................... 4-32
4.4.17 Laser History Display (0549) ................................................................................... 4-34
4.4.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550) ................................................... 4-34
4.4.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) ............................................................ 4-35
4.4.20 Filter Replacement History (0552)........................................................................... 4-36
5
4.4.21 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)................................................... 4-37
4.4.22 Image Position Initial Setting (0554)........................................................................ 4-38
4.4.23 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555) ......................................................... 4-39
4.4.24 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) ...................................................... 4-40
4.4.25 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558)............................................................................ 4-41
4.4.26 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) ............................................................................ 4-42
4.4.27 Printer Operation Data Display (0560) .................................................................... 4-43
4.4.28 Data Saving (0561) ................................................................................................. 4-44
4.4.29 Data Download (0562) ............................................................................................ 4-45
4.5 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) .......................................................................... 4-46
4.5.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620) ........................................ 4-46
4.5.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621) ............................................... 4-48
4.5.3 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622) .................................................................... 4-50
4.5.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ............................................................. 4-51
4.5.5 Processor Input Check (0624)................................................................................. 4-53
4.5.6 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625) ......................................................... 4-54
4.5.7 Processing Temperature Setting (0640) ................................................................. 4-55
4.5.8 Processor I/O Check (0642).................................................................................... 4-56
4.5.9 Processor Operation Data Display (0643)............................................................... 4-57
4.5.10 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644) ........................................................ 4-57
4.6 Self-Diagnostic Menu Outline ........................................................................................... 4-59
4.6.1 Paper Feed Check (Menu 2340)............................................................................. 4-59
4.7 Special Operations (99)..................................................................................................... 4-66
4.7.1 Paint (9940)............................................................................................................. 4-66
4.7.2 Explorer (9941)........................................................................................................ 4-66
4.7.3 Command (9942) .................................................................................................... 4-67
5. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION ................................................................................................. 5-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 5-2
5.1 Paper Magazine .................................................................................................................. 5-3
5.1.1 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement ......................................................... 5-3
5.1.2 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement ............................................................ 5-3
5.1.3 Drive Pulley Replacement ......................................................................................... 5-4
5.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table............................................................................................. 5-5
5.2.1 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................. 5-5
5.2.2 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 5-5
5.2.3 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement ........................................... 5-6
5.2.4 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 5-6
5.2.5 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 5-7
5.2.6 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement ............................................................. 5-7
5.2.7 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement ...................................................... 5-8
5.3 Lower Magazine Table ........................................................................................................ 5-9
5.3.1 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................. 5-9
5.3.2 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 5-9
5.3.3 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement ......................................... 5-10
5.3.4 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................... 5-10
5.3.5 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement........................................................ 5-11
5.3.6 Soft Down Damper Replacement............................................................................ 5-12
6
5.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch ................................................................................ 5-14
5.4.1 Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 5-14
5.4.2 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 5-15
5.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement.............. 5-15
5.4.4 Drive Belt Replacement........................................................................................... 5-16
5.4.5 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement...................................... 5-17
6. PAPER FEED SECTION ....................................................................................................... 6-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 6-3
6.1 Cutter/Feed Section............................................................................................................. 6-6
6.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................................ 6-6
6.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................. 6-6
6.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................... 6-9
6.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................... 6-9
6.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement ................. 6-10
6.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close Sensor
(D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625),
Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement ..................................................... 6-10
6.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement ........................................................................ 6-11
6.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement......................................................................................... 6-11
6.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement............................................. 6-12
6.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement .......................................... 6-12
6.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................... 6-13
6.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 6-14
6.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation..................... 6-15
6.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement................................... 6-15
6.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 6-16
6.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement .............................................................................. 6-17
6.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement........................ 6-17
6.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement .................................................................. 6-18
6.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement .................................................................. 6-19
6.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation...... 6-20
6.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement..................................................................... 6-21
6.1.22 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .... 6-21
6.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement................................................................................. 6-22
6.2 Back Printing Section ........................................................................................................ 6-23
6.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 6-23
6.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement .................................................. 6-24
6.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement......................................................... 6-25
6.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement.............. 6-27
6.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement .................................................. 6-28
6.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement...................................................... 6-29
6.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement .......................................................... 6-30
6.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation........................................... 6-30
6.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement.................................................. 6-31
7
6.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement..................................................... 6-32
6.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................. 6-33
6.2.15 Platen Replacement ................................................................................................ 6-34
6.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement............................................ 6-34
6.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement................................................................... 6-35
6.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement ........................................................................... 6-36
6.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 6-37
6.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement ........................................................... 6-37
6.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment ............................................................. 6-38
6.3 Registration Section .......................................................................................................... 6-40
6.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 6-40
6.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement................................... 6-40
6.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement..................................................... 6-41
6.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement..................................... 6-42
6.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement ............................. 6-42
6.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement ............ 6-43
6.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement ...................................................... 6-46
6.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement ...................................................... 6-47
6.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement ................................................... 6-48
6.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement............................................ 6-49
6.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................................. 6-52
6.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement ................................................... 6-53
6.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................ 6-53
6.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement ...................................................... 6-54
6.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement .................................................................. 6-55
7. EXPOSURE SECTION .......................................................................................................... 7-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 7-2
7.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section ............................................................................... 7-3
7.1.1 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 7-3
7.1.2 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement ............................................................... 7-4
7.1.3 Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................................... 7-4
7.1.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement .................................................... 7-5
7.1.5 Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement .................................................... 7-5
7.1.6 Louver Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................................. 7-5
7.1.7 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F690A/B) Replacement ...................................................... 7-6
7.1.8 AOM Driver Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-6
7.1.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................... 7-7
7.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement ............................. 7-8
7.2 Laser Optical Unit .............................................................................................................. 7-10
7.2.1 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement ............................................................... 7-10
7.2.2 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement.............................................. 7-10
7.2.3 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 7-11
7.2.4 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement.................................................................... 7-14
7.2.5 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement .................................................. 7-15
8
7.2.6 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement ............................................. 7-15
7.3 Sub-scanning Unit ............................................................................................................. 7-17
7.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 7-17
7.3.2 Frame Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................................ 7-18
7.3.3 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement.................................................................... 7-19
7.3.4 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement .................................................... 7-21
7.3.5 Timing Belt Replacement ........................................................................................ 7-21
7.3.6 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement....................................................................... 7-22
7.3.7 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement ................................................................................ 7-22
7.3.8 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement............................................. 7-24
7.3.9 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/
Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement........................................ 7-25
7.3.10 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/
Exposure Position Paper
Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement......................................................................... 7-26
7.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ................................................................... 7-27
8. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION ..................................................................... 8-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 8-3
8.1 Distribution Entrance Unit.................................................................................................... 8-6
8.1.1 Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing .................................................................... 8-6
8.1.2 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................. 8-7
8.1.3 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 8-7
8.1.4 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................................................... 8-8
8.1.6 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement ............................................... 8-10
8.1.7 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ............................................................. 8-12
8.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement...................................................................... 8-13
8.1.10 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ............................................... 8-15
8.1.11 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ............................................................. 8-16
8.1.12 Nip Roller Replacement .......................................................................................... 8-16
8.1.13 Drive Gear Replacement......................................................................................... 8-17
8.1.14 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 8-18
8.1.15 Feed Roller Replacement........................................................................................ 8-19
8.1.16 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement ..................................................................... 8-20
8.2 Distribution Unit ................................................................................................................. 8-23
8.2.1 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 8-23
8.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement ........ 8-24
8.2.3 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement........................................................ 8-25
8.2.4 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement ................................................. 8-26
8.2.5 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement ........................................................ 8-27
8.2.6 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement.................................................. 8-27
8.2.7 Nip Roller Replacement .......................................................................................... 8-28
8.2.8 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement ....................................... 8-29
8.2.9 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement ..................................................................... 8-30
8.2.10 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement......................................................... 8-32
8.2.11 Distribution Roller Replacement.............................................................................. 8-33
9
8.2.13 Drive Belt Replacement........................................................................................... 8-36
8.2.14 Distribution Section Paper Sensor Replacement .................................................... 8-36
8.2.15 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED Replacement ............................................ 8-37
8.2.16 Pipe Slider Replacement......................................................................................... 8-38
8.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement ........................... 8-40
8.2.18 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement ......................................................... 8-41
8.2.19 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 8-42
8.2.20 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................................ 8-42
8.3 Printer Exit Section ............................................................................................................ 8-44
8.3.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................. 8-44
8.3.2 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 8-44
8.3.3 Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement .................................................. 8-45
8.3.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 (F606) Replacement .................................................. 8-45
8.3.5 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement............................................................... 8-46
8.3.6 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor Replacement ............................................... 8-47
8.3.7 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED Replacement ....................................... 8-48
8.3.8 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement.......................................... 8-49
8.3.9 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement .......................................... 8-50
8.3.10 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement (LP5700R) ............................................ 8-51
8.3.11 Entrance Feed Roller Replacement (LP5500R)...................................................... 8-52
8.3.12 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................... 8-53
8.3.13 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement (LP5700R) ...................................... 8-55
8.3.14 Entrance Nip Roller Replacement (LP5500R)......................................................... 8-55
8.3.15 Exit Nip Roller Replacement (LP5700R) ................................................................. 8-56
8.3.16 Exit Nip Roller Replacement (LP5500R) ................................................................. 8-57
8.3.17 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5700R) ........................ 8-57
8.3.18 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5500R) ........................ 8-58
8.3.19 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5700R)................ 8-58
8.3.20 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5500R) ................ 8-59
8.3.21 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5700R) ........................ 8-59
8.3.22 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5500R) ........................ 8-60
8.3.23 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement (LP57 00R) .......................................... 8-60
8.3.24 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement (LP5500R) .......................................... 8-61
9. PROCESSOR SECTION ....................................................................................................... 9-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 9-2
9.1 Crossover Racks ................................................................................................................. 9-4
9.1.1 No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ...................................................... 9-4
9.1.2 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ............................................. 9-4
9.1.3 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly....................................................... 9-5
9.2 Processing Racks................................................................................................................ 9-6
9.2.1 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation.............................................. 9-6
9.2.2 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 9-6
9.2.3 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly.................................................................... 9-7
9.2.4 P1/P2 Roller Replacement ........................................................................................ 9-9
9.2.5 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation .............................................. 9-12
9.2.6 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................... 9-12
10
9.2.7 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ................................................................................. 9-13
9.2.8 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ................................................................................. 9-15
9.3 PS Tank Partition Board .................................................................................................... 9-20
9.3.1 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement ................................................. 9-20
9.4 Processor Drive System .................................................................................................... 9-25
9.4.1 Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................................................ 9-25
9.4.2 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 9-25
9.4.3 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 9-26
9.4.4 Motor Driver Replacement ...................................................................................... 9-27
9.4.5 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 9-27
9.4.6 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement .......................................................... 9-28
9.4.7 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................................... 9-29
9.4.8 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement.......................................................................... 9-30
9.4.9 Processor Drive Chain Replacement ...................................................................... 9-31
9.4.10 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement .............................................................. 9-32
10. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM............................................... 10-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 10-2
10.1 Sub-tank Section ............................................................................................................... 10-3
10.1.1 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 10-3
10.1.2 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 10-3
10.1.3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 10-4
10.1.4 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement........................ 10-4
10.1.5 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement.......................................... 10-5
10.1.6 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement.................................... 10-6
10.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section ...................................................... 10-7
10.2.1 Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 10-7
10.2.2 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement .................................................. 10-7
10.2.3 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement ....................................... 10-8
10.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement........................................................ 10-9
10.2.5 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement........................................ 10-10
10.2.6 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement........................... 10-11
10.2.7 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement............................ 10-13
10.2.8 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement............................ 10-13
10.2.9 Hose Connection................................................................................................... 10-14
10.3 Waste Solution System ................................................................................................... 10-15
10.3.1 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement ............................................ 10-15
10.3.2 Waste Solution Tank Replacement ....................................................................... 10-16
10.3.3 Waste Solution Hose Replacement....................................................................... 10-17
11. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM ....................................... 11-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 11-2
11.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section........................................................................................... 11-3
11.1.1 Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724)
Replacement .......................................................................................................... 11-3
11.1.2 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement................................... 11-3
11.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement ........ 11-4
11
11.1.4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 11-5
11.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement............................................ 11-6
11.1.6 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 11-7
11.1.7 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement ...................................................... 11-8
11.1.8 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing....................................................... 11-9
11.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System................................................................... 11-10
11.2.1 Replenisher Filter Replacement ............................................................................ 11-10
11.2.2 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement............................ 11-10
11.2.3 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 11-12
11.2.4 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ........................................................................ 11-13
11.2.5 PSR Pump Valve Replacement ............................................................................ 11-14
11.2.6 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement ......................................................................... 11-15
11.2.7 PSR Filter Replacement........................................................................................ 11-16
11.2.8 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement............................ 11-16
11.2.9 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement ................................ 11-17
11.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement........................................................................................ 11-18
11.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement ................................................................... 11-20
11.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System.......................................................................... 11-23
11.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement ......................................................... 11-23
11.3.2 Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenishment Valve
(S720 to S722) Replacement ................................................................................ 11-24
11.3.3 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve
(S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement ................................................................. 11-25
12. DRYER SECTION ................................................................................................................. 12-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 12-2
12.1 Dryer Belt Unit ................................................................................................................... 12-3
12.1.1 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 12-3
12.1.2 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement ...................................................................... 12-3
12.1.3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B) Replacement ...... 12-5
12.2 Dryer Rack Section............................................................................................................ 12-6
12.2.1 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation......................................................................... 12-6
12.2.2 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A) Replacement........ 12-8
12.2.3 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ............................................................. 12-9
12.2.4 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement.............................................................................. 12-9
12.2.5 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement .............................................................. 12-10
12.2.6 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement....................................................................... 12-12
12.2.7 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement............................................................... 12-13
12.2.8 Exit Feed Belt Replacement.................................................................................. 12-13
12.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section................................................................................................ 12-14
12.3.1 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 12-14
12.3.2 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement............................................................................. 12-15
12.3.3 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement............................ 12-16
12.3.4 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement........................................................... 12-16
12.3.5 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement ......................................... 12-17
12
13. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER...................................................................................... 13-1
Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 13-3
13.1 Dryer Exit Unit ................................................................................................................... 13-8
13.1.1 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation (LP5700R) ............................. 13-8
13.1.2 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation (LP5500R) ............................. 13-8
13.1.3 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 13-9
13.1.4 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement .................................................................... 13-12
13.1.5 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement................................................................... 13-13
13.1.6 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)
(D773P/D774P/D775P) Replacement................................................................... 13-13
13.1.7 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement........................................ 13-14
13.1.8 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement ............. 13-15
13.1.9 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement .................................................. 13-16
13.1.10 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ..................................................................... 13-17
13.1.11 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 13-18
13.1.12 Roller Replacement............................................................................................... 13-22
13.1.13 Nip Roller Replacement ........................................................................................ 13-24
13.1.14 Switching Guide Plate Replacement ..................................................................... 13-24
13.2 SU700AY Sorter .............................................................................................................. 13-26
13.2.1 SU700AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 13-26
13.2.2 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 13-27
13.2.3 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................... 13-28
13.2.4 Sorter Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................... 13-30
13.2.5 Print Push Section Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................... 13-30
13.2.6 Print Push Position Sensor (D815) Replacement ................................................. 13-31
13.2.7 Sorter Drive Motor (M810)/Print Push Drive Section Replacement ...................... 13-31
13.2.8 Print Push Drive Gear Replacement ..................................................................... 13-35
13.2.9 Lock Release Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................................... 13-36
13.2.10 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement........................................ 13-37
13.2.11 Drive Shaft/Gear Replacement ............................................................................. 13-37
13.2.12 Shooter Drive Gear Replacement ......................................................................... 13-38
13.2.13 Chain Tension Adjustment .................................................................................... 13-40
13.2.14 Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment ................................................................... 13-41
13.3 Print Sending Unit ........................................................................................................... 13-42
13.3.1 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................ 13-42
13.3.2 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement ........................................... 13-42
13.3.3 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement..................................................... 13-44
13.4 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................................................ 13-46
13.4.1 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 13-46
13.4.2 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 13-46
13.4.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement................................ 13-47
13.4.4 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement ....................................... 13-48
13.4.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement........................................... 13-48
13.4.6 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement.............................................................. 13-49
13.4.7 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Belt Stop Position Adjustment.............................. 13-51
13
13.5 SU1400AY Sorter ............................................................................................................ 13-52
13.5.1 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 13-52
13.5.2 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................... 13-52
13.5.3 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 13-53
13.5.4 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement........................................ 13-53
13.5.5 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement .............................................................. 13-54
13.5.6 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................... 13-56
13.5.7 Chain Tension Adjustment .................................................................................... 13-56
14. ELECTRICAL SECTION ..................................................................................................... 14-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 14-2
14.1 Power Input Section .......................................................................................................... 14-3
14.1.1 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement ...................................................................... 14-3
14.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section...................................................................... 14-4
14.2.1 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover Removal/
Reinstallation........................................................................................................... 14-4
14.2.2 AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 14-4
14.2.3 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 14-6
14.2.4 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 14-7
14.2.5 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement ................................. 14-7
14.2.6 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement.......................................................... 14-8
14.2.7 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement ................................ 14-8
14.2.8 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement................................................................................ 14-9
14.2.9 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement .......................................................... 14-9
14.3 Image Control Box........................................................................................................... 14-10
14.3.1 Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 14-10
14.3.2 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement..................................... 14-11
14.3.3 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement............................................... 14-12
14.3.4 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 14-13
14.3.5 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 14-14
14.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 14-14
14.3.7 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board ........................................................ 14-15
14.4 DC Power Supply Section ............................................................................................... 14-19
14.4.1 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 14-19
14.4.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 14-19
14.4.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 14-20
14.4.4 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement .................................................................... 14-21
14.5 Control Section ................................................................................................................ 14-23
14.5.1 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close ............................................................................ 14-23
14.5.2 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................ 14-23
14.5.3 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 14-24
14.5.4 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 14-29
14.5.5 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 14-29
14.5.6 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement........................ 14-30
14.5.7 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2
(F631A/F631B) Replacement................................................................................ 14-31
14.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.............................. 14-32
14.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ............................. 14-32
14
14.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement ...................................................................... 14-33
14.5.11 Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605) Replacement ................................................ 14-34
15. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .............................................................................. 15-1

15.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ............................................................................................................ 15-2
15.1.1 Printer Section (LP5500R/LP5700R) ...................................................................... 15-2
15.1.2 Processor Section ................................................................................................... 15-6
15.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams........................................................ 15-11
15.2.1 Printer Section (LP5500R/LP5700R) .................................................................... 15-11
15.3 Block Diagrams ............................................................................................................... 15-13
15.3.1 Printer/Processor Block Diagram .......................................................................... 15-13
15.3.2 Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram ........................................ 15-14
15.4 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ......................................... 15-15
15.4.1 Input Extension Cable Connection ........................................................................ 15-15
15.4.2 DC Voltage Check List .......................................................................................... 15-17
15.4.3 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel............................................................... 15-19
15.4.4 DC Power Supply System LED Indication............................................................. 15-21
15.4.5 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ............................................................................. 15-26
15.5 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams ................................................................................. 15-35
15.5.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ........................................................................ 15-35
15.5.2 PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 15-36
15.5.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................. 15-37
15.5.4 CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/3)............................................................ 15-38
15.5.5 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2) ......................................... 15-41
15.5.6 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R) (1/2) ......................................... 15-43
15.5.7 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2) ......................................... 15-45
15.5.8 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R SU700AY) (1/2) ....................... 15-47
15.5.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram.................................................................... 15-49
15.5.10 Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................. 15-50
15.5.11 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2)......................................... 15-51
15.5.12 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R) (1/2)......................................... 15-53
15.5.13 PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2) ........................................................... 15-55
16. APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................... 16-1

16.1 Adjustment jigs .................................................................................................................. 16-2
16.1.1 LP5500R / LP5700R ............................................................................................... 16-2
16.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement ............................................................... 16-3
16.2.1 Paper Supply and Feed Sections............................................................................ 16-3
16.2.2 Exposure Section .................................................................................................... 16-3
16.2.3 Processing Solution Replenishment System........................................................... 16-4
16.2.4 Sorter....................................................................................................................... 16-4
16.2.5 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section............................................... 16-4
16.3 Index.................................................................................................................................. 16-5
15
1. MENU TABLE
1
1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table..................................................... 1-2
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table .................................. 1-5

1.2.1 Menu Table............................................................................................................... 1-5
1.2.2 0 [MENU] Item .......................................................................................................... 1-6
1.2.3 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item .......................................................................................... 1-7
1.2.4 2 [END CHK.] Item ................................................................................................... 1-9
1.2.5 3 [MESHBELT CLN] Item....................................................................................... 1-10
1.2.6 4 [LANGUAGE] Item .............................................................................................. 1-11
1.2.7 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item......................................................................................... 1-12
1.2.8 6 [PRINT COND.] Item ........................................................................................... 1-13
1.2.9 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item ....................................................................................... 1-14
1.2.10 8 [SYSTEM] Item .................................................................................................... 1-15
1.2.11 9 [INSTALLATION] Item ........................................................................................ 1-18
1-1
1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table
A1 FMPC-I, FMPC-III Password
Laboratory
SUBMENU MENU Operator SE
Manager
MENU ITEM - 0000 7777
01 System Operation Setup and Check 1 System Operation Setup & Check K
0120 Production Information 411 Production Information 1 K K
412 Production Information 2 K K
0121 Timer Setup 414 Timer Setup K K
0122 Data Backup 417 Data Backup K K
0123 Error Information Check 415 Error Log Information K K
Installation Information Installation Information

0126 416 K K
Reference Confirmation
Accumulated Production Accumulated Production

0127 413 K
Information Information
418 Data Restore K
0140 Installation Information Setup 41F Installation Information Setup K
0141 Clear Error Log 41E Clear Error Log K
490 Frontier Direct Device Setup K
02 Print Condition Setup and Check 2 Print Condition Setup & Check K
0200 Paper Condition Setup 421 Paper Condition Setup K K K
0221 Paper Magazine Registration (451 Paper Magazine Registration) K K
Paper Condition Method Paper Condition Method

0242 42J K
Setup Setup
0243 Paper Surface Display Setup 42R Paper Surfaces Display Setup K
42O Backprint Setup K K
05 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance 5 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance K
(0221 Paper Magazine Registration) 451 Paper Magazine Registration K K
Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Magazine Feed Length

0520 452 K K
Adjustment Adjustment
G Laser (SHG) Optimal G Laser (SHG) Optimal

0522 454 K K
Temperature Setup Temperature Setup
0523 Paper Feed 455 Paper Feed K K
0524 Printer Temperature Display 456 Printer Temperature Display K K
0525 Printer Input Check 457 Printer Input Check K K
Image Position and Tilt Fine Image Position/Angle Fine

0527 458 K K
0528 Printer Function Select 45B Printer Function Select K K
0540 Printer I/O Check 45A Printer I/O Check K
0541 Test Pattern Printing 453 Test Pattern Printing K
1-2
A1 FMPC-I, FMPC-III Password 1

Laboratory
Manager
MENU ITEM - 0000 7777
0542 Laser Exposure Check 45C Laser Exposure Check K
0543 R Laser (R-LD) Data 45D R Laser (R-LD) Data K
0544 G Laser (G-SHG) Data 45E G Laser (G-SHG) Data K
0545 B Laser (B-LD) Data 45F B Laser (B-LD) Data K
Scan/Scan Home Position Scan/Scan Home Position

0546 45G K
Parameter Parameter
Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync.

0547 45H K
Rough Adjustment Rough Adjust
Laser Beam Sync. Fine Laser Beam Sync. Fine

0548 45J K
Adjustment Print Adjustment Print
0549 Laser History Display 45K Laser History Display K
Paper Condition Setup Table Paper Condition Setup Table

0550 45L K
(LUT) Copy (LUT) Copy
Printer Mechanical Fine Printer Mechanical Fine

0551 45M K
0552 Filter Replacement History 45a Filter Replacement History K
Feeding Position Sensor Fine Feeding Position Sensor Fine

0553 45b K
0554 Image Position Initial Setting 45c Image Position Initial Setting K
Sub-Scan Feeding Speed Sub-Scan Feeding Speed

0555 45d K
Sub-Scanning Soft Nip Sub-Scanning Soft Nip Fine

0557 45e K
0558 Sensor Calibration (Initial) 45f Sensor Calibration (Initial) K
0559 Sensor Calibration (Daily) 45g Sensor Calibration (Daily) K
0560 Printer Operation Data Display 45P Printer Operation Data Display K
0561 Data Saving 45T Data Saving K
0562 Data Download 45U Data Download K
06 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance 6 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance K
Pump Output Measurement/ Pump Output Measurement/

0620 461 K K
Setting Setting
Auto Cleaning Output Auto Cleaning Output

0621 462 K K
Measurement/Setting Measurement/Setting
0622 Low Volume Processing Setup 466 Low Volume Processing Setup K K
Processor Temperature Processor Temperature

0623 467 K K
Calibration Calibration
1-3
A1 FMPC-I, FMPC-III Password
Laboratory
Manager
MENU ITEM - 0000 7777
0624 Processor Input Check 468 Processor Input Check K K
Processor Operating Processor Operating

0625 46B K K
Condition Setup Condition Setup
Processor Temperature Processing Temperature

0640 463 K
Setting Setting
0642 Processor I/O Check 46A Processor I/O Check K
Processor Operating Data Processor Operation Data

0643 46C K
Display Display
PS Liquid Concentration PS Liquid Density

0644 46G K
Management Management
23 Self-Diagnostics (Printer) A Self-Diagnostics(Printer) K
2340 Paper Feed Check 4A1 Paper Feed Check K
99 Special Operations 9 Special Operations K
9940 Paint A Paint K
9941 Explorer B Explorer K
9942 Command C Command K
1-4
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table
1.2.1 Menu Table 1

Classification User
Laboratory
No. Main Menu No. Sub Menu Description SE
Manager
1 STARTUP CHK. 11 PROC TEMP. K K
12 CALIBRATION K K
13 MEASURE DENS K K
14 CTRL STRIPS K K
2 END CHK. 21 CHK. START K K
3 MESHBELT CLN. K K
4 LANGUAGE 31 SET LANG. Language change K K
32 ORG. LANG NO. Required data version K K

33 ADD LAND NO. Loaded data version K K
5 SELECT FUNC. 51 PROC TEMP Processor temperature indication K K
52 POWER OFF Power supply OFF K K
6 PRINT COND. 61 CALIBRATION Condition upkeep printing K K
62 MEASURE DENS Density measurement K K
7 SPEC. PRINT 71 TEST PATTERN Pattern printing K K
8 SYSTEM 81 PRINTER TYPE Printer type selection K
82 PROC. METHOD Processing method selection K
83 SORTER TYPE Sorter type selection K
84 NIGHT ALARM Night alarm ON/OFF K

85 SET AREA K
86 PROC. MODE Processor ON/OFF K
9 INSTALLATION 91 PSR AIR EXT. PSR line air bleeding K
92 MIX REPL. Replenisher preparation K
93 PUMP AIR EXT. Replenishment line air bleeding K
94 PARAMETER Parameter download K
95 IP ADDR. SET K
96 NET MASK SET K
Key Operation for Menu
User Key Operation
Laboratory Manager MENU MENU MENU MENU and ENTER

, , ,
SE MENU MENU MENU MENU MENU and ENTER

, , , ,
1-5
1.2.2 0 [MENU] Item
MENU MENU MENU MENU MENU
ENTER
STANDBY $✻ 0 [MENU] 1 [STARTUP CHK]
1 STARTUP CHK. 1 PROC. TEMP. ?
(See Subsection 1.2.3)
0 [MENU] 2 [END CHK]
2 END CHK. 1 CHK START ?
INITIALIZE $✻
0 [MENU] 3 [MESHBELT CLN]
3 MESHBELT CLN SET JIG ?
0 [MENU] 4 [LANGUAGE]
4 LANGUAGE 1　SET LANG. ?
MENU (See Subsection 1.2.6)
0 [MENU] 5 [SELECT FUNC.]
5 SELECT FUNC. 1 PROC. TEMP. ?
0 [MENU] 6 [PRINT COND.]
6 PRINT COND. 1 CALIBRATION ?
0 [MENU] 7 [SPEC. PRINT]
7 SPEC. PRINT 1 TEST PATTERN ?
0 [MENU] 8 [SYSTEM]
8 SYSTEM 1 PROC. TYPE ?
0 [MENU] 9 [INSTALLATION]
9 INSTALLATION 1 PSR AIR EXT. ?
1-6
1.2.3 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item 1
0 [MENU]
1 STARTUP CHK.
ENTER
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 11 <PROC. TEMP.>
1 PROC. TEMP. ? P1 30.5 ?
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
P2 30.5 ?
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
PS2 30.5 ?
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
PS4 30.5 ?
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
DRY 30.5 ?
1-7
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 12 <CALIBRATION> 12 <CALIBRATION>
2 CALIBRATION ? 1 89 G F START ?
ENTER
ENTER
12 <CALIBRATION>
PRINTING
*
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 13 <MEASURE DENS> 13 <MEASURE DENS>
3 MEASURE DENS ? START ? ENTER

MEASURING $
ENTER
#Ixxxx
ENTER MEASURE ENTER
13 <MEASURE DENS>
DATA NORMAL #Cancel [YES] ?
LUT UPDATE OK ?
ENTER
13 <MEASURE DENS>
ENTER
LUT UPDATE NG ? MEASURE DATA #Ixxxx
ABNORMAL
#Cancel [NO] ?
MEASURE DATA
RECEPTION
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 14 <CTRL STRIPS> #xxxxx
4 CTRL STRIPS ? START ? [CONDITION NG] #xxxxx

ENTER ENTER
[CONDITION OK]
#Set Holder
#DRIVE [YES] ?
ENTER
14 <CTRL STRIPS>
PROCESSING
*
ENTER
#Set Holder
#DRIVE [NO] ?
1-8
1.2.4 2 [END CHK.] Item 1
0 [MENU]
2 END CHK.
ENTER
2 [END CHK.] 21 <CHK START> 21 <STARTUP TIME>
1 CHK START ? CHECKING ✻ 07/01/03 09:00 ?
Only the date

rises-descends.
21 <STARTUP TIME>
07/01/04 09:00 ?
ENTER
21 <RACK WASH>
POWER OFF
CLEANING $
ENTER
#M002
#Cancel [YES] ?
ENTER
#M002
#Cancel [NO] ?
1-9
1.2.5 3 [MESHBELT CLN] Item
0 [MENU] 3 [MESHBELT CLN]
3 MESHBELT CLN SET JIG ?
ENTER
3 [MESHBELT CLN]
START
ENTER
3 [MESHBELT CLN]
CLEANING ＊
ENTER
3 [MESHBELT CLN]
ENTER
REMOVE JIG ?
1-10
1.2.6 4 [LANGUAGE] Item 1
ENTER ENTER
0 [MENU] 4 [LANGUAGE] 41 <SET LANG.>
4 LANGUAGE 1 SET LANG. ? [English] ?
ENTER
41 <SET LANG.>
[Japanese] ?
ENTER
4 [LANGUAGE] 42 <ORG. LANG No.>
2 ORG. LANG NO. ? 000003
ENTER
4 [LANGUAGE] 43 <ADD. LANG No.>
3 ADD. LANG NO. ? NO LANG LOADED
1-11
1.2.7 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item
ENTER
0 [MENU] 5 [SELECT FUNC] 51 <PROC TEMP.>
5 SELECT FUNC 1 PROC TEMP. ? P1 43.0 $
51 <PROC TEMP.>
P2 43.0 $
51 <PROC TEMP.>
PS2 45.0 $
51 <PROC TEMP.>
PS4 45.0 $
51 <PROC TEMP.>
DRY 31.6 $
ENTER
5 [SELECT FUNC.] 52 <POWER OFF>
2 POWER OFF ? START ?
ENTER
Turn the power switch

to STANDBY
ENTER
#M0006
PWR SW STANDBY
POWER OFF
1-12
1.2.8 6 [PRINT COND.] Item 1
0 [MENU]
6 PRINT COND.
ENTER
6 [PRINT COND.] 61 <CALIBRATION>
1 CALIBRATION ? MAG. [UPPER]
61 <CALIBRATION>
START ?
61 <CALIBRATION>
ENTER
MAG. [LOWER]
61 <CALIBRATION>
PRINTING ✻
ENTER
61 <CALIBRATION>
COMPLETED ?
ENTER ENTER
6 [PRINT COND.] 62 <MEASURE DENS> 62 <MEASURE DENS>
2 MEASURE DENS ? START ? MEASURE $
ENTER
#M0002
#Cancel [YES] ?
ENTER
62 <MEASURE DENS>
LUT UP DATE OK ? MEASURE DATA

NORMAL
ENTER
ENTER
62 <MEASURE DENS> #M0002
LUT UP DATE NG ? MEASURE DATA #Cancel [NO] ?

ABNORMAL
MEASURE DATA RECEPTION
1-13
1.2.9 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item
ENTER
0 [MENU] 7 [SPEC. PRINT] 71 <TEST PATTERN>
7 [SPEC. PRINT] 1 TEST PATTERN ? MAG. [UPPER]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
MAG. [LOWER]
71 <TEST PATTERN> 71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [82.5] TYPE GRID
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE BL Plas
LENGTH [89.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
START ?
71 <TEST PATTERN> TYPE BD Plas
ENTER
LENGTH [127.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN> 71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE Pap. Feed PRINTING ✻

71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [254.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN> ENTER
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE ZIBKPrint
COMPLETED ?
71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [381.0] 71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE LIBKPrint
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [457.0]
TYPE CHBKPrint
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE Grad.
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE Frame
1-14
1.2.10 8 [SYSTEM] Item 1

NOTE: After setting up, restart the system to activate the new settings.
0 [MENU] 8 [SYSTEM]
(See 81 [PRINTER TYPE].)
8 SYSTEM 1 PRINTER TYPE ?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 82 [PROC. METHOD].)
2 PROC. METHOD ?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 83 [SORTER TYPE].)
3 SORTER TYPE ?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 84 [NIGHT ALARM].)
4 NIGHT ALARM ?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 85 [SET AREA].)
5 SET AREA ?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 86 [PRO Entry CHK])
6 PROC. MODE ?
81 [PROC. TYPE]
ENTER ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 81 <PRINTER TYPE>
1 PRINTER TYPE ? [LP5500] ?
ENTER
81 <PRINTER TYPE>
[LP5700] ?
1-15
82 [PROC. METHOD]
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 82 <PROC. METHOD>
2 PROC.METHOD ? [FACTORY TEST] ?
82 <PROC. METHOD>
[CP-49E] ?
ENTER
83 [SORTER TYPE]
ENTER
83 <SORTER TYPE>
[NONE] ?
ENTER ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 83 <SORTER TYPE>
3 SORTER TYPE ? [7 ORDER] ?
ENTER
83 <SORTER TYPE>
[14 ORDER] ?
ENTER
83 <SORTER TYPE>
[24 ORDER] ?
1-16
84 [NIGHT ALARM]
1
ENTER ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 84 <NIGHT ALARM>
4 NIGHT ALARM ? [OFF] ?
ENTER
84 <NIGHT ALARM>
[ON] ?
85 [SET AREA]
ENTER ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 85 <SET AREA>
5 SET AREA ? [Standard] $
ENTER
85 <SET AREA>
[North America] $
ENTER
85 <SET AREA>
[Europe] $
86 [PROC. MODE]
ENTER ENTER
86 [SYSTEM] 86 <PROC. MODE>
6 PROC. MODE ? [NORMAL] ?
ENTER
86 <PROC. MODE>
[PRO Entry Chk] ?
1-17
1.2.11 9 [INSTALLATION] Item
0 [MENU]
9 INSTALLATION
ENTER ENTER ENTER

9 [INSTALLATION] 91 <PSR AIR EXT.> 91 <PSR AIR EXT.>
1 PSR AIR EXT. ? START ? EXTRACTING AIR ∗
ENTER
ENTER ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 92 <MIX REPL.> 92 <MIX REPL.>
2 MIX REPL. ? START ? PREPARING ∗
ENTER
ENTER ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 93 <PUMP AIR EXT.> 93 <PUMP AIR EXT.>
3 PUMP AIR EXT. ? START ? EXTRACTING AIR ∗
ENTER
No data #M0023
#NO DATA
ENTER ENTER ENTER

9 [INSTALLATION] 94 <PARAMETER> 94 <PARAMETER
4 PARAMETER ? Shipment ? START ?
PROCESSING $ +
Power OFF
Ver.2.0-0X-032
The cursor moves
one digit to the right
ENTER ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 95 <IP ADDR. SET> 95 <IP ADDR. SET>
5 IP ADDR. SET ? 123000000000 ? 223000000000 ?
Number change
The cursor moves

one digit to the right
ENTER ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 96 <NET MASK SET> 96 <NET MASK SET>
6 NET MASK SET ? 123000000000 ? 223000000000 ?
Number change
1-18
2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
2.1 Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................... 2-2
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table......................................... 2-3 2

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures............................................. 2-5
2.3.1 Printing Function Inspection.................................................................................. 2-5
2.3.2 Cutter Inspection ..................................................................................................... 2-6
2.3.3 Back Printing Head Inspection............................................................................... 2-6
2.3.4 Back Printer Head Replacement ............................................................................ 2-6
2.3.5 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning........................................................... 2-7
2.3.6 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection ....................................... 2-8
2.3.7 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning ................................................................. 2-8
2.3.8 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement ..................................................... 2-9
2.3.9 Pipe Slider Inspection ........................................................................................... 2-10
2.3.10 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection ............................. 2-10
2.3.11 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication ............................................... 2-11
2.3.12 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection ........ 2-11
2.3.13 Circulation Pump Inspection................................................................................ 2-12
2.3.14 Processing Solution Heater Inspection............................................................... 2-12
2.3.15 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ...................................................... 2-13
2.3.16 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning .................................................................... 2-14
2.3.17 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning.................................................... 2-15
2.3.18 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ............................................................... 2-15
2.3.19 PSR Level Sensor Inspection............................................................................... 2-16
2.3.20 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection .................................................................. 2-17
2.3.21 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication ..................................................................... 2-18
2.3.22 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection .................................................................................. 2-18
2-1
2.1 Maintenance Schedule
More than 10,000 Every 2 Every Every Every 2 Every 3 Every 6
´
sheets/day Weeks Week Month Months Months Months
5,000 to 10,000 Every Every 2 Every 2 Every 4 Every 6 Every
´ ´
sheets/day Month Weeks Months Months Months Year
Every Day
Pre- Post- Every
Less than 5,000 Every 2 Every Every Every Every 3 Every 6 Every
operati operati Two
sheets/day Days Week Month Month Months Months Year
onal onal Years
Check Check
Total Number of
– – – – – 60,000 180,000 370,000 750,000 1,500,000
Sheets Processed
Process/
Control Strip
Check
Inspect/
Filter for FRSS10
Replace
Waste Solution Collect
Crossover Racks Wash
Upper Part/Center
Guide of the P1/P2/
Wash
PS1/PS4 Processing
Racks
Dryer Entrance Rack Wash
Printer Section Air
Clean
Filter
Printer Power Supply
Clean
Section Air Filters
Processing Solution
Clean
Cooling Fan Air Filter
Dryer Section Air
Clean
Filters
Dryer Exit Section Air
Clean
Filter
P1/P2 Circulation
Replace
Filters
Processing Racks Wash
Auto-washing Nozzles Clean
Paper Feed Section
Clean
Rollers/Guides
Dryer Exit Section
Clean
Rollers/Guides
Dryer Roller/Dryer
Clean
Rack Mesh Belt
Exposure Section
Replace
Cooling Air Filter
Densitometer White
Clean
Board
G Laser (SHG)
Optimal Temperature Calibrate
Setup
PS Processing
Replace
Solutions
PS Circulation Filters Replace
Paper Magazine
Rollers/Inside of the Clean (at the time of paper end)
Magazine
2-2
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table
Suggested timing of maintenance and inspection: 750 thousand prints/year (approx. 2000 prints/day X 360 days),at
12 h operation/day.
Perform maintenance and inspection as necessary depending on the amount of printing at each shop.
2
Every 2 Every 3 Every 6 Every
10,000 sheets/day
Months Months Months Year
5,000 to 10,000 Every 4 Every 6 Every Every 2
sheets/day Months Months Year Months Every 2
Remarks
Less than 5,000 Every 6 Every Every 2 Every 3 Years Every 5
sheets/day Months Year Months Months Years
Total Number of
370,000 750,000 1,500,000 2,250,000 3,750,000
Sheets Processed
Checking for cleaning status/ loose
Paper Magazine Inspect
screws securing the latches
Cutters Replace
Back Printer Head Replace
Feed Section (before Removal of paper dust (attached to the
exposure)/Sub- Clean cutter entrances/guides/ back printing
scanning Section head) using the vacuum cleaner
Registration Section Removal of paper dust using the
Clean
Feed Rollers vacuum cleaner
Nip Release System
(before/after Inspect Operation Check
exposure)
Sub-scanning Section Removal of paper dust using the
Clean
Rollers/Nip Rollers vacuum cleaner
Sub-scanning Section
Replace
Steel Belt
Replace
Rubber Belt
Cam Followers Replace
(Rubber Bearings)
Clean
Pulley
Distribution Section
Inspect
Pipe Slider
Nip Release System/ Clean
Rollers
Laser Optical Unit Air
Replace
Filter
Processing Rack
Helical Drive Gears Grease
(outside the solution)
Processing Rack
Replace
Sprockets
No.1 Crossover Rack
Replace
Rollers
No.2 Crossover Rack
Replace
Rollers
P1R, P2RA, P2RB
and PSR Replenisher Inspect
Pump Leak
PSR Replenisher
Calibrate
Pump Output
2-3
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table
Every 2 Every 3 Every 6 Every

10,000 sheets/day
Months Months Months Year
5,000 to 10,000 Every 4 Every 6 Every Every 2
sheets/day Months Months Year Months Every 2
Remarks
Less than 5,000 Every 6 Every Every 2 Every 3 Years Every 5
sheets/day Months Year Months Months Years
Total Number of
370,000 750,000 1,500,000 2,250,000 3,750,000
Sheets Processed
PSR Replenisher
Replace
Pump/Bellows/Valve
Replenisher Cartridge
Clean
Washing Nozzle
Crossover Rack Auto
Calibrate
Washing Nozzle
/ Clean
Output
Dryer Entrance Rack
Inspect/
Section Auto Washing Operation check
Clean
Nozzle
PS Tank Separate
Replace
Blade/Seal
Circulation Pump Leak Inspect
Processing Solution
Clean
Level Sensors
Replenisher Level
Clean
Sensors
PS4 Solution
Clean
Concentration Sensor
Waste Solution Level
Clean
Sensor
PSR Level Sensor
Solution Leak/ Inspect
Crystallized Solution
Processing Solution
Calibrate
Temperature Sensors
Solution Hoses/
Inspect
Clamps Leak
Processor Drive Chain Grease
Dryer Mesh Belt Replace
SU1400AY Sorter Adjust Adjustment of the stop position
2-4
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures
2.3.1 Printing Function Inspection

2
1. Perform:
• scanner correction
• print condition upkeep printing
2. Set the paper magazine for the largest size print

available at the lab.
3. Proceed to Menu 0541 “Test Pattern Printing”.
4. Move the cursor to “Test pattern selection” and

select “Grid”.
5. Move the cursor to “Feed length” and enter the

feed length for the largest size print.
6. Click the [Print] button.
• After about three minutes, the print is output to

the large size print tray.
7. Check the color drift for the C, M and Y lines at the

center of the print using a magnifying lens (×20 to
×40).
If the color drift exceeds 1/3 of the color line
thickness, perform the following maintenance
operations.
• Menu 0547 “Main Scanning Position

Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough
Adjustment” (See Subsection 4.4.15)
• Menu 0548 “Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment

Print” (See Subsection 4.4.16)
• Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"

(See Subsection 4.4.22).
8. Proceed to the printing screen.
9. Perform test printing several times with known

good negatives and reversals and make sure all
system functions are normal.
2-5
2.3.2 Cutter Inspection
1. Check the edges of prints. If they are rough,

replace the unit with a new one (See Subsection
6.1.12 for the upper cutter or 6.1.15 for the lower
one).
2.3.3 Back Printing Head Inspection
1. Check the back printing of prints. If it is abnormal,

replace the ink ribbon cassette with a new one
and check the back printing again.
2. If the back printing is still abnormal, replace the

back printer head (See Subsection 2.3.4).
2.3.4 Back Printer Head Replacement
Removal
1. Open the magazine door.
2. Loosen the screw and move the back printer unit

to the right side. Then retighten the screw.
3. Push the locking tab and remove the ink ribbon

cassette.
4. Remove the screw and then the connector cover. Screw
Connector Cover
L2928
2-6
5. Disconnect the connector. Screws (2)
6. Remove the two screws and then the back printer 2

head.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of

removal. Connector
Printer Head
NOTE: After installation, adjust the printer head clearance
L2929
2.3.5 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 6.3.1). Rollers
2. Wipe the feed and nip rollers clean with a cloth

moistened with water while turning the knob or
gear as shown.
Knob
L2930
Rollers
3. Reinstall the registration unit

(See Subsection 6.3.1). Gear
L2931
2-7
2.3.6 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection
1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 6.1.1). Nip Release Solenoids (4)
2. Check the four nip release solenoids for smooth

operation by moving them with hand.
3. Reinstall the left cover (See Subsection 6.1.1).

L2932
2.3.7 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection Screws (6)

7.3.1).
Connectors (3)
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the three
connectors.
3. Remove the six screws and then the bracket.
Clamp Bracket
L2933
4. Wipe the lower nip rollers clean with a cloth Lower Nip Rollers
moistened with water while turning the knob.
5. Reinstall the bracket. Knob

L2929
2-8
6. Set the nip rollers and wipe the feed rollers clean
with a cloth moistened with water while turning
the knob. 2
Feed Rollers
Knob
L2935
7. Wipe the scanning rollers clean with a cloth Paper

moistened with water while feeding a sheet of
paper to turn them.
Cotton Swab
8. Reinstall the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection

7.3.1).
Scanning Rollers
L2936
2.3.8 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection

7.3.1).
2. Remove the frame from the sub-scanning unit

3. Remove the three screws and then the timing belt

cover.
Screws (3)
Timing Belt Cover
L2436
2-9
4. Remove the two E-rings. Cam Followers (2)
5. Lift the nip roller assembly slightly and remove the

two cam followers.
Installation

removal.
E-rings (2)
L21155
2.3.9 Pipe Slider Inspection
1. Open the magazine door. Pipe Slider
2. Open the distribution section guide plate.
3. Check the pipe slider for smooth operation by

sliding it back and forth.
NOTE: If there are scores on the slider shaft caused by the

sliding balls, the pipe slider is no problem if it slides
smoothly.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate.

L2937
2.3.10 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection
3. Check the nip rollers are free from foreign matter

and for smooth operation by turning them.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate. Nip Roller

L2938
2-10
2.3.11 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication
1. Remove the crossover racks.

2
2. Wipe grease off the helical drive gears fitted on
each rack.
3. Apply recommended grease to the helical drive

GREASE
gears.
Recommended Grease:
Minilab Grease (P/N: 891G02003)
Rack Drive Gears (6)

4. Reinstall the crossover racks.
L2939
2.3.12 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle

Inspection
1. Open the dryer unit and support it with Stopper 2

(yellow). Auto Washing
Nozzle
2. Remove the No.1 to No.3 crossover and dryer Toothbrush
entrance racks.
3. Check the auto washing nozzles for clogging and

clean them using a toothbrush if necessary.
4. Reinstall the dryer entrance and No.1 to No.3

crossover racks.
Toothbrush
Auto Washing Nozzle

5. Close the dryer unit.
L2940
2-11
2.3.13 Circulation Pump Inspection
1. Remove the processor front cover

2. Turn ON the main power supply and the built-in

circuit breaker, then press the START switch to
start up the system.
1) Go to the second page of Menu 0642

“Processor I/O Check”.
3. Click the [ON] - [OFF] buttons for the PU700 to

PU705 circulation pumps and check that the
pumps are operating normally.
4. Reinstall the processor front cover

2.3.14 Processing Solution Heater Inspection
1. Start up the system and open Menu 4 "Processor

Solution Temperature Check" screen in the pre-
operational checks.
2. Check that the temperatures increase normally.
3. If the temperature increases slowly or does not

rise, either the circulation filter is clogged or the
safety thermostat or heater is malfunctioning.
2-12
2.3.15 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning
1. Remove the processor inner cover (See Subsection Screw

2
10.1.3).
2. Open the replenisher box door.
3. Remove the circulation filter tray.
4. Remove the screw and then the splash-prevention

cover.
5. Open the dryer unit and support it using Stopper 2

(yellow).
Splash-prevention Cover
L21051
6. Remove the screw and then the processing

solution level sensor from the sub-tank.
Solution Level
Sensor
Screw
L21127
7. Wipe dirt off each processing solution level sensor Solution Level Sensor
with a cloth moistened with water.
8. Reinstall the removed parts.
9. Close the dryer unit.

L21128
2-13
2.3.16 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning
1. Remove the right cover (See Subsection 9.4.1).

Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and pull the replenisher
tanks out.
Replenisher Tanks
L21131
3. Remove the two screws and then the level sensor. P1R Replenisher level Sensor
Screws (2)
P2RA P2RB
L21132
4. Wipe dirt off each replenisher level sensor with a Replenisher Level Sensor
cloth moistened with water.

L21133
2-14
2.3.17 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning
1. Remove the processor inner cover PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor

2
PS4 Solution
Concentration Sensor
2. Loosen the screw and remove the water supply
port inner cover.
3. Remove the screw and then the PS4 solution

concentration sensor.
4. Wipe dirt off the PS4 solution concentration

sensor with a cloth moistened with water.
Screw
L21129
2.3.18 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning
1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down Screw

the system and turn OFF the built-in circuit
breaker and main power supply.
2. Open the dryer unit and support it using Stopper 2

(yellow).
3. Remove the screw and then the waste solution

level sensor cover.
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cover

L2665
2-15
4. Put the flashlight from above as shown. Flashlight
5. Look through the slits (peep holes) in the right

cover and remove the waste solution tank cap.
Connector
Slits (Peep Holes)
Tank Cap
L21191
6. Wipe dirt off the waste solution level sensor with a Waste Solution Tank Cap
cloth moistened with water.
Waste Solution
Level Sensor
L21130
2.3.19 PSR Level Sensor Inspection
1. Open the Menu 0624 "Processor Input Check"

screen.
2-16
3. The PSR level sensor is normal if its level

matches the screen display.
2
PSR Lower Level Sensor

4. Reinstall the right cover. PSR Upper Level Sensor
L21151
2.3.20 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection
1. Remove:
• Processor front cover (See Subsection 10.1.1).

• Right cover (See Subsection 9.4.1).
2. Check the processor bottom pan for any sign of

solution leakage.
3. Check the solution circulation system and

replenisher system for:
1) Any sign of solution leakage at each joint.
2) Loose hose clamps.
3) Collapsed, bent or cracked hoses.
4. If necessary, repair or replace parts.
5. Reinstall the removed covers.
2-17
2.3.21 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication
1. Remove all crossover racks. Chain
2. Wipe grease off the drive chain and sprockets.

GREASE
3. Apply a sufficient amount of recommended

grease to the drive chain.
Recommended Grease:
Minilab Grease (P/N: 891G02003)
4. Reinstall the crossover racks.
L2941
2.3.22 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection
1. Remove the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 12.2.1).
2. Check the mesh belt for damage or fouling by

turning it with hand.
• Replace the mesh belt if it is damaged.

• Clean the mesh belt if it is fouling.
3. Reinstall the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 12.2.1).
Dryer Mesh Belt
L21194
2-18
3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS
3.1 Error Indication Outline.......................................................................... 3-2

3.1.1 Message Number..................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.2 Message Icon ........................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.3 X-#### Actions......................................................................................................... 3-2
3
3.2 Messages and Actions ........................................................................... 3-3
3.3 Trouble Shooting .................................................................................. 3-74

3.3.1 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction......................................................... 3-74
3.3.2 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality ................................................. 3-76
3.3.3 Dryer Temperature Abnormality .......................................................................... 3-80
3.3.4 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ......................................................... 3-84
3.3.5 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics ...................................................................... 3-85
3.3.6 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics ........................................................... 3-86
3.3.7 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics...... 3-87
3.3.8 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics .......................................................... 3-88
3.3.9 Return Action after Replenishment System Error.............................................. 3-88
3.3.10 Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction ................................................. 3-89
3-1
3.1 Error Indication Outline
3.1.1 Message Number

The messages are identified by the following four codes.
Symbol Error
E Trouble (Error requires action of the service representative.)
W Mismatching of condition (Error can be corrected by the operator.)
I Information
X Software trouble
3.1.2 Message Icon

Icon Error
Errors with code “E” (Take measures after turning OFF the power supply.)
Errors with code “E” , “W” or “X” (Error can be recovered.)
For code “I” (Information)
3.1.3 X-#### Actions

X-#### errors (software error)
Take the following actions.
1. Write down the error number.

2. Restart the system.
3. Reinstall the software if the problem persists.
4. Create a report in the specified format.
3-2
3.2 Messages and Actions
No. Message Factor Actions
W-1406 #### not installed or paper end Magazine is not installed.
processing in progress. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magazine not installed. 1. Install magazine.
Install the magazine, and then start 2. ID chip not installed. 2. Install ID chip.
printing. 3. Upper/lower magazine ID 3. Replace upper/lower magazine ID
Install the paper magazine.

sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625) malfunction
sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625).
3
4. Magazine abnormal 4. Replace magazine.
W-1407 The incorrect magazine installed. Printing size width and magazine
paper mismatch.
Press [OK] to change magazine, or (Causes of the error message)
change print size. 1. Print size and magazine 1. Install correct magazine, or
mismatched. change print size.
2. Upper/lower magazine ID 2. Replace upper/lower magazine ID
sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625) malfunction D625).
W-1408 Back print cannot be performed with Back printing is specified with
specified paper. medium weight paper.
Magazine with postcard ID installed.
Press [Continue] to perform printing (Causes of the error message)
without back print. 1. Wrong magazine installed or 1. Install correct magazine, or
incorrect print mode. change mode to postcard print.
Back printing is not applied for 2. Upper/lower magazine ID 2. Replace upper/lower magazine
medium weight paper. sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625) malfunction D625).
W-1418 ##### not installed or paper end Magazine is not installed during the
processing in progress. index format consistency check.
(Causes of the error message)
Install the magazine, and then start 1. Magazine not installed. 1. Install magazine.
printing. 2. Magazine ID chip not installed. 2. Install ID chip.
3. Upper/lower magazine ID 3. Replace upper/lower magazine
sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625) malfunction D625)
W-1419 Selected paper width and index print Paper width mismatch occurred
size mismatched. during the index format inconsistency
check.
Press the [OK] button and replace (Causes of the error message)
magazine, or change the index 1. Index format and magazine 1. Install correct magazine, or
format. mismatched. change index format.
2. Upper/lower magazine ID 2. Replace upper/lower magazine
If you press [Output], an incorrect sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
index print will be outputted. D625) malfunction. D625).
I-1420 Printer processor is busy, so post- Post-operational check was started Wait until processing is completed.
operational check not performed. while in operating in printer.
Upon completion of printing, perform

“Post-operational check”.
I-1421 Printer processor is busy. (Causes of the error message)
1. Printing is processing. 1. Wait until processing is completed.
Please wait a moment, and then 2. Paper jamming 2. Remove jammed paper.
perform “Post-operational check”.
3-3

W-1422 A communication error occurred “No response” is received from
between the main control section and printer at the start-up of the post-
printer processor. operational check.
1. Connection error or disconnection 1. Connect cable correctly, or replace
of 1394(interface) cable or it.
grounding wire
2. Abnormal system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
error occurs again, reinstall the
system software. (NOTE 1)
E-1425 Initializing of printer processor failed. (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical representative. 1. Abnormal system software 1. Reinstall system software.
[S-alone]: Starts only the scanner. (NOTE 1)
[End]: Shuts down the system. 2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace main control unit.
[Retry]: Retries to initialize the printer.
If you restart the system, please wait

12 seconds and then turn on the
power switch.
Please wait 12 seconds, and then

turn on the system.
W-1427 A communication error occurred Error returned when the printer status
between the main control section and notice registering command is issued
printer processor. at start-up.
Check the connection, and then 1. Connection error or disconnection 1. Connect 1394 cable correctly or
press the [Retry] button. of 1394(interface) cable or replace it.
grounding wire
2. System software failure 2. Restart system, and if problem
persists, reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
W-1428 A communication error occurred Error returned when the magazine
between the main control section and status retrieving command is issued
printer processor. to printer at start-up.
Check the connection, and then 1. Connection error or disconnection 1. Connect 1394 cable correctly or
press the [Retry] button. of 1394(interface) cable or replace it.
grounding wire
2. System software failure 2. Restart system, and if problem
(NOTE 1)
W-1475 Template and paper widths Template and paper width mismatch Replace the paper magazine or
mismatched. change the print size.
Press the [OK] button, and then

replace magazine.
W-1484 Initializing of printer processor failed. Printer initialization failed at system
start-up.
Press the [S-alone] button, and only (Causes of the error message)
the film scanner will be started up. 1. Printer processor did not start. 1. Start the printer processor.
2. Poor connection of 1394 2. Connect the 1394 cable correctly.
communication cable.
3. Faulty ATX power supply 3. Replace ATX power supply.
W-1487 Selected print size and paper width Print size does not match paper in Replace magazine or change print
mismatched. magazine. size.
Press [OK] to change magazine, or

change print size.
Press [Output] to output forcibly.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored.
3-4

W-1488 Template and print widths Template width does not match paper Replace paper magazine.
mismatched. in magazine.
Press [OK] and replace magazine.
Press [Output] to output forcibly.

3
W-1495 Select the correct magazine paper Paper types (emulsion types or Replace magazine so that upper and
type. surface types) different between lower paper types are same.
upper and lower magazines
Press [Output] to output forcibly. regardless of selecting “Auto” for
“Switch magazine”.
E-2102 Communication error occurred No response within a specified time
between scanner and printer. after command is issued.
(Command time-out) 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
(interface) cable repair or replace it.
Consult your technical representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or
grounding clamp repair or replace it.
3. Abnormal system software 3. Restart the system software.
(or mistake of install/backup work)
W-2106 Performing printer maintenance. Set Uncalibrated magazine is detected Quit the “Setup and Maintenance”
up printing conditions. during printer/processor screen, and perform paper condition
maintenance. setup.
W-2108 Communication error occurred Sending to printer failed.
between scanner and printer. (Causes of the error message)
1. Built-in breaker on the LP5500R / 1. Turn ON the built-in circuit breaker
(IEEE1394 communication error: LP5700R is OFF. to restart the system.
Code No.=%NUM%) 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly or
grounding clamp. replace.
Refer to manual for guidance. 3. Abnormal software 3. Restart the system. If the problem
(NOTE 1)
4. Faulty main control unit 4. Replace the main control unit.
5. Faulty GIF23 circuit board 5. Replace the GIF23 circuit board.
W-2110 Communication error occurred Sending to printer failed.
between scanner and the printer. The (Causes of the error message)
printer may not be turned ON. 1. Built-in circuit breaker on the 1. Turn ON the built-in circuit breaker
LP5500R / LP5700R is OFF. to restart the system.
If the printer not started up, turn it to 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or
ON. (interface) cable or grounding repair or replace it.
clamp.
In the E-1425 dialog after [ON] is 3. Abnormal software 3. Restart the system. If the problem
pressed, press [Retry]. persists, reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
4. Faulty main control unit 4. Replace the main control unit.
5. Faulty GIF23 circuit board 5. Replace the GIF23 circuit board.
W-2111 A selected printer differs from the During initialization, a different
currently connected printer. system type has been detected.
Consult your technical representative. 1. The LP1500 or LP2000 or LP2500 1. Connect the LP5700R or LP5500R
is connected. to the SP-3000.
W-2201 This function cannot be started. The unusable function has been tried Do not try to start this function.
to start.
I-2202 Creating condition setup print. Printing condition setup print is in Wait until printing is completed.
progress.
I-2203 Measuring density of condition setup Density measurement of condition Wait until density measurement is
print. setup print is in progress. completed.
3-5

W-2205 As printer setup and maintenance is During printer/processor
in progress, the printer maintenance maintenance, the maintenance mode
not started. has been activated on the SP-3000.
1. While the printer/processor 1. After quitting the maintenance
maintenance mode is activated on mode on the LP5500R / LP5700R
the LP5500R / LP5700R operation operation panel, activate the
panel, maintenance mode has maintenance mode on the SP-
been activated on the SP-3000. 3000.
W-2206 Printer setup and maintenance is in During printer/processor
progress. maintenance, paper condition setup
has been attempted.
Perform the paper condition setup (Causes of the error message)
after the operation. 1. During the printer/processor 1. After quitting the printer/processor
maintenance, the W-2507 error maintenance, perform paper
has occurred and the [Yes] button condition setup.
has been clicked.
I-2207 Paper condition setup starting. After paper end, paper condition Wait until paper condition setup has
setup has been activated. started up.
W-2208 As the order remain, the printer (Causes of the error message)
maintenance not started. 1. Maintenance is started while an 1. Start the maintenance after
order remains. printing or canceling all orders.
W-2209 Initializing printer. (Causes of the error message)
1. Maintenance is started during the 1. Wait until printer initialization is
Please Wait. printer initialization. completed.
W-2210 Printer is processing. (Causes of the error message)
1. Maintenance is started while the 1. Wait until processing is completed.
Please Wait. printer is processing.
W-2211 Performing evaporation correction. (Causes of the error message)
1. Maintenance is started while 1. Wait until the evaporation
Please Wait. evaporation correction is being correction is completed.
performed.
W-2213 Printing not performed Print pre-check NG
due to lack of conditions. (Causes of the error message)
1. Printing is attempted when the 1. Wait until the printer can print or
printer is under a condition where correct error condition.
printing cannot be dune.
W-2214 As the magazine is not loaded (Causes of the error message)
Printing not performed 1. Printing is attempted with the 1. Install the magazine.
magazine not installed.
W-2215 As specified magazine ID differs from (Causes of the error message)
the stored ID, Printing not performed 1. Mismatch of magazine ID 1. Install the correct magazine.
W-2216 Printing not performed due to the (Causes of the error message)
error occurrence. 1. Printing is attempted during an 1. Correct error condition.
error condition.
I-2217 The printer maintenance not started Maintenance menu starting
due to lack of conditions. conditions are not satisfied.
1. Printing order remains 1. Print remaining orders or cancel
them.
2. Paper feeding in the printer/ 2. Wait until the printer/processor
processor is in progress. stops.
3. Evaporation correction is in 3. Wait until the evaporation
progress. correction is completed.
I-2218 Parameter downloaded. Parameter data has been Restart the scanner and printer/
downloaded. processor.
Restart the system.
W-2219 Processing control strip. Paper condition setup is attempted Perform paper condition setup after
during control strip processing. control strip processing is completed.
Perform the paper condition setup
after the operation.
3-6

W-2220 As paper end detected in magazine, Specified paper magazine is in a
printing not performed. paper-end state.
1. No paper in the magazine 1. Set paper in the magazine.
2. Incorrectly set paper in the 2. Set paper correctly.
magazine
3. Faulty paper end sensor (D616/D626) 3. Replace the D616/D626.
3
E-2301 Request not accepted by printer. A printing command is sent but the
printer/processor cannot perform
Request rejected. printing.
1. A different error has not been 1. Correct error condition.
solved.
W-2302 Maintenance is underway in printer. A printing command is sent when the
Request cannot be accepted. printer is in off-line.
Complete maintenance in printer. 1. The printer/processor is in the 1. Quit the printer/processor
maintenance mode. maintenance mode.
I-2305 The data in the printer backup A case except version up.
memory was updated. 1. Restart in backup switch OFF. 1. Turn ON the backup switch, restart
up the system and then perform
This message does not mean data download in maintenance
abnormality when the software Menu 0562.
version is updated. 2. Lack of capacity of a backup 2. Turn the power ON and leave the
circuit. machine several hours to charge
For other than the version up, consult the battery.
your technical representative. 3. Faulty backup memory or backup 3. Replace the GPR23 circuit board.
circuit.
E-2306 Printer's timer abnormal. Scanner Error occurred in reading the time
time adopted. data from timer IC during start-up.
If problems persist, consult your 1. Abnormal system software 1. Restart the system, and if problem
technical representative. persists, reinstall the system
software. (NOTE 1)
2. The system starting up is tried 2. Turn ON the backup switch.
when the backup switch is OFF.
3. Faulty backup circuit 3. Replace the GPR23 circuit board.
4. Timer IC failure 4. Replace the GPR23 circuit board.
5. Memory failure 5. Replace the GPR23 circuit board.
I-2309 Initializing printer. While initializing the printer/ –
processor, the post-operational check
Please Wait. is activated.
I-2310 Printer is processing. While driving the printer/processor, –
the post-operational check is
Please Wait. activated.
I-2311 Power switch in printer is turned ON. The post-operational check is
activated with the power switch
Turn the power switch to STANDBY. turned ON.
1. The power switch is ON. 1. Turn the power switch to
STANDBY.
E-2312 Timer in printer abnormal, so it was During system startup, abnormality of
initialized. the RTC device has been detected.
(The default value “1980/01/01” is
If problems persist, consult your set.)
technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. GPR backup switch is OFF. 1. Turn the GPR backup switch to ON.
2. Discharged backup battery 2. After starting up the system, allow
several hours for battery charging.
3. Faulty GPR circuit board 3. Replace the GPR circuit board
(After starting up the system, allow
several hours for battery charging.)
3-7

I-2313 Backup memory in printer was During system startup, backup SRAM
initialized. clear has been detected. (Finely
adjusted values are returned to the
default settings.)
1. System startup after version 1. No corrective measure is required.
upgrade
2. GPR backup switch is OFF. 2. Turn the GPR backup switch to
ON.
3. Discharged backup battery 3. Replace the GPR circuit board
several hours for battery charging.)
4. Faulty GPR circuit board 4. Replace the GPR circuit board
several hours for charging the
battery charging.)
W-2314 Updating backup memory in printer File acquisition has failed while
failed. connecting to the scanner.
Check parameter file. 1. Insufficient number of printer/ 1. Load the machine parameters
processor parameter files are from the FD.
stored in the scanner.
2. Installation has been performed 2. Reinstall system software.
incompletely.
W-2315 Communication error occurred Communication between the scanner
between scanner and Printer. and printer/processor has interrupted
more than 30 seconds.
Refer to manual for guidance. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
(interface) cable repair or replace it.
2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or
grounding clamp repair or replace it.
3. Faulty scanner GIE23 circuit board 3. Replace GIE23 circuit board on
the scanner.
E-2331 Image control box cooling fan(F620) Rotation of the image control section
abnormal. cooling fan (F620) is not detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
button and restart it. If problems harness between the image repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical control section cooling fan (F620)
representative. and GMC4 on the GMC23 circuit
board
2. Faulty F620 2. Replace F620.
3. Faulty GMC23 circuit board 3. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
E-2332 Image control box cooling fan(F620) The temperature of the GMC23
abnormal. circuit board exceeds 45 degrees and
fan operation cannot be detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency (Causes of the error message)
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Blocked GMC box or exhaust port 1. Remove the foreign matter.
persist, consult your technical 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
representative. harness between the image repair or replace it.
control section cooling fan (F620)
and GMC4 on the GMC23 circuit
board
E-2333 Temperature in circuit board(GMC23) Although the rotation of the image
abnormal. control section cooling fan (F620) is
detected, the temperature of the
Shut down scanner with emergency GMC circuit board exceeds 45 °C.
stop button and restart it. If problems (Causes of the error message)
persist, consult your technical 1. Ventilation holes in the GMC box 1. Remove foreign matter.
representative. are blocked by with foreign matter.
3-8

E-2334 Communication error occurred in Communication timeout between the
printer(GMC23 CTL23). GMC23 and CTL23 circuit boards
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the GMC23 and repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical
representative.
CTL23 circuit boards
2. Abnormal CTL software 2. Reinstall the system software.
3
3. After data transmission, the 3. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
GMC23 cannot receive any
responses from the CTL23.
E-2350 Printer rear upper exhaust fan(F600/ Fan rotation cannot be detected.
F601/F602/F603) abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between the control repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems section exhaust fan (F600/F601/
persist, consult your technical F602/F603) and PDA16 on the
representative. PDA23 circuit board
2. Faulty F600/F601/F602/F603 2. Replace F600/F601/F602/F603.
3. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 3. Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
E-2351 Electric section cooling fan(F630) Fan rotation cannot be detected.
abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between the power supply repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems cooling fan (F630) and PAC03 on
persist, consult your technical the PAC23 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty F630 2. Replace F630.
3. Faulty PAC23 circuit board 3. Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
W-2401 Paper jam occurred in upper supply D619 sensor does not detect the
section(1). leading end of paper within a
specified time after the paper has
Check it. ### sheets remain. been drawn from the upper paper
Press [Help] button to see error help magazine.
(or manual). Remove paper while (Causes of the error message)
referring to it. 1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
harness: repair or replace it.
1) Between the upper magazine
splice sensor LED (D619L) and
the JND2 on the JND23 circuit
board
splice sensor (D619P) and the
JND2 on the JND23 circuit
board
paper supply motor (M610) and
the PDA3 on the PDA23 circuit
board
4) Between the CTL9 on the
CTL23 circuit board and the
board
PDA1 on the PDA23 circuit
board
3. Faulty D619 3. Replace the cutter unit.
4. Faulty M610 4. Replace M610.
5. Faulty magazine drive belt 5. Replace the magazine drive belt.
6. Damaged magazine pulley 6. Replace the magazine pulley.
8. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 8. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3-9

W-2402 Paper jam occurred in lower supply D629 sensor does not detect the
specified time after the paper has
Check it. ### sheets remain. been drawn from the lower paper
Press [Help] button to see error help magazine.
1) Between the lower magazine
splice sensor LED (D629L) and
board
splice sensor (D629P) and the
board
paper supply motor (M620) and
the PDA3 on the PDA23 circuit
board
board
board
5. Faulty magazine drive belt 5. Replace the magazine drive belt.
6. Damaged magazine pulley 6. Replace the magazine pulley.
3-10

W-2403 Paper jam occurred in cutter/feed D631 sensor does not detect the
section (3). leading end of paper within a
specified time after D619 sensor
Check it. ### sheets remain. detects the leading end of paper.
Press [Help] button to see error help D632 sensor does not detect the
(or manual).
Remove paper while referring to it.
leading end of paper within a
specified time after D629 sensor
3
detects the leading end of paper.
1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
paper sensor (D631) and the
board
paper sensor LED (D632L) and
board
paper sensor (D632P) and the
board
4) Between the Feed Motor 1
(M630) and the PDA5 on the
PDA23 circuit board
board
board 3. Replace D631.
3. Faulty D631 4. Replace D632.
4. Faulty D632 5. Replace M630.
5. Faulty M630 6. Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
6. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 7. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTL23 circuit board
W-2404 Paper jam occurred in back printing/ D633 sensor does not detect the
feed section (4). leading end of paper within a
specified time after D631 or D632
Check it. ### sheets remain. sensor detects the leading end of
Press [Help] button to see error help paper.
(or manual). (Causes of the error message)
Remove paper while referring to it. 1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
1) Between the feed section paper
sensor (D633) and the JND4
on the JND23 circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
3-11

W-2405 Paper jam occurred in registration D650 sensor does not detect the
specified time after D633 or D640
Check it. ### sheets remain. sensor detects the leading end of
Press [Help] button to see error help paper.
1) Between the exposure section
entrance paper sensor LED
(D650L) and the JND6 on the
JND23 circuit board
entrance paper sensor (D650P)
and the JND6 on the JND23
circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
board
board
W-2406 Paper jam occurred between D664 or D665 sensor does not detect
exposure section and distribution the leading end of paper within a
entrance section(6). specified time after D650 sensor
detects the leading end of paper.
Check it. ### sheets remain. (Causes of the error message)
Press [Help] button to see error help 1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
(or manual). Remove paper while 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
referring to it. harness: repair or replace it.
entrance paper sensor (D650)
circuit board
2) Between the distribution
section paper sensor (D664/
D665) and the JND8 on the
JND23 circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
board
board
4. Faulty D664/D665 4. Replace D664/D665.
3-12

W-2409 Auto-rewinding of upper magazine Splice sensor does not function even
failed. if a specified amount of paper is
rewound.
Press [Help] button to see error help (Causes of the error message)
(or manual). Inspect it while referring 1. Abnormal magazine 1. Load another magazine, and if
to it. paper rewind is normally done,
replace the old magazine.
3
2. Slip of magazine rollers 2. Clean the magazine rollers.
harness between: repair or replace it.
1) The upper magazine splice
2) The upper magazine paper
supply motor (M610) and the
board
3) The CTL9 on the CTL23 circuit
board and the JND1 on the
JND23 circuit board
4) The CTL13 on the CTL23
circuit board and the PDA1 on
the PDA23 circuit board
5. Faulty M610 malfunction 5. Replace M610.
W-2410 Auto-rewinding of lower magazine Splice sensor does not function even
failed. if a specified amount of paper is
rewound.
Press [Help] button to see error help (Causes of the error message)
(or manual). Inspect it while referring 1. Abnormal magazine 1. Load another magazine, and if
to it. paper rewind is normally done,
replace the old magazine.
2. Slip of magazine rollers 2. Clean the magazine rollers.
1) The lower magazine splice
2) The lower magazine paper
supply motor (M620) and the
board
JND23 circuit board
3-13

W-2411 Paper remains in printer. 1. System is started up after the
power is turned OFF while
Press [Help] button to see error help processing paper.
(or manual). Inspect it while referring 2. System is not restored from paper
to it. jamming at the last shutdown.
3. Paper is detected at sensor check
after the cover is closed.
1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
1) Paper sensor (D616, D619,
D626, D629, D631, D632,
D633, D640, D650, D653,
D660, D664, D665,
D666,D667,D668) and the CTL
circuit board
JND23 circuit board
3. Faulty D616/D619/D626/D629/ 3. Replace the sensor.
D631/D632/D633/D640/D650/
D653/D660/D664/D665/D666/
D667/D668
4. Misdiagnosis due to noise caused 4. Replace the harness.
by a sensor wiring short circuit or
wiring malfunction
W-2412 Upper cutter operation(M600/D601/ Home position or close sensor does
D602) abnormal. not function during operation.
When a paper jam occurs in the 1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
printer section, this problem is solved 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
by removing the paper. harness between: repair or replace it.
1) The upper cutter open (home)
Shut down scanner with emergency position sensor (D601) and the
button and restart it. If problems JND2 on the JND23 circuit
persist, consult your technical board
representative 2) The upper cutter close (home)
position sensor (D602) and the
board
3) The upper cutter drive motor
PDA23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
3-14

W-2413 Lower cutter operation(M601/D603/ Home position or close sensor does
D604) abnormal. not function during operation.
When a paper jam occurs in the 1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
printer section, this problem is solved 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
by removing the paper. harness between:
1) The lower cutter open (home)
repair or replace it.
3
Shut down scanner with emergency position sensor (D603) and the
button and restart it. If problems JND3 on the JND23 circuit
persist, consult your technical board
representative 2) The lower cutter close (home)
board
3) The lower cutter drive motor
PDA23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
5. Faulty M601 5. Replace the cutter unit.
W-2414 Initializing of registration section Home position sensor does not
tilt(M641/D641) failed. function during operation.
Open and close magazine door. If 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
problems persist, consult your harness between: repair or replace it.
technical representative. 1) The tilt home position sensor
(for M641) (D641) and the
board
2) The registration tilt motor
PDA23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
4. Faulty tilt mechanism 4. Replace the registration unit.
3-15

W-2415 Initializing of registration section Home position sensor does not
nip(M642/D642) failed. function during operation.
technical representative. 1) The nip release home position
Sensor 1 (for M642) (D642)
circuit board
2) The nip release motor 1 (M642)
and the PDA10 on the PDA23
circuit board
JND23 circuit board
4. Faulty nip mechanism 4. Replace the registration unit.
W-2416 Initializing of nip in exposure section Exposure soft nip home position is
(M651/D651) failed. not detected (Sensor did not function
even if the soft nip motor is driven
Open and close magazine door. If specified pulses).
problems persist, consult your (Causes of the error message)
technical representative. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
1) The soft nip home position
sensor (for M651) (D651) and
board
2) The soft nip motor (M651) and
the PDA11 on the PDA23
circuit board
JND23 circuit board
4. Faulty exposure nip mechanism 4. Replace the sub scanning unit.
3-16

W-2417 Initializing of sub-scanning receiving Distribution entrance section nip
section nip(M655/D655/M656/D656) home position is not detected.
failed. (Causes of the error message)
Open and close magazine door. If harness between: repair or replace it.
problems persist, consult your
technical representative.
1) The nip release home position
sensor 2/3 (D655/D656) and
3
board
2) The nip release motor 1/2
(M655/M656) and the PDA12
on the PDA23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
3. Faulty M655/M656 3. Replace M655/M656.
4. Faulty distribution entrance section 4. Replace the distribution entrance
nip mechanism unit.
W-2418 Initializing of distribution section Distribution section nip home position
nip(M662/D662/M663/D663) failed. is not detected.
technical representative. 1) The nip release home position
Sensor 4 (front/rear) (D662/
JND23 circuit board
2) The nip release motor 4 (front/
rear) (M662/M663) and the
board
JND23 circuit board
4. Faulty distribution section nip 4. Replace the distribution unit.
mechanism
3-17

W-2419 Initializing of distribution Distribution home position cannot be
section(M661/D661) failed. detected.
technical representative. 1) The distribution home position
sensor (for M661) (D661) and
board
2) The distribution slide motor
PDA23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
4. Faulty distribution slide 4. Replace the distribution unit.
mechanism
W-2421 Paper end processing of upper Paper end sensor detects paper end.
magazine completed. (Causes of the error message)
1. Paper end 1. Load paper. If paper remains,
Replace magazine. perform 2 to 4.
If not replaced, press [Print Stop] to harness between: repair or replace it.
cancel print instruction. 1) The upper magazine paper end
on JND23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
W-2422 Paper end processing of lower Paper end sensor detects paper end.
magazine completed. (Causes of the error message)
1. Paper end 1. Load paper. If paper remains,
Replace magazine. perform 2 to 4.
If not replaced, press [Print Stop] to harness between: repair or replace it.
cancel print instruction. 1) The lower magazine paper end
on JND23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
3-18

W-2423 Unknown magazine ID is set. Different magazine ID from the last
magazine’s is used when replacing
Set correct magazine ID. magazine at paper end.
1. Paper magazine has been 1. Change print size, or use the
replaced.
2. ID chip has been replaced.
previous magazine.
2. Change magazine registration
3
data.
1) The upper magazine ID sensor
(D610 to D615) and the JND2
2) The lower magazine ID sensor
JND23 circuit board
4. Faulty D610 to D615 4. Replace D610 to D615.
W-2424 Magazine ID not registered. Unregistered magazine ID is set.
Press [Help] button to see error help 1. Unregistered magazine 1. Register the magazine.
(or manual). Set magazine while 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
referring to it. harness between: repair or replace it.
JND23 circuit board
W-2425 ID is duplicated for upper and lower ID is duplicated for upper and lower
magazines. magazines.
Set another magazine ID. 1. Same IDs for upper and lower 1. Replace an ID chip for one
magazine, and register it again.
JND23 circuit board
3-19

W-2426 Magazine not loaded. Paper drawing is attempted but the
paper magazine is not installed.
Set magazine. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magazine is not installed. 1. Install paper magazine.
2. ID chip is not installed. 2. Install ID chip and register it.
JND23 circuit board
W-2429 Magazine section door open. Magazine door is opened during
paper processing.
Remove paper in printer and close (Causes of the error message)
door. 1. Magazine door is open. 1. Close the magazine door.
2. Bent or broken interlock dog 2. Repair or replace the interlock
dog.
3. Removed or loosened magnet 3. Install the magnet properly.
harness between the magazine repair or replace it.
door interlock switch (D680) and
PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board
6. Faulty DC power unit 6. Replace the DC power unit.
W-2430 Magazine section door open. Magazine door is opened during
printing.
Close magazine section door. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magazine door is opened. 1. Close the magazine door.
2. Bent or broken interlock dog 2. Repair or replace the interlock
dog.
6. Faulty PWR23 circuit board 6. Replace the PWR23 circuit board.
W-2431 Printer section left-hand cover Dryer section left cover is opened
opened. during paper processing.
Remove paper in printer, and then 1. Dryer section left cover is opened. 1. Close the dryer section left cover.
close cover. 2. Bent or broken interlock dog 2. Repair or replace the interlock
dog.
harness between the left cover repair or replace it.
interlock switch (D681) and PWR4
on the PWR23 circuit board
3-20

W-2433 Incorrect paper magazine is set. Magazine installed oppositely.
Replace magazine. 1. Magazines are installed 1. Replace the magazines.
oppositely.
2. ID chip is replaced. 2. Use the previous ID chip or
3. Poorly connected or broken

register it again.
3. Connect the harness correctly, or
3
JND23 circuit board
6. Faulty JND23 circuit board 6. Replace the JND23 circuit board.
I-2435 Resume printing. – –
W-2436 Magazine with different paper width Magazine different from one at paper
installed. end has been set.
Install magazine with correct paper. Refer to W-2433. Refer to W-2433.
I-2437 Paper end process completed in – –
upper magazine.
Paper is to be fed from lower

magazine.
I-2438 Paper end process completed in – –
lower magazine.
Paper is to be fed from upper

magazine.
W-2439 Paper end detected in upper – –
magazine.
Install a new paper in magazine.

W-2440 Paper end detected in lower – –
magazine.
Install a new paper in magazine.

W-2441 Specified magazine ID differs from Even though printing is attempted by
the stored ID. specifying a magazine ID, the
specified magazine is not installed.
Install magazine with ID=###. (Causes of the error message)
1. Even though printing is attempted 1. Install the specified magazine.
by specifying a magazine ID, the
specified magazine is not installed.
2. Faulty upper magazine ID sensor 2. Replace D610 to D615.
(D610 to D615)
3. Faulty lower magazine ID sensor 3. Replace D620 to D625.
(D620 to D625)
3-21

W-2442 Specified paper width and registered When printing is attempted, the
print size mismatched. magazine of the specified paper
width is not installed.
Replace magazine. (Causes of the error message)
1. When printing is attempted, the 1. Install the specified magazine.
magazine of the specified paper
width is not installed.
2. Faulty magazine ID chip 2. Replace the magazine ID chip.
(D610 to D615)
(D620 to D625)
W-2443 Paper end detected in magazine. At the post-operational check, paper
end is detected.
Install a new paper in magazine. (Causes of the error message)
1. Paper end 1. Replace the magazine.
2. Faulty magazine ID chip 2. Replace the magazine ID chip.
(D610 to D615)
4. Faulty upper magazine paper end 4. Replace D616.
sensor (D616)
(D620 to D625)
6. Faulty lower magazine paper end 6. Replace D626.
sensor (D626)
W-2444 Printer section left-hand cover The left cover is opened during paper
opened. processing.
Close it. 1. Theleft cover is opened. 1. Close the left cover.
2. Faulty left cover interlock switch 2. Replace D681.
(D681)
3. Faulty left cover 3. Replace the left cover.
W-2445 Loading of paper in upper magazine The splice sensor does not change
failed. after paper is fed specified length
from the magazine.
No paper or paper jam in magazine. (Causes of the error message)
1. No paper in upper magazine 1. Install roll paper in the magazine.
Press [Help] button to see error help 2. Paper feed failed from upper 2. Remove jammed paper.
(or manual). Remove paper while magazine
referring to it. 3. Poorly connected or broken 3. Connect the harness correctly, or
1) D619, D610, D611, D612,
D613, D614, D615 and the
board
2) The M610 and the PDA3 on the
PDA23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
4. Faulty upper magazine splice 4. Replace D619.
sensor (D619)
(D610 to D615)
6. Faulty upper magazine paper 6. Replace M610.
supply motor (M610)
3-22

W-2446 Loading of paper in lower magazine The splice sensor does not change
failed. after paper is fed specified length
from the magazine.
No paper or paper jam in magazine. (Causes of the error message)
1. No paper in lower magazine 1. Install roll paper in the magazine.
Press [Help] button to see error help
(or manual). Remove paper while
2. Paper feed failed from lower
magazine
2. Remove jammed paper.
3
referring to it. 3. Poorly connected or broken 3. Connect the harness correctly, or
1) D620, D621, D622, D623,
D624, D625, D629 and the
board
JND23 circuit board
3) The M620 and the PDA20 on
4. Faulty lower magazine splice 4. Replace D629.
sensor (D629)
(D620 to D625)
6. Faulty lower magazine paper 6. Replace M620.
supply motor (M620)
W-2447 Paper jam occurred between Paper is not detected even when the
distribution section and printer exit specified time has elapsed.
section(7). (Causes of the error message)
1. Paper jamming 1. Remove paper.
Check it. ### sheets remain. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
Press [Help] button to see error help harness between: repair or replace it.
(or manual). Remove paper while 1) The distribution section paper
referring to it. sensor (D660/D664/D665) and
board
2) The speed control section
paper sensor (D666/D667/
JND23 circuit board
3) The feed motor 5 (M660) or
distribution slide motor (M661)
and PDA13 on the PDA23
circuit board
4) The nip release motor 4 (M662/
M663) and the PDA14 on the
PDA23 circuit board
5) The speed control motor
JND23 circuit board
3. Faulty D660/D664/D665/D666/ 3. Replace D660/D664/D665/D666/
D667/D668 D667/D668.
4. Faulty M660/M661/M662/M663/ 4. Replace M660/M661/M662/M663/
M664/M665 M664/M665.
3-23

W-2448 Initializing of upper cutter • Both the cutter open and close
failed(M600,D601,D602). sensors detect their home position.
• Cutter error flag is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency • The cutter close position sensor
stop button and restart it. If problems does not function even after the
persist, consult your technical specified time has elapsed.
representative. (Causes of the error message)
1) D601, D602 and the JND2 on
the JND23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
2. Faulty upper cutter drive motor 2. Replace the upper cutter unit.
(M600)
3. Faulty upper cutter open (home) 3. Replace the upper cutter unit.
position sensor (D601)
4. Faulty upper cutter close position 4. Replace the upper cutter unit.
sensor (D602)
W-2449 Initializing of lower cutter • Both the cutter open and close
failed(M601,D603,D604). sensors detect their home position.
• Cutter error flag is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency • The cutter close position sensor
stop button and restart it. If problems does not function even after the
persist, consult your technical specified time has elapsed.
1) D603, D604 and the JND2 on
the JND23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
2. Faulty lower cutter drive motor 2. Replace the lower cutter unit.
(M601)
3. Faulty lower cutter open (home) 3. Replace the lower cutter unit.
position sensor (D603)
4. Faulty lower cutter close position 4. Replace the lower cutter unit.
sensor (D604)
3-24

W-2450 Tilt in registration section(M641/ Tilt home position cannot be
D641) malfunction. detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between: repair or replace it.
representative.
1) The tilt home position sensor
(D641) and the JND5 on the
3
JND23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
3) The registration tilt motor
PDA23 circuit board
2. Faulty tilt home position sensor (for 2. Replace D641.
M641) (D641)
3. Faulty registration tilt motor (M641) 3. Replace M641.
6. Faulty registration mechanism 6. Replace the registration unit.
W-2451 Registration section nip(M642/D642) Nip release home position cannot be
malfunction. detected.
persist, consult your technical 1) The nip release home position
representative. sensor (D642) and the JND5
JND23 circuit board
3) The nip release motor (M642)
and the PDA10 on the PDA23
circuit board
2. Faulty nip release home position 2. Replace D642.
Sensor 1 (for M642) (D642)
3. Faulty nip release motor (M642) 3. Replace M642.
4. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 4. Replace the PDA23 circuit board
5. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 5. Replace the CTL23 circuit board
6. Faulty registration mechanism 6. Replace the registration unit.
3-25

W-2452 Exposure section nip(M651/D651) Nip home position cannot be
persist, consult your technical 1) The soft nip home position
representative. sensor (for M651) (D651) and
board.
2) The soft nip motor (M651) and
the PDA11 on the PAD23 circuit
board
JND23 circuit board
6. Faulty cam mechanism 6. Replace the sub scanning unit.
W-2453 Sub-scanning receiving section Nip release home position cannot be
nip(M655/D655/M656/D656) detected.
malfunction. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between: repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1) The nip release home position
persist, consult your technical Sensor 2 (for M655)/3 (for
representative. M656) (D655/D656) and the
board
2) The nip release motor 2/3
JND23 circuit board
6. Faulty nip release mechanism 6. Replace the distribution entrance
unit.
3-26

W-2454 Nip in distribution section(M662/ Nip release home position cannot be
D662/M663/D663) malfunction. detected.
representative.
1) The nip release home position
Sensor 4 (front/rear) (D662/
3
JND23 circuit board
2) The nip release motor 4 (front/
rear) (M662/M663) and the
board
JND23 circuit board
6. Faulty nip release mechanism 6. Replace the distribution unit.
W-2455 Distribution section(M661/D661) Distribution home position cannot be
persist, consult your technical 1) The distribution home position
representative. sensor (for M661) (D661) and
board
2) The distribution slide motor
PDA23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
6. Faulty nip release mechanism 6. Replace the distribution unit.
W-2456 Paper may be slipped from feed Paper cannot be fed due to its length
rollers in magazine. too short because the splice sensor
detects paper and the paper end
Remove paper from magazine and sensor detects its end.
set it correctly in a dark location. (Causes of the error message)
1. Too short length paper remains 1. Remove the paper.
between the splice sensor (D619)
and the paper end sensor (D616)
due to paper end.
due to paper end.
3-27

W-2457 Paper may be slipped from feed Paper cannot be fed due to its length
rollers in magazine. too short because the splice sensor
detects paper and the paper end
Remove paper from magazine and sensor detects its end.
set it correctly in a dark location. (Causes of the error message)
due to paper end.
due to paper end.
W-2458 Printer section inner cover opened. Opening of the distribution section
inner cover is detected during
Press [Help] button to see error help initialization.
(or manual). Inspect it while referring (Causes of the error message)
to it. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
1) The distribution section drive
standby sensor (D669) and the
board
JND23 circuit board
W-2459 Printer section cover opened. During output check, device
operation is attempted with a cover
Close it. open.
harness between the left cover repair or replace it.
6. Damaged cover 6. Replace the cover.
W-2460 Paper is not Installed in upper Upper magazine paper end is
magazine. detected during initialization.
Install a paper in magazine. 1. Paper is not installed in the 1. Install paper or replace the
magazine. magazine.
1) The upper magazine paper end
2) CTL9 on the CTL23 circuit
JND23 circuit board
3-28

W-2461 Paper is not Installed in lower Lower magazine paper end is
magazine. detected during initialization.
Install a paper in magazine. 1. Paper is not installed in the 1. Install paper or replace the
magazine. magazine.
harness between:
2. Connect the harness correctly, or
3
1) The lower magazine paper end
JND23 circuit board
W-2462 Magazine ID changed. (Causes of the error message)
1. The magazine ID is changed 1. Reinstall the magazine correctly.
Check magazines. during driving the feed system.
W-2463 Specified paper and registered paper (Causes of the error message)
mismatched. 1. The paper type or surface differs 1. Install the proper magazine.
from the magazine installed.
Replace magazine.
W-2490 Cannot be performed due to printing. Output maintenance is attempted Wait until printing is completed.
during printing.
W-2492 Cannot be performed due to feeding Output maintenance is attempted Wait until paper feeding is completed.
paper. during paper feeding.
W-2493 Error occurred in getting master Error occurred while obtaining the Clear the error.
magazine ID. master magazine ID.
W-2495 Master magazine is not loaded. Upkeep printing is attempted with a Replace with the master magazine
magazine other than the master and perform upkeep printing again.
Load it. magazine.
W-2497 Condition upkeep printing not Paper jamming has occurred during Remove paper and perform upkeep
performed due to lack of conditions. upkeep printing. printing again.
E-2501 Anti-dust shutter abnormal. Shutter open/close sensor (D674)
does not function even if operating
Shut down scanner with emergency anti-dust shutter at initialization.
stop button and restart it. If problems (Causes of the error message)
representative. harness between JROS on the repair or replace it.
laser unit and LDD7 on the LDD23
circuit board
3. Faulty S673 3. Replace S673
4. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 4. Replace the JDD23 circuit board.
E-2502 Anti-dust fan malfunction. Fan does not function (Rotating
sensor malfunction).
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
persist, consult your technical harness between JROS on the repair or replace it.
representative. laser unit and LDD7 on the LDD23
circuit board
2. Faulty F610/F611/F612 2. Replace F610/F611/F612.
E-2503 Polygon malfunction. Mechanical polygon is abnormal
(Rotating sensor malfunction).
representative. laser unit and LDD7 on the LDD23
circuit board
3. Faulty laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
3-29

E-2504 AOM driver cooling fan malfunction. AOM cooling fan malfunction
(Rotating sensor malfunction).
persist, consult your technical harness between the AOM cooling repair or replace it.
representative. fan (F690A) and LDD5 on the
LDD23 circuit board
2. Faulty F690A 2. Replace F690A.
E-2505 LDD23 circuit board cooling fan LDD cooling fan malfunction
malfunction. (Rotating sensor malfunction).
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the LDD cooling repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical fan (F690B) and LDD5 on the
representative. LDD23 circuit board
2. Faulty F690B 2. Replace F690B.
W-2507 Condition setup for present paper not Density measurement for the
performed. installed magazine is not performed.
When replacing the paper with the 1. Paper condition setup is not 1. Perform paper condition setup.
one with different emulsion number, performed.
make sure to perform condition setup 2. ID chip is replaced. 2. Change the magazine registration
for paper. data.
(F610 to D615) and the JND2
on the LND23 circuit board
on the LND23 circuit board
JND23 circuit board
E-2508 Communication error occurred in Communication error occurred
printer(GMC23-LDD23). between the GMC23 and LDD23
circuit board.
persist, consult your technical harness between the LDD1 on the repair or replace it.
representative. LDD23 circuit board and GMC2 on
the GMC23 circuit board
harness between the LDD2 on the repair or replace it.
LDD23 circuit board and PWR3 on
the PWR23 circuit board
3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board 3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
4. Replace the GMC23 circuit board 4. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
E-2509 Abnormal R laser (R-LD) information. Abnormal data read from EEPROM in
the laser unit at start-up.
The laser temperature (Causes of the error message)
controlstopped. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
harness between the laser unit repair or replace it.
Shut down scanner with emergency and LDD11 on the LDD23 circuit
stop button and restart it. If problems board
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
representative. 3. Faulty laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
3-30

E-2510 Abnormal G laser (G-SHG) Abnormal data read from EEPROM in
information. the laser unit at start-up.
The laser temperature control 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
stopped. harness between the laser optical repair or replace it.
Shut down scanner with emergency

unit and LDD13 on the LDD23
circuit board
3
stop button and restart it. If problems 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical 3. Faulty laser optical unit 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
representative.
E-2511 Abnormal B laser (B-LD) information. Abnormal data read from EEPROM in
the laser unit at start-up.
The laser temperature control (Causes of the error message)
stopped. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
harness between the laser optical repair or replace it.
Shut down scanner with emergency unit and LDD9 on the LDD23
stop button and restart it. If problems circuit board
representative. 3. Faulty laser optical unit 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
E-2512 R laser (R-LD) temperature Laser temperature did not converge
adjustment outside specified range. within a specified range during
initialization.
E-2513 G laser (G-SHG) temperature Laser temperature did not converge
initialization.
Shut down scanner with emergency unit and LDD12/LDD14 on the
stop button and restart it. If problems LDD23 circuit board
E-2514 B laser (B-LD) temperature Laser temperature did not converge
initialization.
E-2515 Abnormal R laser (R-LD) 1. Laser temperature exceeds the
temperature. range.
2. Thermistor error is detected.
3-31

E-2516 Abnormal G laser (G-SHG) 1. Laser temperature exceeds the
temperature. range.
Shut down scanner with emergency unit and LDD12/LDD14 on the
stop button and restart it. If problems LDD23 circuit board
E-2517 Abnormal B laser (B-LD) 1. Laser temperature exceeds the
temperature. range.
W-2518 Abnormal temperature detected in Ambient temperature exceeds the
printer. range.
The laser temperature control 1. Dirty anti static filter 1. Replace the filter.
stopped. 2. Poorly connected connector to 2. Connect the connector correctly,
THA23 circuit board or repair or replace it.
Press [Help] button to see error help 3. Faulty THA23 circuit board 3. Replace the THA23 circuit board.
(or manual). Inspect it while referring 4. Poorly connected or broken 4. Connect the harness correctly, or
to it. harness between the JROS on the repair or replace it.
laser unit and the LDD7 on the
LDD23 circuit board.
E-2520 R laser (R-LD) current exceeded. LD current value limiter detection.
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the laser optical repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical unit and LDD10 on the LDD23
representative. circuit board
2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace LDD23 circuit board.
3. Faulty laser optical unit 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
E-2521 G laser (G-SHG) current exceeded. LD current value limiter detection.
E-2522 B laser (B-LD) current exceeded. LD current value limiter detection.
E-2523 R laser (R-LD) current measurement PD current value does not converge
value outside specified range. within a specified range.
2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
3-32

E-2524 G laser (G-SHG) current PD current value does not converge
measurement value outside specified within a specified range.
of range. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between the laser optical repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems
unit and LDD12 on the LDD23
circuit board
3
representative. 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
E-2525 B laser (B-LD) current measurement PD current value does not converge
value outside specified range. within a specified range.
W-2526 R laser (R-LD) current exceeds the Laser deterioration was detected at
specified range. the last post-operational check.
No problem for the moment, but 1. LD deteriorated. 1. Replace the laser optical unit.
consult your technical representative.
W-2527 G laser (G-SHG) current exceeds the Laser deterioration was detected at
W-2528 B laser (B-LD) current exceeds the Laser deterioration was detected at
E-2529 SOS detection failed. SOS (Start of Scanning) is not
detected.
representative. laser optical unit and LDD7 on the
LDD23 circuit board
harness between LDD1 on the repair or replace it.
LDD23 circuit board and GEP10
on the GEP23 circuit board
3. Poorly connected connector on the 3. Connect the harness correctly, or
DTA23 circuit board on ROS repair or replace it.
4. Faulty DTA23 circuit board 4. Replace the laser optical unit.
5. Faulty GEP23 circuit board 5. Replace the GEP23 circuit board.
7. Faulty laser unit 7. Replace the laser unit.
E-2530 Electric power failure occurred in the Abnormal power voltage on the
exposure and light source sections. LDD23 circuit board.
If problems persist, consult your 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
technical representative. harness between LDD2/3/4 on the repair or replace it.
LDD23 circuit board and PWR3/6
3-33

W-2532 G laser (G-SHG) optimal temperature It’s time to perform SHG stabilization. Perform Menu 0522 “G, B Laser
setting periods. (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup”.
Press [Help] button to see error help

(or manual). Set optimal temperature
for G laser(G-SHG) while referring to
it.
W-2533 10 days passed since the last paper Paper magazine requiring paper Perform paper condition setup.
condition setup. condition setup is detected during
magazine installation.
We recommend paper condition
setup.
E-2534 R laser (R-LD) connector removed or Laser thermistor detected.
temperature sensor abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between LDR1 on the repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems laser optical unit and LDD11 on
persist, consult your technical the LDD23 circuit board
E-2535 G laser (G-SHG) connector removed Laser thermistor detected.
or temperature sensor abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between JMH2 on the repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems laser optical unit and LDD12 on
persist, consult your technical the LDD23 circuit board
E-2536 B laser (B-LD) connector removed or Laser thermistor detected.
temperature sensor abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between LDB1 on the repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems laser optical unit and LDD9 on the
persist, consult your technical LDD23 circuit board
W-2537 The laser temperature control cannot After the initialization, the ambient
be performed, because the ambient temperature has been outside the
temperature is too low(high). specified range for more than the
specified period.
Adjust the ambient temp. between 15 (Causes of the error message)
to 30 °C. (Laser temp. adjustment will 1. The current temperature is above 1. On Menu 0524 “Printer
be started when the ambient temp. (or below) the specified range. Temperature Display”, measure
exceeds 5 °C.) the internal temperature, and
adjust it (using an air conditioner)
to within 5 to 45 °C.
2. Poorly connected connector to 2. Connect the connector correctly,
3. Faulty THA23 circuit board 3. Replace the THA23 circuit board.
harness between the JROS on the repair or replace it.
5. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 5. Replace the LDD23 circuit board
W-2538 Anti-dust filter of laser unit is about to It’s time to change anti-dust filter. Replace the filter.
its lifetime.
Prepare a new anti-dust filter. No

problem for the moment, but consult
your technical representative.
E-2539 Anti-dust filter of laser unit is about to It’s time to change anti-dust filter.
its pariodic replacing time. (Causes of the error message)
1. Filter has not been replaced. 1. Replace the filter.
Consult your technical representative.
3-34

W-2540 Ambient temperature too low (high). The ambient temperature has been
outside the specified range (15 to
Adjust the ambient temperature 30°) for more than the specified
between 15 to 30 °C. period.
1. The current temperature is above
(or below) the specified range.
1. On Menu 0524 “Printer
Temperature Display”, measure
3
the internal temperature, and
adjust it (using an air conditioner)
to within 5 to 45 °C.
2. Poorly connected connector to 2. Connect the connector correctly,
3. Faulty THA23 circuit board 3. Replace the THA23 circuit board.
harness between the JROS on the repair or replace it.
5. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 5. Replace the LDD23 circuit board
E-2542 AOM drive temperature error Abnormal temperature of AOM driver
occurred. is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Faulty temperature control circuit 1. Replace the AOM driver.
stop button and restart it. If problems on the AOM driver
representative.
E-2544 An error detected by R laser (R-LD) Laser thermistor detected.
sensor. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency 2. Faulty laser thermistor 2. Replace the laser optical unit.
representative.
E-2545 An error detected by G laser(G-SHG) Laser thermistor detected.
representative.
E-2546 An error detected by B laser (B-LD) Laser thermistor detected.
representative.
E-2547 Fuse in exposure section blown out. Blown fuse is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Blown fuse on the LDD23 circuit 1. Replace the blown fuse on the
stop button and restart it. If problems board LDD23 circuit board.
representative.
E-2548 DTA connector disconnected. Disconnected DTA connector is
detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the connector, or repair or
persist, consult your technical harness between JROS on the replace the harness.
representative. laser optical unit and LDD7 on the
LDD23 circuit board
E-2549 LDD6 connector disconnected. Disconnected LDD16 connecter is
detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Disconnected LDD16 connector 1. Connect the connector, or repair or
persist, consult your technical replace the harness.
representative.
3-35

W-2552 The density measurement is not Density measurement time-out
complete within a specified time. (Causes of the error message)
1. Cable is disconnected during 1. Connect the cable properly and
density measurement. perform density measurement
again.
2. Densitometer goes wrong during 2. Inspect the densitometer and
density measurement. replace it if necessary.
W-2553 The densitometer may malfunction. Data size from the densitometer is
abnormal.
Consult your technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Densitometer error (Red LED 1. Reset the densitometer. (NOTE 2)
lights.)
2. Faulty densitometer 2. Replace the densitometer.
W-2554 Check the outputted upkeep print and Density measurement operation error
then perform the density for upkeep printing
measurement again. (Causes of the error message)
lights.)
W-2555 Density measurement failed due to The [Measure] button is clicked but
the error occurrence. measurement cannot be started
because error has been occurred in
the densitometer.
lights.)
W-2556 Initializing is in progress, so density Density measurement cannot be
measurement cannot be started. started because the densitometer
initialization is in progress.
After initialization, retry (Causes of the error message)
measurement. 1. Initializing densitometer 1. Wait until densitometer
initialization is completed.
W-2557 Density measurement cannot be Density measurement cannot be
started. started because error has been
occurred in the densitometer.
Press the [Reset] button of the (Causes of the error message)
densitometer, and then retry it. 1. Densitometer error (Red LED 1. Press the [Reset] button to
lights.) initialize the densitometer.
(NOTE 2)
NOTE 2: Press the densitometer reset switch.
Reset Switch (AD300)
3-36

W-2558 Check the connection of the Signal for starting density
densitometer and the power cable, measurement is not received from
retry it. the densitometer within the specified
time.
If problems persist, consult your (Causes of the error message)
technical representative. 1. Disconnected cable before
measurement
1. Connect the cable properly and
perform density measurement again.
3
2. Turned OFF power supply for 2. Make sure the power switch on the
densitometer before measurement densitometer is turned ON.
W-2559 Canceling of density measurement Density measurement interruption
failed. failed.
Check if the paper remains. 1. Jammed chart in the densitometer. 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
the chart. If not ejected, pull out
the chart by hand and press the
[Reset] button. (NOTE 2)
W-2560 Canceling of density measurement Communication busy state occurs
failed. when interrupting density
measurement.
Consult your technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Collision occurred while 1. Press the [Reset] button to
communicating with the initialize the densitometer.
densitometer. (NOTE 2)
W-2561 Detecting of leading end of the print The leading end of the print upkeep
failed. chart cannot be detected during
density measurement.
Insert the upkeep print into the (Causes of the error message)
densitometer correctly, and perform 1. Chart is not inserted. 1. Set the chart and perform density
the measurement again. measurement again.
2. Insufficiently inserted chart. 2. Set the chart and perform density
measurement again.
W-2562 Detecting of leading end of the print The leading end of the print upkeep
failed. chart cannot be detected during
density measurement.
Insert the condition setup print into (Causes of the error message)
the densitometer correctly, and 1. Chart is not inserted. 1. Set the chart and perform density
perform the measurement again. measurement again.
2. Insufficiently inserted chart. 2. Set the chart and perform density
measurement again.
W-2563 Paper is inserted incorrectly. Pattern reading failed during density
measurement of upkeep chart.
densitometer correctly, and perform 1. Incorrect chart insertion direction 1. Insert the chart correctly.
the measurement again. 2. Tilted chart or out of lane 2. Adjust chart guides correctly.
3. Inserted print is not for upkeep 3. Insert the print upkeep chart.
printing.
3-37

W-2564 Paper is inserted incorrectly. Pattern reading failed during density
measurement of upkeep chart.
the densitometer correctly, and 1. Incorrect chart insertion direction 1. Insert the chart correctly.
perform the measurement again. 2. Slanted or misaligned chart 2. Adjust the chart guides correctly.
3. Inserted print is not for upkeep 3. Insert the print upkeep chart.
printing.
W-2565 Detecting of trailing end of the print Chart is not ejected from the
failed. densitometer.
Insert the upkeep print into the 1. Jammed chart in densitometer 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
densitometer correctly, and perform the chart. If not ejected, pull out
the measurement again. the chart by hand and press the
W-2566 Detecting of trailing end of the print Chart is not ejected from the
failed. densitometer.
Insert the condition setup print into 1. Jammed chart in densitometer 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
the densitometer correctly, and the chart. If not ejected, pull out
perform the measurement again. the chart by hand and press the
W-2567 Ejecting of the print failed. Chart is not ejected from the
densitometer.
densitometer correctly, and perform 1. Jammed chart in densitometer 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
the measurement again. the chart. If not ejected, pull out
W-2568 Ejecting of the print failed. Chart is not ejected from the
densitometer.
the densitometer correctly, and 1. Jammed chart in densitometer 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
perform the measurement again. the chart. If not ejected, pull out
W-2569 Check the outputted setup print and Density measurement operation error
then perform the density for condition setup printing
measurement again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Densitometer error (Red LED lights.) 1. Reset the densitometer. (NOTE 2)
3-38

I-2573 Laser temperature adjustment not – –
completed in exposure section.
Please Wait.
E-2580 R laser (R LD)CB temperature error R laser CB temperature is outside the
occurred. specified range. 3
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Faulty CB temperature control 1. Replace the laser optical unit.
stop button and restart it. If problems section on the LDR23 circuit board
representative.
W-2590 Door opened. (Causes of the error message)
1. Door is opened during 1. Close the door.
maintenance mode.
W-2591 Cannot be performed due to the lack (Causes of the error message)
of conditions 1. Operation is directed when the 1. Check the operation conditions.
conditions are not met.
W-2601 Paper jam in processor (8). Paper is not fed out within the
specified time.
Check it. ### sheets remain. (Causes of the error message)
1. Paper jamming 1. Remove paper.
Press [Help] button to see error help 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
(or manual). Remove paper while harness between: repair or replace it.
referring to it. 1) The feeding path switching rear
D772) and the JNE3 on the
JNE23 circuit board
circuit board and the JNE1 on
the JNE23 circuit board
3. Faulty feeding path switching 3. Replace D770/D771/D772.
paper sensor (D770/D771/D772)
4. Incorrectly set processing rack, 4. Set the rack properly.
crossover rack, dryer rack, etc.
5. Faulty dryer rack or abnormal 5. Replace the dryer rack.
drying temperature control
6. Faulty dryer exit section 6. Replace the faulty part(s) in the
dryer exit unit.
W-2602 Paper remains in processor. Power is turned OFF while paper Check the processor and dryer
remains in processor. sections and dryer exit unit. If paper
Press [Help] button to see error help remains, remove it.
(or manual). Remove paper while
referring to it.
3-39

W-2603 Paper remains in dryer exit unit. Paper remains in the high-speed
feeding section when the processor is
Press [Help] button to see error help driven.
referring to it. 1. Paper remains in the dryer exit 1. Remove paper.
unit.
1) The feeding path switching
JNE23 circuit board
2) The dryer section drive motor
(M770) and the PDB10/PDB11
on the PDB23 circuit board
circuit board and the PDB1 on
the PDB23 circuit board
3. Faulty D770/D771/D772 3. Replace D770/D771/D772.
5. Faulty PDB23 circuit board 5. Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
W-2604 Sorter operation(M810/D810) Sorter malfunction.
1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between: repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1) Sorter cable
persist, consult your technical 2) The sorter tray stop position
representative. sensor (D810) and the SWA3
on the SWA20 circuit board
3) The sorter drive motor (M810)
and the SWA2 on the SWA20
circuit board
4) The SWA1 on the SWA23
4. Faulty SWA20 circuit board 4. Replace the SWA20 circuit board.
5. Tray and chain setting position 5. Install the sorter chain and trays
error. Loaded by interference. properly.
3-40

E-2606 Replenisher cartridge opening drive Replenisher cartridge section
motor (M720,D722,D723) failure. malfunction.
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
printed without replenishment. harness between: repair or replace it.
Consult your technical representative.

1) The cartridge opening motor
(M720) and the PDB8 on the
3
PDB23 circuit board
2) The replenisher cartridge
upper/lower sensor (D722/
JNE23 circuit board
3) The replenisher door open/
close detecting interlock switch
(D724) and the PWR4 on the
PWR23 circuit board
E-2608 Communication error occurred in Communication time-out with
printer(GMC23-CTL23). processor occurred.
persist, consult your technical 1) The GPR23 and the GMC23
representative. circuit boards
2) The GPR2 on the GPR23
circuit board and the CTL1 on
the CTL23 circuit board
3. Faulty GPR23 circuit board 3. Replace the GPR23 circuit board
4. Faulty GMC23 circuit board 4. Replace the GMC23 circuit board
W-2609 The dryer unit (D762A) or the dryer Processing tank’s or accumulating
cover (D762B) opened. section’s cover is opened during
paper processing.
Processing cancelled. Paper may (Causes of the error message)
remain. 1. Dryer unit or dryer belt unit is 1. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt
opened. unit.
Press [Help] button to see error help 2. Interlock switch is activated due to 2. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt
(or manual). Remove paper while vibration, etc. because the dryer unit.
referring to it. unit or dryer belt unit is installed
improperly.
harness between the dryer section repair or replace it.
open/close detecting interlock
switch (D762) and PWR4 on the
PWR24 circuit board
3-41

W-2611 The dryer unit (D762A) or the dryer Processing tank’s or dryer section’s
section cover (D762B) opened. cover is open when starting
processing.
Close the cover. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dryer unit or dryer belt unit is 1. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt
opened. unit.
2. Interlock switch is activated due to 2. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt
vibration, etc. because the dryer unit.
unit or dryer belt unit is installed
improperly.
harness between the dryer section repair or replace it.
open/close detecting interlock
switch (D762) and PWR4 on the
PWR24 circuit board
E-2614 P1 processing tank temperature not Solution temperature does not rise
rising. more than 1 °C within 30 minutes.
The heaters (H700 to H703) turned 1. Abnormal heater system 

off. 2. Abnormal temperature sensor 

system 

Shut down scanner with emergency 3. Abnormal circulation system\ 
persist, consult your technical harness between the K2 on the repair or replace it.
representative. power supply unit 1 and PAC17 on
the PAC23 circuit board
5. Faulty K2 5. Replace the K2.
6. CP3 has tripped 6. Reset CP3.
E-2615 P2 processing tank temperature not Solution temperature does not rise
rising. more than 1 °C within 30 minutes.


system 

Shut down scanner with emergency 3. Abnormal circulation system 
E-2616 PS1/2/3 processing tank Solution temperature does not rise
temperatures not rising. more than 1 °C within 30 minutes.


system 

Shut down scanner with emergency 3. Abnormal circulation system 
3-42

E-2617 PS4 processing tank temperatures Solution temperature does not rise
not rising. more than 1 °C within 30 minutes.


Shut down scanner with emergency

system
3. Abnormal circulation system



3
E-2618 Dryer section temperature not rising. Dryer section temperature does not
rise more than 1 °C in a minute at
The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off. heat up.

Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Cover around the dryer section is 

stop button and restart it. If problems open. 

persist, consult your technical 2. Abnormal dryer heater system 
representative. 3. Abnormal dryer temperature 


sensor 
4. Abnormal dryer fan system 
harness between the K3/K5 on the repair or replace it.
power supply unit 1 and PAC17 on
6. Faulty K3 6. Replace K3.
E-2619 P1 processing tank temperature is P1 temperature is abnormal.
out of range. (Causes of the error message)
1. Abnormal heater system 

The heaters (H700 to H703) turned 2. Abnormal temperature sensor 

off. system 

3. Abnormal circulation system 
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the K2 on the repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical power supply unit 1 and PAC17 on
representative. the PAC23 circuit board
E-2620 P2 processing tank temperature is P2 temperature is abnormal.


off. system 

3-43

E-2621 PS1/2/3 processing tank temperature PS1/2/3 temperature is abnormal.
is out of range. (Causes of the error message)


off. system 

5. Faulty K2 5. Replace the K2
6. CP3 has tripped 6. Reset CP3
E-2622 PS4 processing tank temperature is PS4 temperature is abnormal.


off. system 

E-2623 Dryer section temperature is out of Dryer section temperature is
range. abnormal.
The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off. 1. Abnormal dryer heater system 

2. Abnormal dryer temperature 

Shut down scanner with emergency sensor system 

stop button and restart it. If problems 3. Abnormal dryer fan system 
representative. harness between the K3/K5 on the repair or replace it.
power supply unit 1 and PAC17 on
E-2624 P1 safety thermostat (D700) Safety thermostat in the P1
activated. processing tank is activated.

The heaters (H700 to H703) turned 1. Abnormal heater system 


system 
Shut down scanner with emergency 3. Abnormal circulation system 


stop button and restart it. If problems 4. Abnormal heater safety thermostat 
persist, consult your technical system 
representative. 5. Control system abnormality 5. Reinstall system software or
replace CTL23 circuit board.
E-2625 P2 safety thermostat (D701) Safety thermostat in the P2



system  (See Subsection 3.3.2)


3-44

E-2626 PS1/2/3 safety thermostat (D702) Safety thermostat in the PS1/2/3
The heaters (H700 to H703) turned (Causes of the error message)

off. 1. Abnormal heater system 

2. Abnormal temperature sensor 
3

Shut down scanner with emergency system  (See Subsection 3.3.2)
stop button and restart it. If problems 3. Abnormal circulation system 


persist, consult your technical 4. Abnormal heater safety thermostat 
representative. system 
5. Control system abnormality 5. Reinstall system software or
E-2627 PS4 safety thermostat (D703) Safety thermostat in the PS4



system  (See Subsection 3.3.2)


E-2628 Safety thermostat in dryer section Safety thermostat in dryer section is
(D760A,D760B) activated. activated.

The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off. 1. Abnormal dryer heater system 

2. Abnormal dryer temperature 

Shut down scanner with emergency sensor system  (See Subsection 3.3.3)
stop button and restart it. If problems 3. Abnormal dryer fan system 


persist, consult your technical 4. Abnormal dryer heater safety 
representative. thermostat system 
5. Control system abnormality 5. Reinstall system software or
W-2629 P1 solution level (FS700) has fallen. Solution level in P1 processing tank is
lowered.
Temperature adjustment stopped. (Causes of the error message)
1. Solution leakage 

Press [Help] button to see error help 2. Abnormal solution level sensor 
 (See Subsection 3.3.4)
(or manual). Inspect it while referring system 

to it. 3. Abnormal replenisher system 
harness between CTL10 on the repair or replace it.
CTL23 circuit board and JNE1 on
W-2630 P2 solution level (FS701) has fallen. Solution level in P2 processing tank is
lowered.


3-45

W-2631 PS1 solution level (FS702) has fallen. Solution level in PS1 processing tank
is lowered.


is lowered.


is lowered.



is lowered.



3-46

W-2641 P1R replenisher pump (PU721) (Causes of the error message)
malfunctions. 1. Pump malfunction due to bent or 1. Repair or replace the hose.
clogged hose
If problems persist, consult your 2. Faulty replenisher pump (due to 2. Replace the pump.
technical representative. hardened bellows, faulty rotation
sensor or motor)
3
1) The PU721 and the PDB5 or
the PDB3 on the PDB23 circuit
board
W-2642 P2RA replenisher pump (PU722) (Causes of the error message)
clogged hose
sensor or motor)
board
W-2643 P2RB replenisher pump (PU723) (Causes of the error message)
clogged hose
sensor or motor)
board
3-47

W-2647 PSR replenisher pump (PU724) (Causes of the error message)
clogged hose
sensor or motor)
board
W-2648 PSR solution level has fallen. PSR upper limit sensor detects“no On Menu 0624, check FS748 and
solution”. actual solution level.
Pour 8L of replenisher and then put (Causes of the error message)
two FSC tablets into the port. 1. PSR is empty. 1. Replenish with 8 liters of FRSS
and put 2 FSC tablets into the port.
1) The PSR upper level sensor
(FS743) and the JNE6 on the
JNE23 circuit board
3. Faulty FS723 3. Replace FS723.
W-2649 PSR replenisher empty. PSR lower limit sensor detects “no On Menu 0624, check FS748 and
solution”. actual solution level.
Printing cancelled. (Causes of the error message)
1. PSR is empty. 1. Replenish with 8 liters of FRSS
Pour 8L of replenisher and then put and put 2 FSC tablets into the port.
two FSC tablets into the port. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
1) The PSR lower level sensor
JNE23 circuit board
W-2650 Waste solution tank nearly full. Internal waste solution sensor
detects “Solution exists”.
Collect the solution in the recovery (Causes of the error message)
tank in the W2 manner. 1. Waste solution tank is full. 1. Collect waste solution
1) The waste solution level sensor
JNE23 circuit board
3. Dirty FS728 3. Clean FS728.
3-48

W-2651 Waste solution tank full. Internal waste solution sensor
detects “Solution full”.
Printing stopped. (Causes of the error message)
1. Waste solution tank is full. 1. Collect waste solution.
Collect the solution in the recovery 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
tank in the W2 manner. harness:
1) The waste solution level sensor
3
JNE23 circuit board
3. Dirty FS728 3. Clean FS728.
E-2653 Remaining replenisher abnormal. Status of P1R, P2RA, or P2RB level
sensor changed during standby.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Solution leakage from replenisher 1. Repair solution leakage.
persist, consult your technical tank
representative. 2. Replenisher collected or supplied 2. Take appropriate corrective
during stand-by. measures. (See Subsection 3.3.9)

1) The solution level sensor
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/
FS725/FS726) and the JNE6
on the JNE23 circuit board
4. Faulty solution level sensor 4. Replace FS720/FS721/FS722/
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/ FS724/FS725/FS726.
FS725/FS726)
E-2657 P1R replenishment flow volume or its Accumulated output amount of
solution level abnormal. solution to P1R upper level sensor
exceeds the specified value (1998.0
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be ml).
printed without replenishment. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty P1R pump (PU721) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.5)
Consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty P1R stirring valve (S731) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.7)
3. Faulty P1R cartridge washing 3. (See Subsection 3.3.7)
valve (S728)
4. Faulty P1R upper level sensor 4. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
(FS720) Take appropriate corrective
measures. (See Subsection 3.3.9)
5. Bent or clogged P1R hose 5. Repair or replace the hose.

1) The PU721 and the PDB5 on
2) The S731/S728 and the PDB8
3) The FS720 and the JNE6 on
4) The PDB1 on the PDB23 circuit
board and the CTL12 on the
CTL23 circuit board
5) The JNE1 on the JNE23 circuit
CTL23 circuit board
3-49

E-2658 P2RA replenishment flow volume or Accumulated output amount of
its solution level abnormal. solution to P2RA upper level sensor
1. Faulty P2RA pump (PU722) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.5)
Consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty P2RA cartridge washing 2. (See Subsection 3.3.7)
valve (S729)
3. Faulty P2RA upper level sensor 3. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
4. Bent or clogged P2RA hose 4. Repair or replace the hose.

CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
E-2659 P2RB replenishment flow volume or Accumulated output amount of
its solution level abnormal. solution to P2RB upper level sensor
1. Faulty P2RB pump (PU723) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.5)
Consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty P2RB cartridge washing 2. (See Subsection 3.3.7)
valve (S730)
3. Faulty P2RB upper level sensor 3. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
4. Bent or clogged P2RB hose 4. Repair or replace the hose.

CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
I-2662 Performing evaporation correction. Performing evaporation correction.
Warming-up will be started after the

evaporation correction.
Please wait. ( Max 25 min.)
3-50

E-2663 P1R replenishment pump(PU721) or Accumulated output amount of
lower limit sensor(FS724) abnormal. solution between P1R upper and
lower sensors exceeds the specified
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be value.
1. Faulty P1R pump (PU721)
Consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty P1R lower level sensor
1. (See Subsection 3.3.5)
2. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
3
3. Incorrect default setting of pump 3. Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher

output amount Pump Output Measurement/
Setting”.
1) The PU721 the and PDB5 on
2) The S731 and the PDB8 on the
PDB23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
E-2664 P2RA replenishment flow volume or Accumulated output amount of
its solution level abnormal. solution between P2RA upper and
1. Faulty P2RA pump (PU722) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.5)
Consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty P2RA lower level sensor 2. (See Subsection 3.3.8)

Setting”.
PDB23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
3-51

E-2665 P2RB replenishment flow volume or Accumulated output amount of
its solution level abnormal. solution between P2RB upper and
1. Faulty P2RB pump (PU723) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.5)
Consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty P2RB lower level sensor 2. (See Subsection 3.3.8)

Setting”.
PDB23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
W-2668 SU2400AY alignment operation Abnormal print alignment
(M814/D814) abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
Shut down scanner with emergency harness: repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1) Sorter cable
persist, consult your technical 2) The print alignment motor for
representative. SU2400AY (M812) and the
PDB10 on the PDB23 circuit
board
3) The print alignment stop sensor
(D814) and the JNE4 on the
JNE23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
5. Increased load in the drive system 5. Repair the drive system.
for print alignment
6. Prints are hit by a sorter tray. 6. Remove the sorter and then
reinstall it.
3-52

W-2670 Replenisher cartridge (D721) not Replenisher cartridge is not installed.
loaded. (Causes of the error message)
1. Replenisher cartridge is not 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
Install new replenisher cartridge. installed.
2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness properly, or
harness:
1) The replenisher cartridge
3
setting sensor (D721) and the
JNE2 on the JNE23 circuit
board
CTL23 circuit board
W-2671 Replenisher door (D724) open. Replenisher box door is open.
Close it. 1. The replenisher box door is open. 1. Close the replenisher box door.
2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the connector properly, or
harness between the replenisher repair or replace it.
box door open/close detecting
W-2672 Mix the replenisher. When the PSR upper limit level
sensor detects “no solution”
Add 8L of PSR. (Causes of the error message)
1. PSR replenisher solution level is 1. Add (about 8 liters of) FRSS until
low. this message disappears.
harness between the CTL10 on repair or replace it.
the CTL23 circuit board and the
JNE1 on the JNE23 circuit board
3. Faulty replenisher solution level 3. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
sensor system
E-2673 Opening of replenisher cartridge When a lower level sensor does not
failed. detect “solution exists” within a
specified time after the cartridge is
Consult your technical representative. opened.
1. Replenisher cartridge is opened 1. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
improperly.
2. Clogged replenishment hose. 2. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
3. Faulty lower level sensor system 3. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
3-53

W-2674 Replenisher cartridge empty. When the lower level sensor detected
“no solution in all tanks” within the
Insert a new replenisher cartridge. specified time after the valve was
opened.
1. An empty replenisher cartridge is 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
installed.
2. Faulty replenisher tank lower level 2. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
sensor system
harness between the JNE1 on the repair or replace it.
JNE23 circuit board and the
CTL10 on the CTL23 circuit board
4. Faulty replenisher cartridge setting 4. Replace D721.
sensor (D721)
E-2675 P1R replenisher cartridge washing Accumulated output amount of
valve (S728) or P1R replenisher solution to P1R upper level sensor
stirring valve (S731) malfunctions. exceeds the specified value
(1998.0ml).
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be (Causes of the error message)
printed without replenishment. 1. Faulty autowashing pump (PU720) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.5)
2. Faulty P1R stirring valve (S731) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.7)
Consult your technical representative. 3. Faulty P1R cartridge washing 3. (See Subsection 3.3.7)
valve (S728)
4. Faulty P1R upper level sensor 4. (See Subsection 3.3.8) Take
(FS720) appropriate corrective measures.
PDB23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
3-54

E-2676 P2RA replenisher cartridge washing Accumulated output amount of
valve (S729) malfunctions. solution to P2RA upper level sensor
exceeds the specified value
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be (777.0ml).
1. Faulty autowashing pump (PU720) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.5)
Consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty P2RA cartridge washing 2. (See Subsection 3.3.7)
3
valve (S729)
3. Faulty P2RA upper level sensor 3. (See Subsection 3.3.8) Take
PDB23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
E-2677 P2RB replenisher cartridge washing Accumulated output amount of
valve (S730) malfunctions. solution to P2RB upper level sensor
exceeds the specified value
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be (777.0ml).
1. Faulty autowashing pump (PU720) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.5)
Consult your technical representative. 2. Faulty P2RB cartridge washing 2. (See Subsection 3.3.7)
valve (S730)
3. Faulty P2RB upper level sensor 3. (See Subsection 3.3.8) Take
PDB23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
3-55

W-2678 Sorter nearly full. “Sorter full” is detected.
Collect prints from sorter. 1. Sorter is full. 1. Remove print(s) from the sorter.
1) The sorter full sensor (D811)
circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
W-2679 Sorter full. “Sorter completely full” is detected.
Stop printing. 1. Sorter is full. 1. Remove print(s) from the sorter.
Collect prints from sorter. harness between: repair or replace it.
1) The sorter full sensor (D811)
circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
W-2680 Number of prints exceeds limit. Accumulated output amount of P1R
replenisher exceeds the specified
Stop printing. range.
Press [Help] button to see error help 1. Error in the replenishment system 1. Perform Menu 0123 “Error
(or manual). Mix replenisher while has not been solved. Information Check” to solve the
referring to it. error, and then take appropriate
corrective measures. (See
Subsection 3.3.9)
I-2681 Mixing replenisher. A specified amount of processing is –
performed while mixing new
Please wait. replenisher
I-2682 Processor busy. Auto-washing of Auto-washing of racks is in progress. –
racks in process.
Please wait.
I-2684 Processing paper. Pre-operational or post-operational Wait until processing is completed.
check is attempted while printing.
Please wait.
E-2685 Error occurred in replenishment System is started up but the 1. Perform Menu 0123 “Error
section. replenishment section is in an error Information Check” to solve the
state. error, and then take appropriate
Shut down scanner with emergency corrective measures. (See
stop button and restart it. If problems Subsection 3.3.9)
representative.
I-2689 Last replenishment solution Last cartridge opening is detected. –
prepared.
Replace replenisher cartridge.
3-56

I-2690 Processing paper. Control strip processing is performed –
during paper processing.
Please wait.
Perform control strip processing after

paper processing.
3
I-2691 Solution remains in replenisher tank. Replenisher tank lower level sensor
detects “Solution exists”.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. At the time of installation, when 1. Drain solution remaining in the
persist, consult your technical solution mixing is performed again replenisher tank.
representative. after error recovery, a lower level
sensor detects “Solution exists”
because solution remains in the
replenisher tank.
2. Faulty lower level sensor (FS724/ 2. Replace FS724/FS725/FS726.
FS725/FS726)
I-2692 Intermittent operation. Auto intermittent driving is in –
progress.
Please wait.
I-2693 Processor section now operating. 1. Auto-washing is attempted during –
paper processing.
Please wait. 2. Auto-washing is attempted during
control strip processing.
I-2694 Temperature adjustment of – –
processing tanks is process.
Please wait.
W-2696 Switching operation in feed Abnormal operation of the feeding
lane(S770/D776) abnormal. path switching guide is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Foreign matter such as jammed 1. Remove foreign matter.
stop button and restart it. If problems paper in the feeding path switching
persist, consult your technical guide section
representative. 2. Incorrectly positioned solenoid 2. Adjust the position of the solenoid.
(Solenoid dog does not reach the
sensor.)
1) The sorter tray section solenoid
(S770) and the PDB11 on the
PDB23 circuit board
2) The feeding path switch
JNE3 on the JNE23 circuit
board
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
4. Faulty S770 4. Replace S770.
I-2697 Opening not completed normally. Cartridge opening is not completed at –
the previous operation.
Check that replenisher cartridge is
properly installed.
Restart processing.
3-57

W-2698 Wrong machine or processing type. (Causes of the error message)
1. Machine or processing type is not 1. Use correct machine or processing
Message for service engineer. met. type.
Consult your technical

representative.
E-2699 Transversal sorter operation(M811/ Abnormal operation of the transversal
D813) abnormal. sorter is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Poorly connected or broken cable 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
stop button and restart it. If problems between the transversal sorter and repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical processor.
representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
1) The transversal sorter drive
motor (M811) and the PDB10
2) The transversal sorter stop
sensor (D813) and the JNE4 on
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
6. Increased load in the belt drive 6. Repair or replace the drive
system system.
W-2740 As processor section is in process, – Wait until processing is completed.
the printer maintenance not started.
W-2750 Control strip processing error – Clear the error and then perform
occurred. control strip processing again.
Control strip processing has been

canceled.
E-2752 Power failure in PS4 tank leak Abnormal power supply to solution
solution sensor circuit. concentration detecting circuit
stop button and restart it. If problems harness: repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical 1) The PS4 solution concentration
representative. sensor (FS706) and the CTL7
on the CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
2. Faulty FS706 2. Replace the FS706circuit board.
3-58

W-2753 Concentration of the PS4 tank Measurement result of solution
processing solution is out of range. concentration is abnormal
Temperature adjustment of 1. PS4 solution concentration is 1. Collect waste solution and add 4
processing tanks is stopped. increased because the Solution is liters of FRSS to the PS4 tank. (If
Throw away waste and put 4L FRSS

in the PS1 to PS3 tank mixed with
the PS4 solution.
the problem persists for a long
time, perform 2/3/4 below.)
3
water to PS4 tank and press [OK]. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
1) The PS4 solution concentration
sensor (FS706) and the CTL7
CTL23 circuit board
4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 4. Replace CTL23 circuit board. (If
the problem persists for a long
time, perform 5 below.)
5. PS4 solution concentration is 5. Drain off the solution in the PS
increased because the PS tank tanks and replace the partitioning
partitioning plate or blade is plates or blode.
broken and the PS1 to PS3 tank
solution flows into the PS4 tank.
W-2754 The temperature of the PS4 tank PS4 temperature exceeds the limit
processing solution is out of range. (temperature setting ±2 °C).
Temperature control of the PS4 tank
Please wait a moment. is not completed.
1. Temperature control of the PS4 1. Wait until temperature control of
tank is not completed. the PS4 tank is completed.
E-2761 Rotating of dryer fan (F760) Dryer fan rotation detecting function
abnormal. is abnormal.
stop button and restart it. If problems harness: repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical 1) The dryer fan (F760) and the
representative. PDB9 on the PDB23 circuit
board
CTL23 circuit board
CTL23 circuit board
W-2762 Thermometer abnormal. Thermohygrometer is faulty.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Thermohygrometer (HS760) is 1. Remove the obstacle.
stop button and restart it. If problems covered with an obstacle.
representative. harness between: repair or replace it.
1) The HS760 and the CTL15 on
CTL23 circuit board
3. Faulty HS760 3. Replace HS760.
3-59

W-2763 Hygrometer abnormal. Thermohygrometer is faulty.
representative. harness: repair or replace it.
CTL23 circuit board
W-2764 Water addition data abnormal. Thermohygrometer is faulty.
representative. harness between: repair or replace it.
CTL23 circuit board
I-2765 Initializing dryer. Initial dryer temperature control is in
progress.
Please wait. (Causes of the error message)
1. When the power is turned OFF 1. Wait until dryer initialization is
and ON, dryer initialization is completed (maximum of 5
performed. During initialization, minutes).
printing cannot be performed.
W-2766 Printing stopped. During paper processing, processor
drive is stopped forcibly.
1. Operation according to a thing of 1. Do not push a processor drive ON/
the above was done. OFF key during paper processing.
2. Faulty processor drive ON/OFF 2. Replace the operation panel.
key on the operation panel
I-2767 Replenisher pump activating. Replenisher pump is in operation.
Please wait. 1. Post operational check is 1. Wait until the replenisher pump
attempted while the replenisher stops.
pump is in operation.
W-2768 Replenisher tank empty. (Causes of the error message)
1. Maintenance operation is started 1. Pour replenisher in the tank.
Operation cannot be started. with replenisher tank empty.
W-2769 Solution level has fallen. (Causes of the error message)
1. Maintenance operation is started 1. Correct processing tank level.
Operation cannot be started. with low processing tank level.
I-2770 Upon completion of temperature Dryer temperature adjustment is in Wait until dryer temperature
adjustment in dryer section, printing progress. adjustment is completed and printing
will be started. (Max. 5 min.) (Cause of the error message) starts.
Printing is attempted during dryer
temperature adjustment.
3-60

W-2771 Sorter operation(M810/D815) Abnormal sorter (SU700AY) Restart the system software. If the
abnormal. (Causes of the error message) error appears again, perform the
following.
representative.
1) Sorter Drive Motor (M810) and
SWA20 circuit board
3
2) Print Push Position Sensor
(D815) and SWA20 circuit
board
5. Faulty JNE23 circuit board 5. Replace the JNE23 circuit board.
7. Excessive load on drive system 7. Check the drive system and repair
it if necessary.
I-2772 Temperature adjustment of The result of solution concentration 1. Dispose of waste solution and
processing tanks start. measurement is NG. then add 4L of FRSS to the PS4
(Cause of the error message) tank.
Press [OK] after ascertainment of PS4 solution concentration (If the error appears again after a
putting 4L FRSS water to PS4 tank. abnormality is detected. few moments, perform Items 2 to
4.)
Please wait till temperature 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
adjustment completion. repair or replace it.
3. Replace FS706.
4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
(If the error appears again after a
few moments, perform Item 5.)
5. Drain off the solution in the PS
tanks to check or replace the
partition plates and blades.
E-2801 Printer rear upper exhaust Fan alarm 1 (F600 to F603) Restart the system software.
fan(F600,F601,F602,F603) (Causes of the error message)
abnormal. 1. Poorly connected following 1. Reconnect the fan connector.
connector:
Shut down scanner with emergency 1) Control section exhaust fan 4
stop button and restart it. If problems (F600)
persist, consult your technical 2) Control section exhaust fan 1
representative. (F601)
3) Control section exhaust fan 2
(F602)
4) Control section exhaust fan 3
(F603)
E-2802 Feed section cooling fan(F608,F609) Fan alarm 2 (F608 and F609) Restart the system software.
1. Poorly connected following 1. Reconnect the fan connector.
Shut down scanner with emergency connector:
stop button and restart it. If problems 1) Feed section cooling fan 5
persist, consult your technical (F608)
representative. 2) Feed section cooling fan 6
(F609)
3-61

E-2803 Feed section cooling fan(F606,F607) Fan alarm 3 (F606 and F607) Restart the system software.
1. Poorly connected following 1. Reconnect the fan connector.
Shut down scanner with emergency connector:
stop button and restart it. If problems 1) Feed section cooling fan 3
persist, consult your technical (F606)
representative. 2) Feed section cooling fan 4
(F607)
E-2804 Control section exhaust fan(F604) or Fan alarm 4 (F604 and F605) Restart the system software.
feed section cooling fan(F605) (Causes of the error message)
abnormal. 1. Poorly connected following 1. Reconnect the fan connector.
connector:
Shut down scanner with emergency 1) Feed section cooling fan 1
stop button and restart it. If problems (F604)
persist, consult your technical 2) Feed section cooling fan 2
representative. (F605)
E-2805 AC input in main DC power source The PS1 AC input is abnormal.
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between the CTL11 on repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems the CTL23 circuit board and
persist, consult your technical PWR1 on the PWR23 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty PWR23 circuit board 2. Replace the PWR23 circuit board.
3. Poorly connected AC input cable 3. Connect the AC input cable
connector in the DC power supply connector in the DC power supply
properly.
4. Faulty unit (PS1) in the DC power 4. Replace the unit (PS1) in the DC
supply power supply.
E-2806 AC input in main DC power source The PS2 AC input is abnormal.
3. Poorly connected AC input cable 3 .Connect the AC input cable
connector in the DC power supply connector in the DC power supply
properly.
E-2807 Main DC power source abnormal. PS1 built-in fan alarm
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the CTL11 on repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical the CTL23 circuit board and
representative. PWR1 on the PWR23 circuit board
E-2808 Main DC power source abnormal. PS2 built-in fan alarm
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the CTL11 on repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical the CTL23 circuit board and
3. Faulty unit (PS2) in the DC power 3. Replace the unit (PS2) in DC
3-62

E-2809 DC output in main DC power source PS1 LV (Low Voltage) abnormality
representative.
3
E-2810 DC output in main DC power source PS2 LV (Low Voltage) abnormality
E-2811 PWR circuit board abnormal. Abnormal +24V50 power supply
(abnormal interlock power supply)
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message)
harness between the PAC14 on repair or replace it.
the PAC23 circuit board and
E-2812 PWR circuit board abnormal. Abnormal MC5V0 power supply
(abnormal PWR23 logic power
Consult your technical supply)
harness between the CTL3 on the repair or replace it.
CTL23 circuit board and PWR2 on
E-2813 PWR circuit board connector is Disconnected connector on the PWR Connect the harness correctly, or
disconnected. circuit board is detected. repair or replace it.
(Disconnected PWR3-5 connector)
Consult your technical (Cause of the error message)
representative. PWR23 circuit board connector
(PWR3, PWR4 or PWR5) is
disconnected.
E-2814 CTL23 circuit board or PWR circuit Faulty connection of the harness Connect the harness correctly, or
board connector is disconnected. between the CTL and PWR circuit repair or replace it.
boards is detected.
Consult your technical (Disconnected PWR1-2 connector)
harness between:
board and PWR1 on the
PWR23 circuit board
board and PWR2 on the
PWR23 circuit board
3-63

E-2815 CTL23 circuit board or PDA circuit Faulty connection of the harness Connect the harness correctly, or
board connector is disconnected. between the CTL and PDA circuit repair or replace it.
board is detected.
representative. 1. Poorly connected or broken
harness between:
board and PDA1 on the PDA23
circuit board
board and PDA2 on the PDA23
circuit board
E-2816 CTL23 circuit board or PDB circuit Faulty connection of the harness Connect the harness correctly, or
board connector is disconnected. between the CTL and PDB circuit repair or replace it.
boards is detected.
representative. Poorly connected or broken harness
between the CTL12 on the CTL23
circuit board and PDB1 on the
PDB23 circuit board
E-2817 CTL23 circuit board or PAC circuit Faulty connection of the harness Connect the harness correctly, or
board connector is disconnected. between the CTL and PAC circuit repair or replace it.
board is detected.
circuit board and PAC01 on the
PAC23 circuit board
E-2818 CTL23 circuit board or JND circuit Faulty connection of the harness Connect the harness correctly, or
board connector is disconnected. between the CTL and JND circuit repair or replace it.
board is detected.
circuit board and JND1 on the JND23
circuit board
E-2819 CTL23 circuit board or JNE circuit Faulty connection of the harness Connect the harness correctly, or
board connector is disconnected. between the CTL and JNE circuit repair or replace it.
board is detected.
circuit board and JNE1 on the JNE23
circuit board
E-2820 JND6 connector disconnected. Disconnected FS728 connector has Connect the harness correctly, or
been detected. repair or replace it.
representative. Poorly connected JNE6 connector of
JNE23 circuit board
E-2821 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal RS12V1m power supply Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
abnormal. (abnormal LDD23 CPU power
supply)
representative. Faulty LDD23 circuit board
E-2822 LDD circuit board input power source Abnormal RS12V1s power supply
abnormal. (abnormal LDD23 A+12V1_ RS
input)
harness between the LDD4 on the repair or replace it.
LDD23 circuit board and PWR6 on
3-64

E-2823 CTL circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for D+5V2 is detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the CTL4 on the repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical CTL23 circuit board and KEY1 on
representative. the operation panel
2. Blown fuse (F111) on the CTL23 2. Replace F111 on the CTL23 circuit
3
circuit board caused by Item 1 board.
above.
E-2824 CTL circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for D+5Va is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Disconnected or broken cable for a 1. Connect the printer-related sensor
stop button and restart it. If problems printer-related sensor cable correctly, or repair or replace
persist, consult your technical it. (Locate the faulty sensor by
representative. visual inspection while referring to
the wiring diagram of the JND23
circuit board.)
2. Disconnected or broken cable for a 2. Connect the processor-related
processor-related sensor sensor cable correctly, or repair or
replace it. (Locate the faulty
sensor by visual inspection while
referring to the wiring diagram of
the JNE23 circuit board.)
circuit board caused by Item 1 or 2 board.
above.
E-2825 CTL circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for D+5Vb is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Disconnected or broken cable for a 1. Connect the printer-related motor/
stop button and restart it. If problems printer-related motor or solenoid solenoid cable correctly, or repair
persist, consult your technical or replace it. (Locate the faulty part
representative. by visual inspection while referring
to the wiring diagram of the PDA23
circuit board.)
2. Disconnected or broken cable for a 2. Connect the processor-related
processor-related motor or motor/solenoid cable correctly, or
solenoid repair or replace it. (Locate the
faulty part by visual inspection
while referring to the wiring
diagram of the PDB23 circuit
board.)
circuit board caused by Item 1 or 2 board.
above.
E-2826 CTL circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for A+5Va is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Disconnected or broken harness 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
stop button and restart it. If problems between the CTL15 on the CTL23 repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical circuit board and HS760
representative. 2. Blown fuse (NFB1) on the CTL23 2. Replace NFB1 on the CTL23
circuit board caused by Item 1 circuit board.
above
E-2827 CTL23 circuit board connector is Disconnected connector of the Connect the harness correctly, or
disconnected. harness between CTL and SCIOP is repair or replace it.
detected.
the CTL4 on the CTL23 circuit board
and the KEY1 on the KEY23 circuit
board
3-65

E-2828 CTL23 circuit board connector is Disconnected connector on the
disconnected. CTL23 circuit board is detected (4).
Consult your technical 1. Poorly connected CTL7 connector 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
representative. repair or replace it.
2. Poorly connected CTL8 connector 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
3. Poorly connected CTL15 3. Connect the harness correctly, or
connector repair or replace it.
E-2829 CTL23 circuit board or JND circuit Disconnected connector on the Connect the harness correctly, or
board connector is disconnected. CTL23 circuit board is detected (5). repair or replace it.
(Cause of the error message)
Consult your technical Poorly connected JND4 connector
representative.
E-2830 CTL23 circuit board or JND circuit Disconnected connector on the Connect the harness correctly, or
Consult your technical Poorly connected JND9 connector
representative.
E-2831 CTL23 circuit board or JNE circuit Disconnected connector on the Connect the harness correctly, or
Consult your technical Poorly connected JNE2 connector
representative.
E-2832 CTL23 circuit board or JNE circuit Disconnected connector on the Connect the harness correctly, or
Consult your technical Poorly connected connector JNE5
representative.
E-2833 PDA circuit board abnormal. Abnormal PDA circuit board driver is Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
detected (1).
representative. Faulty PDA23 circuit board
detected (2).
detected (3).
E-2836 Ambient temperature around Abnormal ambient temperature
electrical section in back of printer around a circuit board for mechanical
abnormal. control (CTL/PDA/PDB) is detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Increased temperature due to 1. Remove dust, foreign matter, etc.
stop button and restart it. If problems dust, foreign matter, etc. in the from the inside of the CTL/PDA/
persist, consult your technical CTL/PDA/PDB circuit board PDB circuit board bracket for
representative. bracket proper heat radiation.
E-2837 PDA circuit board power source Abnormal D+5V2 power supply
abnormal. monitor on the PDA circuit board
Consult your technical 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
representative. harness between the PDA17 on repair or replace it.
the PDA23 circuit board and the
3-66

E-2838 PDA circuit board power source Abnormal D+3.3V power supply Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
Consult your technical Faulty PDA23 circuit board
representative.
E-2839 PDA circuit board power source Abnormal P+5V power supply 3
representative. harness between the PDA17 on repair or replace it.
the PDA23 circuit board and
PWR8 on the PWR23 circuit
board.
E-2840 PDA circuit board connector is Disconnected connector on the Connect the harness correctly, or
disconnected. PDA23 circuit board is detected (1). repair or replace it.
Consult your technical Poorly connected or broken harness
representative. between:
• PDA3 on the PDA23 circuit board
and JMAG1
and JIN2
and JSHU1
E-2841 PDA circuit board connector is Disconnected connector on PDA23 Connect the harness correctly, or
disconnected. circuit board is detected (2). repair or replace it.
and JHA1
and JIN1
E-2842 PDA circuit board connector is Disconnected connector on PDA23 Connect the harness correctly, or
representative. between the PDA8 on the PDA23
circuit board and JNF1 on the JNF23
circuit board
E-2843 PDB circuit board connector is Disconnected connector on PDB23 Connect the harness correctly, or
• PDB2 on the PDB23 circuit board
and JHO1
and JPR3
and JPR12
and JHO2
and JM7-1
3-67

and JPR2
and JPR1
E-2846 PDB circuit board driver abnormal. Abnormal PDB circuit board driver is Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
detected (1).
representative. Faulty PDB23 circuit board
E-2847 PDB circuit board driver abnormal. Abnormal PDB circuit board driver is Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
detected (2).
representative. Faulty PDB23 circuit board
E-2848 PDB circuit board connector is Abnormal D+5V2 power supply
disconnected. monitor on the PDB circuit board
representative. harness between the PDB13 on repair or replace it.
the PDB23 circuit board and
board.
E-2849 PDB circuit board connector is Abnormal D+3.3V power supply Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
Consult your technical Faulty PDB23 circuit board
representative.
E-2850 PDB circuit board connector is Abnormal P+5V power supply
representative. harness between the PDB13 on repair or replace it.
the PDB23 circuit board and
board.
3. Faulty unit (PS1) in the DC power 3. Replace the unit (PS1) in DC
E-2851 PAC circuit board power source Abnormal PAC_MC5V power supply Connect the harness correctly, or
abnormal. (abnormal PAC23 D+5V input) repair or replace it.
Shut down scanner with emergency Poorly connected or broken harness
stop button and restart it. If problems between the PAC01 on the PAC23
persist, consult your technical circuit board and CTL2 on the CTL23
E-2852 PAC circuit board power source Abnormal PAC_+24V02 power supply
abnormal. (abnormal PAC23 +24V02 input)
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the PAC15 on repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical the PAC23 circuit board and
3. Faulty unit (PS2) in DC power 3. Replace the unit (PS2) in the DC
3-68

E-2853 PAC circuit board power source Abnormal PAC_+24V50 power supply
abnormal. (abnormal PAC23 +24V50 input)
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the PAC14 on repair or replace it.
representative.
the PAC23 circuit board and
3
3. Faulty unit (PS1) in DC power 3. Replace the unit (PS1) in the DC
E-2854 Power supply cooling fan(F630) Power supply/electrical equipment Restart the system software.
abnormal. section fan alarm
harness between the power supply repair or replace it.
cooling fan (F630) and PAC03 on
2. Faulty Fan (F630) 2. Replace F630.
E-2855 Auxiliary power source abnormal. Abnormal auxiliary power supply Replace the auxiliary power supply.
status
representative. Faulty auxiliary power supply
E-2856 Electrical section relay abnormal. Abnormal K1relay (main power Replace the K1 relay.
supply AC input) status
Shut down scanner with emergency (Cause of the error message)
stop button and restart it. If problems Faulty K1relay
representative.
E-2857 Electrical section relay abnormal. Abnormal K2 relay (AC input for Replace the K2 relay.
processing solution heater system)
Consult your technical status
representative. (Cause of the error message)
Faulty K2 relay
E-2858 Electrical section relay abnormal. Abnormal K3 relay (AC input for dryer Replace the K3 relay.
heater system) status
representative. Faulty K3 relay
E-2859 Electrical equipment cooling Power supply/electrical equipment Restart the system software.
fan(F631) abnormal. section fan alarm
1) Electrical equipment cooling
fan 1 (F631A) and PAC03 on
2) Electrical equipment cooling
fan 2 (F631B) and PAC03 on
2. Faulty F631A 2. Replace F631A.
3. Faulty F631B 3. Replace F631B.
E-2871 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal +24V power supply is
abnormal. detected.
Shut down the scanner with 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
emergency stop button and restart it. harness between the LDD4 on the repair or replace it.
If problems persists, consult your LDD23 circuit board and PWR6 on
technical representative. the PWR23 circuit board
3-69

abnormal. detected.
abnormal. detected.
E-2874 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal -12V power supply is
abnormal. detected.
E-2875 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal +24V interlock power
abnormal. supply is detected.
Shut down the scanner with 1. The magazine door opened. 1. Close the magazine door.
emergency stop button and restart it. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2 .Connect the harness correctly, or
If problems persists, consult your harness between the LDD3 on the repair or replace it.
technical representative. LDD23 circuit board and PWR6 on
E-2876 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal +12V interlock power
abnormal. supply is detected.
Shut down the scanner with 1. The magazine door opened. 1. Close the magazine door.
emergency stop button and restart it. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
technical representative. LDD23 circuit board and PWR6 on
E-2877 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal L+5V power supply is Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
abnormal. detected.
Shut down the scanner with Faulty LDD23 circuit board
emergency stop button and restart it.
If problems persists, consult your
E-2878 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal L+8V power supply is Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
abnormal. detected.
3-70

E-2879 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal A+5V power supply is Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
abnormal. detected.
3
E-2880 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal A-5V power supply is Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
abnormal. detected.
E-2881 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal R+5V power supply is Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
abnormal. detected.
E-2882 LDD circuit board power source Abnormal R-5V power supply is Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
abnormal. detected.
E-2883 LDD circuit board A/D converter Abnormal A/D reference voltage is Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
abnormal. detected.
Consult your technical Faulty LDD23 circuit board
representative.
E-2884 LDD circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for D+5V power supply is
detected.
Shut down the scanner with (Causes of the error message)
technical representative. LDD23 circuit board and JROS in
the laser optical unit.
3. Blown fuse (F138) on the LDD23 3. Replace F138.
circuit board caused by Item 1 or 2
above
E-2885 LDD circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for A+5V power supply is
detected.
the laser optical unit.
3. Blown fuse (F135) on theLDD23 3. Replace F135.
above
3-71

E-2886 LDD circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for +24V power supply is
detected.
If problems persists, consult your harness between: repair or replace it.
technical representative. 1) LDD15 on the LDD23 circuit
board and F690A
2) LDD15 on the LDD23 circuit
board and F690B
board and AOM1on the AOM
driver
board and AD in the
densitometer
board and JROS in the laser
optical unit
2. Faulty LDD/AOM driver cooling fan 2. Replace the LDD/AOM driver
(F690A) cooling fan (F690A).
3. Faulty LDD/AOM driver cooling fan 3. Replace the LDD/AOM driver
(F690B) cooling fan (F690B).
4. Faulty AOM driver 4. Replace the AOM driver.
circuit board caused by Item 1 above
E-2887 LDD circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for A+8V power supply is
detected.
emergency stop button and restart it. 1. Faulty laser optical unit 1. Replace the laser optical unit.
If problems persists, consult your 2. Blown fuse (F133) on the LDD23 2. Replace F133.
technical representative. circuit board caused by Item 1 above
E-2888 LDD circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for A+12V power supply
or abnormal A-12V voltage is
Shut down the scanner with detected.
emergency stop button and restart it. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persists, consult your 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
technical representative. harness between: repair or replace it.
board and AOM1 on the AOM
driver
optical unit
above
E-2889 LDD circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for A-12V power supply or
abnormal A+12V voltage is detected.
If problems persists, consult your harness between: repair or replace it.
technical representative. 1) LDD5 on the LDD23 circuit
board and AOM1 on the AOM
driver
optical unit
above
3-72

E-2890 LDD circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for A-12VR power supply
is detected.
technical representative. LDD23 circuit board and AOM1 on
the AOM driver
3
above
E-2891 LDD circuit board fuse blowout. Blown fuse for IL+24V power supply
is detected.
the laser optical unit
2. Faulty fan (F670) 2. Replace F670.
5. Faulty shutter solenoid (S673) 5. Replace S673.
circuit board caused by Items 1 to
5 above
E-2892 LDD circuit board fuse blowout. Blown IL+8V power supply fuse is
detected.
emergency stop button and restart it. 1. Faulty laser optical unit 1. Replace the laser optical unit.
If problems persists, consult your 2. Blown fuse (F131) on the LDD23 2. Replace F131.
technical representative. circuit board caused by Item 1
3-73
3.3 Trouble Shooting
3.3.1 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction
Open
Replenisher box door open?
Closed The harness between the replenisher box

door open/close detecting interlock switch Yes
(D724) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit
board is poorly connected or broken?
No
Connect harness correctly,
or repair or replace it.
Replace the replenisher box door open/close

detecting interlock switch (D724).
Insert screwdrivers into the two holes and Figure1

press the lock arm to release the lock.
Fig-1
Open
Replenishment cartridge open?
Closed
Lock Arm Screwdriver
LII911
Are solution levels of P1R, P2RA and P2R No
above the upper level sensor?
Yes
Is the harness between the replenisher cartridge Yes
box lower sensor (D723) and JNE2 on the JNE23
circuit board poorly connected or broken?
No
Is the harness between the replenisher cartridge Yes
box upper sensor (D722) and JNE2 on the JNE23
circuit board is poorly connected or broken?
No
or repair or replace it.
Replace the replenisher cartridge box Solved

lower sensor (D723).
Solved?
Not solved
Replace the replenisher cartridge box Not solved
upper sensor (D722).
Solved?
Solved
Replace the JNE23 circuit board.
1. Pour in water so that all replenisher levels are

above the upper level sensor.
2. Close and open replenisher cartridge box door.
3-74
Is the harness between the cartridge opening Yes

motor (M720) and PDB8 on the PDB23
circuit board is poorly connected or broken?
No
3
Replace the cartridge opening Solved

motor (M720).
Solved?
Not solved
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
1. Install new replenisher cartridge.

2. Close replenisher cartridge box door.
• Cartridge opened and diluting starts.
3-75
3.3.2 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality
Cool
Touch heater surface.
<Heater>
Warm
To “Temperature sensor”,
“Processing solution circulation”,
Is the harness between the heater and the
“Safety thermostat”, “Heater cooling fan”
PAC23 circuit board poorly
connected or broken? Yes
P1: H700 to PAC04
P2: H701 to PAC05
PS1/2/3: H702 to PAC04
PS4: H703 to PAC05
No

Replace heater Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
3-76
<Temperature sensor>
Compare display values with measured Abnormal

values on “Processor Temperature
Calibration (0623)”.
Normal
Is the harness between the solution
thermometer and the CTL23 circuit board is
3
poorly connected or broken? Yes
P1: TS700 to CTL7
P2: TS701 to CTL7
PS1/2/3: TS702 to CTL7
PS4: TS703 to CTL7
No
To “Processing solution circulation”,
“Safety thermostat”,
“Heater cooling fan” Connect harness correctly,
Replace processing solution Solved

temperature sensor.
Solved?
Not solved END
Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3-77
<Processing solution circulation>
Remove circulation filter from sub-tank. NO

Is solution surface inside sub-tank swirling?
YES
Is the harness between the circulation

pump and the PDB23 circuit board
poorly connected or broken?
P1: PU700 to PDB4 Yes
P2: PU701 to PDB4
PS1: PU702 to PDB4
PS2: PU703 to PDB4
PS3: PU704 to PDB4
PS4: PU705 to PDB4
No

Replace circulation pump. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
Replace circulation filter. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
Yes
Pipes or nozzles clogged?
No
Correct clogging.
To “Safety thermostat”,
“Heater cooling fan”
3-78
<Safety thermostat>
Safety thermostat operated on

“Processor Input Check (0624)”?
Operating temperature:64°C
Returned temperature:42°C
Not operated
P1
P2
Operating temperature: 64°C 3
Returned temperature: 42°C
PS1/2/3
Operating temperature: 80°C
PS4
Returned temperature: 42°C
Operated To “Heater cooling fan”
No
Return at below 42°C?
Yes
Is the harness between the safety
thermometer and the PAC23 circuit board
is poorly connected or broken? Yes
P1: D700 to PAC18
P2: D701 to PAC18
PS1/2/3: D702 to PAC18
PS4: D703 to PAC18
No
Determine the cause of high temperature. Connect harness correctly,

Replace safety thermostat. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
<Heater cooling fan>
Heater cooling fan turned ON/OFF on Abnormal

“Processor I/O Check (0624)”?
Normal
Is the harness between the heater
cooling fan and the PDB23 circuit board
is poorly connected or broken? Yes
P1: F700 to PDB2
P2: F701 to PDB2
PS1/2/3: F702 to PDB2
PS4: F703 to PDB2
No
Clean fan filter. Connect harness correctly,

Solved
Replace fan.
Solved?
Not solved END
3-79
3.3.3 Dryer Temperature Abnormality
Removed
Cover around dryer section removed?
Not removed
Install correctly.
To “Dryer heater safety thermostat”.
<Dryer heater>
Touch neighboring cover surface of Not risen

dryer section. Temperature risen?
Risen
The following protection devices are
tripped? Tripped
Circuit breaker: LB2, LB3
Circuit protector: CP4, CP6
Not tripped
To “Dryer temperature sensor”
Check short-circuit, repair it if necessary.
Are any of the following harnesses

poorly connected or broken?
• Dryer heater (H760/H762/H764) and PAC06
on the PAC23 circuit board Yes
• Dryer heater (H766/H767) and PAC07 on the
PAC23 circuit board
• Dryer heater (H761/H763/H765) and PAC08
on the PAC23 circuit board
No

Is the harness between the circuit breaker

Yes
(LB2/LB3) and PAC9/PAC10/PAC17
on the CTL23 circuit board poorly
connected or broken?
No

Replace dryer heater. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
3-80
<Dryer temperature sensor>
Push the processor drive key or restart, Not risen

and then dryer temperature risen on
“Processor Temperature Calibration (0623)”?
Risen
Is the harness between the dryer

thermometer (TS760) and CTL7
Yes
3
poorly connected or broken ?
No
END Connect harness correctly,

Replace the dryer thermometer (TS760). Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
<Dryer heater safety thermostat>
Dryer heater safety thermostat Operated

(D760) operated on
Not operated
Depress the recovery button on the Not solved

safety thermostat (see next page).
Solved?
Solved
OK
To “Dryer fan” Check the dryer fan system
Not solved
END
END
Is the harness between the dryer heater

safety thermostat (D760) and PAC18 on Yes
the PAC23 circuit board poorly
No

Replace the dryer heater. Solved

Solved?
Not solved
END
3-81
<Recovery of Safety Thermostat>
1. Remove the sorter.
2. Remove the two screws securing the dryer heater

safety thermostat cover.
Screws (2)
LII913
3. Open the dryer belt unit and support it with the Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat Cover
stopper.
Dryer Belt Unit
4. Remove the dryer heater safety thermostat cover.
LII914
5. Depress the recovery button on the dryer heater

safety thermostat.
6. Reinstall the removed parts in the reverse order of

removal.
Recovery Button
LII915
3-82
<Dryer fan>
Dryer fan (F760) turned ON/OFF on Abnormal

Normal
Is the harness between the dryer fan Yes
(F760)and PDB9 on the PDB23 circuit
board poorly connected or broken?
3
No
Clean dryer air filter.
Open the dryer belt unit and make sure
there is no paper in abnormal position.
Replace dryer fan. Solved

To “Dryer heater” Solved?
Not solved END
To “Dryer heater”
3-83
3.3.4 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering
Remove circulation filter from sub-tank,

and measure solution level from Lowering
upper surface of sub-tank.
less than 65mm: Normal
more than 65mm: Lowering
Normal
Leakage
Leakage in processing solution system?
Normal
To “Processing solution level sensor diagnostics” Repair leakage.

Prepare processing solution.
To “3.3.5 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics”
<Processing solution level sensor diagnostics>
Remove processing solution level sensor,

soak it into water container. Abnormal
Sensor turned ON/OFF on
Normal
between the solution level sensors and
the JNE23 circuit board are poorly
P1: FS700 to JNE5 Yes
P2: FS701 to JNE5
PS1: FS702 to JNE5
PS2: FS703 to JNE5
PS3: FS704 to JNE5
PS4: FS705 to JNE5
To “3.3.5 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics” No

3-84
3.3.5 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics
No
Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition
Setup” is set properly? 3
Yes
Set correctly.
Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher Pump Abnormal

Output Measurement/Setting.
Normal?”
Normal
Hose clogged or bent in Yes

replenishment system?
No
To “3.3.6 Rack Auto Cleaning Systen Diagnostics”
Correct hose clogging or bending.

between the replenisher pumps
and the PDB23 circuit board are
poorly connected or broken? Yes
P1R: PU721 to PDB5
P2RA: PU722 to PDB5
P2RB: PU723 to PDB5
PSR: PU724 to PDB3
No

Replace replenisher pump.
Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher Pump Normal

Output Measurement/Setting.”
Normal?
Abnormal END
3-85
3.3.6 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics
Perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Normal

Output Measurement/Setting”.
Normal?
Abnormal END
Is the harness between the auto washing Yes

pump (PU720) and PDB7 on the PDB23
circuit board poorly connected
or broken?
No Connect harness correctly,
Replace the auto washing pump (PU720)

Normal
and then perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning
Output Measurement/Setting”.
Normal?
Abnormal END
Is the harness between the crossover rack Yes

P1/P2 auto washing valve (S720) and PDB7
on the PDB23 circuit board poorly
No repair or replace it.
Is the harness between the crossover rack

P2/PS1 auto washing valve (S721) and Yes
PDB7 on the PDB23 circuit board poorly
Is the harness between the dryer entrance

Yes
rack auto washing valve (S722) and PDB7
on the PDB23 circuit board poorly
Replace the auto washing valve

(S720, S721, S723) and then perform Normal
Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output
Measurement/Setting”. Normal?
Abnormal END
Replace the dryer entrance rack auto

washing valve (S722) and then perform Menu Normal
0621 “Auto Cleaning Output
Measurement/Setting”. Normal?
Abnormal END
3-86
3.3.7 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve

Diagnostics
Operate valve on Menu 0642

“I/O Check”. Operating sound heard?
3
P1R cartridge washing valve: S728 Heard
P2RA cartridge washing valve: S729
P2RB cartridge washing valve: S730
P1R stirring valve: S731
Not heard
Stirring, cartridge washing hose Yes

clogged or bent?
No
To “3.3.6 Rack Auto Cleaning Repair hose clogging and bending.

System Diagnostics”
Is the harness between the valve (S728/S729/ Yes

S730/S731) and PDB8 on the PDB23 circuit board
is poorly connected or broken?
No

Replace valve (S728/S729/S730/S731). Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
3-87
3.3.8 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics
Check level sensor and actual level on Abnormal

“Processor I/O Check (0642)”.
Normal
Is the harness between the level sensor
and the JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board
is poorly connected or broken?
P1R upper level sensor: FS720
P1R lower level sensor: FS724 Yes
P2RA upper level sensor: FS721
P2RA lower level sensor: FS725
P2RB upper level sensor: FS722
P2RB lower level sensor: FS726
PSR upper level sensor: FS723
PSR lower level sensor: FS727
No
To “3.3.5 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics”
3.3.9 Return Action after Replenishment System Error
All solution levels of the P1R, P2RA Yes

and P2RB tanks aligned around
upper level sensor?
No Upper level sensors of all tanks ALL “Yes”
indicate “YES” on
Drain all replenishers from the P1R, Not all “Yes”
P2RA and P2RB tanks.
Pour a small amount of water to

make indicator(s) of upper level sensor(s)
Show “YES”.
Install new replenisher cartridge.
Open and close replenisher

cartridge box door.
Perform “PROC.INST.MODE” -
“INSTALLATION” - “MIX REPLENISH”.
3-88
3.3.10 Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction
Remove replenisher cartridge. Yes

Solution remained in cartridge due to
opening malfunction? 3
No
Yes
Opening parts damaged or abnormal?
No
Replace parts.
To “3.3.9 Return Action after
Replenishment System Error”
Any object remained in opening Yes

nozzle hopper section?
No
Remove object.
Hose between hopper section Yes

and tank clogged?
No
Correct clogging.
To “Replenishment Tank Lower Level Sensor To “3.3.9 Return Action after

Diagnostics (See subsection 3.3.8)” Replenishment System Error”
3-89
4. MAINTENANCE MENU
4.1 Operational Procedure ........................................................................... 4-3
4.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) ............................................. 4-5

4.2.1 Production Information (0120) ............................................................................... 4-5
4.2.2 Timer Setup (0121) .................................................................................................. 4-7
4.2.3 Data Backup (0122) ................................................................................................. 4-8
4.2.4 Error Information Check (0123).............................................................................. 4-9 4
4.2.5 Accumulated Production Information (0127)...................................................... 4-10
4.2.6 Clear Error Log (0141)........................................................................................... 4-12
4.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ................................................ 4-13

4.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (0200) .............................................................................. 4-13
4.3.2 Paper Magazine Registration (0221) .................................................................... 4-15
4.3.3 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242)................................................................. 4-17
4.3.4 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) .................................................................. 4-18
4.4 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................................................. 4-19

4.4.1 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520) .............................................. 4-19
4.4.2 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522) ............................................ 4-20
4.4.3 Paper Feed (0523).................................................................................................. 4-21
4.4.4 Printer Temperature Display (0524) ..................................................................... 4-21
4.4.5 Printer Input Check (0525) .................................................................................... 4-22
4.4.6 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527)................................................. 4-23
4.4.7 Printer Function Select (0528).............................................................................. 4-24
4.4.8 Printer I/O Check (0540) ........................................................................................ 4-25
4.4.9 Test Pattern Printing (0541).................................................................................. 4-27
4.4.10 Laser Exposure Check (0542) .............................................................................. 4-29
4.4.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543) ................................................................................... 4-29
4.4.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544)................................................................................ 4-29
4.4.13 B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) ................................................................................... 4-30
4.4.14 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546) ...................................................... 4-30
4.4.15 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547)........................................... 4-31
4.4.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548)................................................ 4-32
4.4.17 Laser History Display (0549) ................................................................................ 4-34
4.4.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550)................................................ 4-34
4.4.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) ........................................................ 4-35
4.4.20 Filter Replacement History (0552)........................................................................ 4-36
4.4.21 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553).............................................. 4-37
4.4.22 Image Position Initial Setting (0554) .................................................................... 4-38
4.4.23 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555)...................................................... 4-39
4.4.24 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) ................................................. 4-40
4.4.25 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558) ........................................................................ 4-41
4.4.26 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) ......................................................................... 4-42
4.4.27 Printer Operation Data Display (0560) ................................................................. 4-43
4.4.28 Data Saving (0561)................................................................................................. 4-44
4.4.29 Data Download (0562) ........................................................................................... 4-45
4.5 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) ........................................... 4-46

4.5.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620) ................................... 4-46
4-1
4.5.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621)........................................... 4-48
4.5.3 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622)................................................................. 4-50
4.5.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ......................................................... 4-51
4.5.5 Processor Input Check (0624) .............................................................................. 4-53
4.5.6 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625)..................................................... 4-54
4.5.7 Processing Temperature Setting (0640).............................................................. 4-55
4.5.8 Processor I/O Check (0642) .................................................................................. 4-56
4.5.9 Processor Operation Data Display (0643) ........................................................... 4-57
4.5.10 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644) .................................................... 4-57
4.6 Self-Diagnostic Menu Outline............................................................. 4-59

4.6.1 Paper Feed Check (Menu 2340)....................................................................... 4-59
4.7 Special Operations (99)........................................................................ 4-66

4.7.1 Paint (9940) ............................................................................................................ 4-66
4.7.2 Explorer (9941)....................................................................................................... 4-66
4.7.3 Command (9942).................................................................................................... 4-67
4-2
4.1 Operational Procedure
1. Click the [Setup and Maintenance] button on the

main menu or printing menu screen.
• The password dialog box appears.
2. Enter “7777” in the “Password” box using the

operation, full or screen keyboard.
3. Click the [OK] button.
• The “Setup and Maintenance” menu screen

appears.
4. Click the desired group from the left-hand group

list.
4-3
4.1 Operational Procedure
• The item list appears in the right-hand half of the

menu screen.
5. Click the desired item.
• Each screen appears.
Reference: The screen number can be entered to

display each screen by following the
steps below.
1) Press the [F1] key.
• The “Screen No. Entry” dialog box appears.
2) Enter the screen number using the numeric

keys of the operation, full or screen keyboard.
3) Click the [OK] button.
• Each screen appears.
6. Upon completion of the setup and maintenance

operations, click the [Close], [Cancel] or [OK]
button to quit the screen.
• Operation returns to the menu screen.
• The printing menu screen appears.
4-4
4.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01)
4.2.1 Production Information (0120)
This procedure displays the production information.

The data can be cleared in this menu.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation

4
Setup and Check] → [0120 Production Information]
1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital Image” or

“All” from the “Input Type” box.
• The information of the input type is displayed.
An asterisk (∗) indicates duplicate size

2. Record the production information.
3. To save the data to a floppy disk, follow the steps

below.
1) Click the [FD Save] button.
2) Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy

disk drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk
Z2041
• The data is saved into the floppy disk.
4-5
4) Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk

drive.
• The dialog box disappears.
4. To clear the data, follow the steps below.

Floppy Disk
1) Click the [Clear] button.
Z2042
• The “Clear production information?” dialog

box appears.
• The data is cleared and clearing date appears.
4-6
4.2.2 Timer Setup (0121)
This procedure sets the present date/time, timer ON

date/time and preheat setup times.
[Selection]

4
and Check] → [0121 Timer Setup]
1. To update “Present Date/Time”, change the date

and time, and click the [OK] button.
NOTE: • To cancel the update, click the [Cancel] button.

• If the OS uses the 24-hour system, “04 to 09”
and “14 to 19” cannot be entered directly. Use
the spin buttons to enter these hours.
2. To change the timer date and time, enter a

“checkmark” in the day of the week boxes and
enter the time in the “Timer ON Date/Time
Setting” box.
3. Set the preheat timer by performing the following

steps, if necessary.
IMPORTANT:
The ON time for a nighttime preheating operation
must not overlap with the ON time of the weekly
timer since nighttime preheating takes priority and
shuts down all power when it is set OFF.
If, for instance, the calendar timer is set to 5:00AM
and nighttime preheating is turned ON at 3:30AM,
all the power will be shut down two hours later at
5:30AM.
NOTE: Nighttime preheating is usually conducted when

the room temperature drops below 10°C (50°F)
at night and the temprature is not controlled for
8 or more hours.
1) Select “YES” for “Preheat Setting”.
• The 1st and 2nd preheat setting boxes appear.
2) Move the cursor to “1st Preheat” and enter the

time.
3) Move the cursor to “2nd Preheat” and enter

the time.
NOTE: • For preheating once only, set the same time

for both the first and second times.
• Select “NO” when the preheat timer is not
used.
4-7
• The second preheating timer is ignored if the

first preheat time and second preheat time
overlap.
<Example> 1st. pre-heat time: 2:00AM

2nd. pre-heat time: 3:00AM
With the above settings, nighttime
preheating will occur from 2:00AM to
4:00AM (2 hours).
4.2.3 Data Backup (0122)
This procedure makes a backup of the data stored on

the hard disk of the main control unit when data,
indicated on the data sheet located inside the front
upper cover, is changed.
The backup floppy disks are used when reinstalling or
reverting to earlier system software.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0122 Data Backup]
1. Prepare a new floppy disk for data backup when

backing up data.
NOTE: A floppy disk is unnecessary for pricing unit data

backing up because data is backed up to the
hard disk of the main control unit.
2. Insert the floppy disk into the floppy drive of the

main control unit.
3. Move the cursor to the “Destination” box and

select “Film Scanner”, “Printer Processor” or
“Pricing Unit”.
NOTE: Perform the data backup for the pricing unit

when pricing unit data is changed. Data is
backed up from the pricing unit to the hard disk
of the main control unit. If the data backup is not
performed, pricing unit data changed is
canceled when next starting up the system next
time.
4-8
• The “Making the backup of the data” message

appears.
5. Upon completion of the backup, click the [Cancel]

button.
4
4.2.4 Error Information Check (0123)
The system error log is listed up in order of date and

time.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0123 Error Information Check]
1. Click the [Log Info.] button.
• The “Log File Re-reading Check” dialog box

appears.
• The log file is read out and the latest information

is displayed on the screen.
3. Click the [Accum. Info.] button.
4-9
• Accumulated error information is displayed in

order of code.
4.2.5 Accumulated Production Information (0127)
This procedure displays the production information.

The data can be cleared on this menu.
[Selection]

Setup and Check] → [0127 Accumulated Production
Information]
1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital Image” or

“All” from the “Input Type” box.
• The information of the input type is displayed.

An asterisk (∗) indicates duplicate size.
2. Record the accumulated production information.
3. To save the data to a floppy disk, follow the steps

given on the next page.
1) Click the [FD Save] button.
4-10
2) Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy

disk drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk
Z2041
• The data is saved into the floppy disk.
4) Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk

drive.
• The dialog box disappears.

Floppy Disk
Z2042
4-11
4.2.6 Clear Error Log (0141)
This procedure clears the system error and printer

error information.
[Selection]

Setup and Check] → [0141 Clear Error Log]
1. Select the item to be cleared and click the [Clear]

button.
• The selected information is cleared.
4-12
4.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02)
4.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (0200)
When new paper is to be loaded, follow this

procedure to set up the new paper condition.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup

4
and Check] → [0200 Paper Condition Setup]
1. Install the paper magazine to be set up and select

“Magazine (upper)” or “Magazine (lower)”.
NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to initialize condition

setup data.
• After about three minutes, a condition setup Condition Setup Print

print is fed out.
3. Adjust the guide of the densitometer according to Densitometer Guide

the width of the condition setup print.
NOTE: If an error occurs, press the orange [RESET]

switch.
EZ634
4-13
4. Insert the condition setup print into the Densitometer

densitometer.
[START] Button
L2527
5. Click the [Dens. Measure] button.
• The measurement is started and the density

measurement result is displayed.
• The density measurement result dialog box

disappears.
NOTE: If the “Density Measurement Result” is not

acceptable, the message shown at right
appears. Repeat Steps 2 to 6 until the result
becomes OK.
7. Click the [Close] button.
4-14
4.3.2 Paper Magazine Registration (0221)
This procedure registers the paper magazine to be

used.
Change the dryer temperature if necessary.
[Selection]
4
and Check] → [0221 Paper Magazine Registration]
“ID”: Enter the magazine ID.

“Width”: Enter the paper width (mm).
“Paper”: Select the paper surface type.
“Length”: Enter the roll paper length (m).
“Remain”: Enter remaining paper length (m).
“BP”: Select “YES” or “NO” for back printing.
“Line speed”: Selected automatically according to the
“Type”.
“Type”: Select the paper type correctly. The
paper type is indicated on the paper
package.
[Set] button: Click this button to register the entered
items.
↓ [Next page] [Prev page] ↑
“ID”: Enter the magazine ID.

“P1R”: Enter the P1R replenishment rate.
“P2R”: Enter the P2R replenishment rate.
“PSR”: Enter the PSR replenishment rate.
“Correct value”: Enter the correction value of the
dryer temperature.
[Set] button: Click this button to register the entered
items.
NOTE: Do not change the “P1R”, “P2R”, “PSR” and “Correct

value” values.
1. Release the latches and open the paper

Latches (2)
magazine.
Paper Magazine
L2360
4-15
2. Remove the two screws and adjust the width of Screws (2)
the paper guides. Tighten the two screws. Paper Guides
L2361
NOTE: • Use the appropriate guides for paper width.

• Guide C is available as an optional accessory.
Guide Paper Width

A Except B and C
B 95/120/130/210
C 114/216
L2367
3. Loosen the four screws securing the paper Paper Flanges

flanges to the paper shaft. Hole/Width Mark
4. Align the holes in the paper flange bosses with the

paper width marks visible from the hole and
tighten the four screws.
NOTE: Be careful not to overtighten the screws.
Screws (4)
L2368
4-16
5. Find the appropriate paper from the table on the ID Chip

screen and install its ID chip to the magazine
using the screw.

4
Screw
L2366
4.3.3 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242)
This procedure sets the paper condition setup

method.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0242 Paper Condition Method Setup]
1. Select “YES” or “NO” for the ambient variable

correction.
2. Select “YES” or “NO” for the master magazine

registration.
↓ [Next page] [Prev page] ↑
3. If “YES” is selected in Step 2, set the ID, width,

paper and type for the master magazine.
NOTE: • Ambient variable correction: When there is a

sudden change in temperature during the day,
it influences the color development process of
color papers. To maintain constant printing
quality in that condition, select “YES”.
• Master magazine registration: Paper condition
setup must be performed for all papers if “NO”
is selected.
4. Click the [Next Page] button.
5. Enter “Density correction value” for “Patch No.”

and “Temperature correction value” of the AD300
densitometer, if necessary.
6. Click the [Set] button.
4-17
4.3.4 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243)
This procedure setups display of the “Paper” box of

Menu 0221 “Paper Magazine ID Setting”.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition
Setup and Check] → [0243 Paper Surfaces Display
Setup]
1. Select the paper type to be changed.
2. Select “ON” or “OFF”.
• Operation returns to the menu screen./
4-18
4.4 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05)
4.4.1 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520)
This menu should be executed for all paper

magazines when installing the machine, or when a
new magazine is registered.
[Selection]
4
[Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/
Meintenance] → [0520 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine
Adjustment]
<Auto Adjustment>
1. Set a new magazine on the upper magazine deck.
2. Select “Upper” for “Magazine”.
• After about three minutes, prints 1 and 2 are

output to the sorter.
4. Enter new magazine ID in the “Magazine ID” box.
5. Measure the feed lengths of prints 1 and 2 at the

center and record them.
Print 1
6. Enter the feed lengths recorded in the “Print 1”

and “Print 2” boxes.
• Feed length is adjusted automatically.
8. Install the magazine in the upper deck to the lower

deck.
9. Repeat Steps 3 through 7 for the lower magazine. Print 2
<Manual Adjustment>
1. Enter the magazine ID to be adjusted in the

“Magazine ID” box.
2. Select “Upper deck” or “Lower deck”.
3. Enter the value (mm) in the “New value” box.
4-19
• The feed length is changed.
4.4.2 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522)
The G laser optimal temperature setting message

appears every three months. Set up the optimal
temperatures on this screen.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0522 G Laser (SHG) Optimal
Temperature Setup]
1. Click the [Enter] button.
• The result is displayed.
4-20
4.4.3 Paper Feed (0523)
This procedure feeds and processes unexposed

sheets of paper.
[Selection]

4
Maintenance] → [0523 Paper Feed]
1. Enter the number of sheets in “Q’ty” box and the

feed length in “Length” box.
Number of sheets: 1 to 999

Feed length: 82.5 to 381.0
• The sheets of paper are fed and processed.
4.4.4 Printer Temperature Display (0524)
This procedure displays the printer temperature and

printer status.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0524 Printer Temperature Display]
NOTE: • The temperatures are updated every five seconds.

• Always keep “ON” for “Working” of “Abnormal
temp. detection”.
4-21
4.4.5 Printer Input Check (0525)
This procedure displays the status of the sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0525 Printer Input Check]
↓ [Next page] [Prev. page] ↑

<LP5500R>
<LP5700R>
4-22
4.4.6 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527)
This procedure adjusts the white border and image

position in a template for each magazine ID.
[Selection]

4
Maintenance] → [0527 Image Position and Tilt Fine
Adjustment]
1. Install the paper magazine to be adjusted on the

upper paper deck.
2. Select “Upper” or “Lower” for “Magazine”.
3. Enter the feed length to be adjusted in the “Feed

length” box.
• After about three minutes, the adjustment print y

is output. d Feeding
Direction
5. Select the magazine ID to be adjusted.
6. Measure the “X”, “Y”, “d” and “f” dimensions of the x

adjustment print and record them.
7. Enter the recorded “X” and “Y” values (mm) in the f

appropriate “Main (X)” and “Sub (Y)” boxes.
8. Calculate “d - f” and enter the value in the “Tilt (d -

f)” box.
10. Install the magazine to be adjusted on the lower

magazine deck.
11. Select “Lower” for “Magazine”.
12. Repeat Steps 3 through 9.
4-23
4.4.7 Printer Function Select (0528)
<LP5500R>
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0528 Printer Function Select]
1. Select “Both” for “Magazine” normally.
2. Select “YES” for “Registration”.
NOTE: Select “NO” for “Registration” temporarily if error

“W-2414” or “W-2450” occurs.
3. LP5500R: Select “limited” for “Feed Paper Size”.
NOTE: Select “unlimited” for “Feed Paper Size” <LP5700R>

temporarily if error WW-2419” or “W-2455”
occurs and adjust the pipe slider position of the
distribution unit as described below. Large size
prints cannot be printed.
LP5700R: Select “YES” for “Distribution”.
NOTE: Select “NO” for “Distribution” temporarily if error

“W-2419”or “W-2455” occurs and adjust the pipe
slider position of the distribution unit as
described below. Large size prints cannot be
printed.
1) Open the magazine door.

2) Open the distribution section inner cover.
3) Align the “ ” marks on the pipe slider and
the distribution unit.
4) Close the distribution section inner cover. Pipe Slider

5) Close the magazine door.
4. Select “No change” for “Cut interval”.
NOTE: If paper overlap feed occurs, select “Change” for

“Cut interval”. If a large level is selected (from
level 1 to level 3), the cut interval is increased
and the processing ability is decreased.
“ ” Marks
L21157
4-24
4.4.8 Printer I/O Check (0540)
This procedure displays the status of the motors,

solenoids and sensors.
[Selection]

4
Maintenance] → [0540 Printer I/O Check]
1. Click the required operation button.
• The respective motor or solenoid operates if it is

normal.

<LP5500R>
<LP5700R>
4-25
<LP5500R>
<LP5700R>
4-26
4.4.9 Test Pattern Printing (0541)
This procedure creates test pattern prints.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0541 Test Pattern Printing]
4
1. Move the cursor to “Test pattern selection”, and
select “Grid”, “Borderless contact”, “Bordered
contact”, “Gradation”, “Back print 1 (wedge)”,
“Back print 2 (line)”, “Back print 3 (character)” or
“Frame print”.
2. Move the cursor to “Length” and enter the feed

length (mm).
3. Move the cursor to “Q’ty” and enter the number of

prints.
• After about three minutes, the print is output to

the sorter.
■ Color Drift Inspection

1) Make a grid test print.
2) Use a magnifying lens (X25) to check that the
vertical line for the color drift is 1/8 pixel or less in
width, and the horizontal line is 1/4 pixel or less in
width.
Reference: 1 pixel width = 0.08mm
4-27
Grid: For color drift and feed Borderless contact: For exposure and
length inspection processing unevenness inspection
Bordered contact: For exposure and processing Gradation:

unevenness, or white border inspection For gradation inspection
Back print 1 (wedge) Back print 2 (line) Back print 3 (character)
Frame print
4-28
4.4.10 Laser Exposure Check (0542)
This procedure performs an RGB test exposure and

displays the results.
[Selection]

4
Maintenance] → [0542 Laser Exposure Check]
4.4.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543)
This procedure displays the R laser(R-LD) data in the

EEPROM.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0543 R Laser(R-LD) Data]
4.4.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544)
This procedure displays the G laser(G-SHG) data in

the EEPROM.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0544 G Laser(G-SHG) Data]
4-29
4.4.13 B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545)
This procedure displays the B laser(B-LD) data in the

EEPROM.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0545 B Laser(B-LD) Data]
4.4.14 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546)
This procedure displays the parameters for exposure

positions.
Normally parameter changing is unnecessary.
When the result of Menu 0547 “Main Scanning
Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Synchronous
Rough Adjustment” should be altered purposely,
change the parameters.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0546 Scan/Scan Home Position
Parameter]
1. Enter the scanning position/scanning home

position parameters by clicking the [▼] and [▲]
buttons.
Unit
Main scanning: Pixel
Sub-scanning: Raster
2. Click the [Set] button to set the parameters.
4-30
4.4.15 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547)
This procedure performs the scanning adjustment

and laser beam synchronization rough adjustment.
[Selection]

4
Maintenance] → [0547 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync.
Rough Adjust]
NOTE: Perform this adjustment after processing three or

more sheets of paper because the feed length may
not stabilize immediately after setting paper.
1. Install the paper magazine for the narrowest

paper width being used.
←→
• The print is output in about three minutes. C
3. Measure the dimensions of A, B and C, then

A→ ← → ←B
record them.
Sub-Scanning Line
NOTE: Tolerance of measurement: Within 0.5mm
4. Move the cursor to “A: Left measured value” and Rough Adjustment
enter the measured A value. Block
5. Move the cursor to “B: Right measured value” and

enter the measured B value.
6. Click the [Set] button of “Width direction (main

scanning position)”.
8. Move the cursor to “C: Top measured value” and

enter the measured C value.
4-31
9. Click the [Set] button of “Feeding direction (sub-

scanning position)”.
11. Find the X coordinate which has the minimum

color drift on the print for the vertical lines using
an inverted magnifier (x20-40), and record the
coordinate value and the drifted color (CMY) order
from the left side.
12. Check and record the drifted color (CMY) order of

the sub-scanning line from the top using an
inverted magnifier (x20-40).
13. Move the cursor to “X(Width)” and enter the

measured X value.
14. Move the cursor to “Y(Feed)” and enter the

measured Y value.
15. Click the [Set] button of “Coordinate with least

amount of color drift”.
4.4.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548)
This procedure performs the fine adjustment of the

laser beam synchronization.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0548 Laser Beam Sync. Fine
Adjustment Print]
1. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for

main scanning” and enter the drifted color order
from the left recorded in “Main Scanning Position
Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment
(Menu 0547)”.
2. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for sub-

scanning” and enter the drifted color order from
the top recorded in “Main Scanning Position
4-32
Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment

(Menu 0547)”.
• The print is output in about three minutes.
NOTE: The adjustment print has twenty or twenty-five

vertical and horizontal lines.
4. Find numbers that have the minimum color drift on

the output print for the vertical and horizontal lines
using the magnifier (x20-40).
5. Move the cursor to the “Best main scanning

position” and enter the number of the vertical lines
found.
6. Move the cursor to the “Best sub-scanning

position” and enter the number of the horizontal
lines found.
4-33
4.4.17 Laser History Display (0549)
Display the exposure time and current value of R-LD,

G-SHG and B-SHG.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintence] → [05 Printer Adjustment/

Maintenance] → [0549 Laser History Display]
1. Click the [Switch display] button to switch between

the graph and numeric displays.
4.4.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550)
This procedure copies the LUT (Look-up Table) from

one magazine to another.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0550 Paper Condition Setup
Table(LUT) Copy]
1. Specify the ID of the source magazine.
2. Specify the ID of the destination magazine.
• Copying is performed.
4-34
4
4.4.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551)
<LP5500R>
This procedure adjusts the printer mechanism.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0551 Printer Mechanical Fine
Adjustment]
1. “Cutter: Feed motor stop timing”:

Adjust-a: Do not change this value normally
because it has been adjusted before
shipment.
Change this value if the feed length of the
large size second print differs from the first
<LP5700R>
one after adjustment of Menu 0553 “Feeding
Position Sensor Fine Adjustment”.
If the first print is longer than second
one: Change the value –3 at a time and
confirm the feed length.
If the first print is shorter than the second
one: Change the value +3 at a time and
confirm the feed length.
NOTE: Above two adjustments “Adjust-a” and “Offset-B”

are for the printer not for each paper magazine
ID.
Offset-b: If the left-hand corner at the leading end of

wide paper (such as 305 × 457mm) has
been folded, perform the following
adjustment.
● Adjustment for corner folding

1) Change the value in the “Offset-b” box +5.
2) Make the same size print.
3) Check if the corner is no longer folded.
4) If the corner is still folded, repeat Step 1)
through 3).
5) Click the [Set] button.
4-35
2. “Eject: Right/left speed control start timing”:

Sets up the speed control start timing of the
M665 motor when feeding sheet papers with
single lane. Click the [Set] button.
3. “Setup of precut length”:

Sets up the leading end cut-off length of paper
for each magazine when the roll paper is set,
or the first print is made after eight hours (can
be adjustable from 2 to 24 hours) has elapsed
from paper rewinding.
Precut Condition: Paper in the paper

magazine is affected by elapsed time after
paper rewinding and ambient temperature and
relative humidity. Standard time is set to eight
hours because if the elapsed time after
printing is approximately eight hours, it may
not affect print quality. If the elapsed time more
than eight hours is not affect print quality, nine
or more hours (9 to 24 hours) can be entered.
Conversely, if the elapsed time less than eight
hours affects print quality, seven or less hours
(2 to 7 hours) should be entered.
4. “Adjustment for distributing position”:

Adjusts distribution position and nip timing for
each magazine. Click the [Set] button.
4.4.20 Filter Replacement History (0552)
The laser optical unit air filter replacement history is

displayed.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0552 Filter Replacement History]
[Replace] button: Click this button when the filter has

been replaced.
[Initialize] button: Click this button to initialize the
replacement history.
4-36
4.4.21 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)
This procedure adjusts paper leading end position for

supply process on the basis of the sensors.
[Selection]

4
Maintenance] → [0553 Feeding Position Sensor Fine
Adjustment]
NOTE: perform this procedure for both upper and lower

magazine decks.
• After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1

and 2 are output.
•
3. Measure the feed length of Prints 1 and 2 and

record them.
4. Enter the recorded values in the “Measured”

boxes for “Print 1” and “Print 2”.
5. Click the [Calculate] button.
• New adjustment value appears in the

“Calculated” box.
6. Select “All IDs” or “Selected ID only”.
7. Enter ID in the “ID” box if “Selected ID only” is

selected.
8. Enter new adjustment value in the “New” box.
4-37
4.4.22 Image Position Initial Setting (0554)
This procedure sets up the initial image position for all

magazines.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0554 Image Position Initial Setting]
1. Install the narrowest paper magazine on the

upper deck and the widest paper magazine on the
lower deck.
• After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1 A

C C
and 2 for the upper magazine and Print 3 for the
lower magazine are output.
3. Print 1: Measure the A to F dimensions and enter D

them in the appropriate boxes.
Print 2: Measure the C and E dimensions and
enter them in the appropriate boxes. F
D B E
Print 3: Measure the B to F dimensions and enter Print 2
them in appropriate boxes.
E
Print 1
4. Click the [Set] button. C
D B F
E
Print 3
4-38
4.4.23 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555)
This procedure adjusts the feeding speed of the sub-

scanning unit.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/ 4
Maintenance] → [0555 Sub-scan Feeding Speed
Adjustment]
• After about three minutes, the adjustment print

is output.
3. Measure the “A” dimension of the adjustment print

and record it.
4. Enter the recorded value in the “Measured” box.
5. Click the [Calculate] button.
• New adjustment value is displayed in the

“Calculated (%)” box.
6. Enter the magazine ID in the “ID” box.
7. Enter the calculated value in the “New” box.
4-39
4.4.24 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557)
This procedure adjusts the soft nip timing, nip position

and motor current value of the sub-scanning unit.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0557 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine
Adjustment]
1. Enter the feed length in the “Feed length” box.
• After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1 to

9 are output.
4. Select optimum prints for unevenness level at the

leading and trailing ends from nine adjustment
prints
5. Enter the optimum print numbers in the “Tip No. 1

to 9” and “End No. 1 to 9” boxes.
6. Click the [Convert] button.
• Timing, new pulse adjustment and motor current

values are displayed.
7. Select “Selected ID only” or “All IDs”.
8. Enter the ID in the “Magazine ID” box if “Selected

ID only” is selected.
9. Click the [Set] button for “Adjustment value”.
10. Click the [Set] button for “Motor current value”.
4-40
4.4.25 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558)
This procedure calibrates the paper sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0558 Sensor Calibration (Initial)]
4
D619 : Upper magazine splice sensor
D629 : Lower magazine splice sensor
D650 : Exposure section entrance paper sensor.
D653 : Exposure position paper sensor
1. Click the [▼] button to select the sensor to be

calibrated.
2. Click the [Start] button.
• Date and result are displayed.
NOTE: If the result is “NG”, the sensor should be

replaced.
4-41
4.4.26 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559)
This procedure sets up daily calibration of the

sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0559 Sensor Calibration (Daily)]
• The calibration history is displayed in the lower box

of the screen.
D619 : Upper magazine splice sensor

D629 : Lower magazine splice sensor
D650 : Exposure section entrance paper sensor.
D653 : Exposure position paper sensor
1. Select “Yes” for “Daily Calibration” normally.
NOTE: Manual calibration can be used if “No” is

selected.
<Electric Current Calibration for Sensors not to

be Calibrated Daily>
1. Select a sensor in the “Sensor No.” box.
4-42
4.4.27 Printer Operation Data Display (0560)
This procedure displays the printer operation data.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0560 Printer Operation Data
4
Display]

<LP5500R>
<LP5700R>
4-43
4.4.28 Data Saving (0561)
The parameters displayed can be written from the

memory on the printer’s circuit board to the HD in the
main control unit.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0561 Data Saving]
1. Select the item to be saved.
• The data is saved.
4-44
4.4.29 Data Download (0562)
The parameters displayed can be written from the HD

in the main control unit to the memory on the printer’s
circuit board.
[Selection]
4
Maintenance] → [0562 Data Download]
1. Select the item to be downloaded.
2. Click [OK].
• The data is downloaded.
4. Shut down and restart the system.
4-45
4.5 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06)
4.5.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620)
This procedure measures and corrects the

replenisher pump output.
Normally measure only PSR.
NOTE: The machine automatically measures and adjusts

the pump output for P1R, P2RA and P2RB.
When executing this menu to confirm pump operation

for the P1R, P2RA or P2RB, return the discharged
replenisher into the replenisher tank.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0620 Pump Output
Measurement/Setting]
1. Prepare a measuring cylinder.
2. Perform the following steps for PSR.

Screw
1) Open the water supply port door.
2) Loosen the screw and remove the water

supply port inner cover.
Water Supply Port Inner Cover

L21055
3. Perform the following steps for P1R, P2RA or

P2RB.
1) Open the replenisher box door.
2) Remove the circulation filter tray.
Circulation Filter Tray

L2232
4-46
3) Remove the screw and then the splash- Screw

prevention cover.
4. Click the [Start] button for the pump to be

measured.
• The message below appears on the printer

operation panel. 4
#PSR MEASURE
#START [YES] ?
5. Press the [Enter] key on the printer operation

Splash-prevention Cover
panel. L21051
• The alarm beeps intermittently for ten seconds.
NOTE: Click the [Cancel] button to stop the operation.
6. Before the pump starts discharging, disconnect PSR Replenisher Nozzle

the replenisher nozzle, insert it into the measuring
cylinder and hold it at the same height as its
setting position.
• The replenisher pump starts discharging.
• The alarm beeps when discharging is

completed.
7. Insert the replenisher nozzle into the sub-tank. Measuring Cylinder
8. Place the measuring cylinder on a level surface,

and then read and record the output. L21050
4-47
9. PSR : P2RB Replenisher Nozzle

Dispose of the liquid in the measuring cylinder.
P1W
P1R, P2RA or P2RB : Replenisher
Return the discharged replenisher into the Nozzle
replenisher tank through the cartridge box P1R
opening. Replenisher
Nozzle
10. Select the “Measured value” box, and enter the Measuring
recorded output value. Cylinder
11. Clean the measuring cylinder.
P2RA
13. Reinstall the removed parts. Replenisher
Nozzle
L21052
4.5.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621)
This procedure measures and corrects auto-cleaning

pump output.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0621 Auto Cleaning
Output Measurement/Setting]
1. Prepare the two measuring cups for auto-cleaning

output measurement.

(yellow).
3. Remove the No.2 crossover rack. No.2 Crossover Rack
NOTE: Do not remove the other crossover racks to

prevent splashing of washing water.
No.3 Crossover Rack

L21052
4-48
4. Install the measuring cups instead of the No.2 Measuring Cups

crossover rack as shown.
5. Click the [Start] button for “No.2”.
• The message bellow appears on the printer

operation panel.
4
#No.2 MEASURE
#START [YES] ?
6. Press the [Enter] key on the printer operation L21116

panel.
• The pump discharges washing water after the

ten second countdown.
NOTE: To stop the pump, press the [Enter] key.
• The alarm beeps once when the discharging is

completed.
7. Remove the measuring cups.
8. Place the measuring cups on a horizontal surface, Measuring Cups

read the liquid amount and record it.
9. Dispose of the water from the measuring cup.
10. Enter the recorded value in the “Measured value”

box for the “No.2”.
11. Reinstall the No.2 crossover rack and remove the

No.3 crossover rack.
12. Install the measuring cups instead of the No.3

crossover rack.
13. Repeat Steps 5 through 12 for No.3. L21117
14. Reinstall the No.3 crossover rack.
4-49
15. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 for “Dryer entrance rack”.

Dryer Entrance Rack
16. Remove the dryer entrance rack and check that it

is washed completely with washing water.
17. Reinstall the dryer entrance rack and close the

dryer unit.
L2236
4.5.3 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622)
This procedure sets up low volume processing.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0622 Low Volume
Processing Setup]
1. Select “YES” for “Low volume”.
2. Enter minimum processing amount in the box.
Range: 0.0 to 25.0
3. Enter minimum processing amount for last eight

days in the box.
Range: 0.0 to150.0
NOTE: Click the [Clear] button to clear all data.
4-50
4.5.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623)
This procedure calibrates the processor section

temperatures.
[Selection]

4
Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0623 Processor
Temperature Calibration]
1. Check that the display values have reached the

“Setting” temperatures.

(yellow).
5. Remove the P1 circulation filter and put it on the P1 Circulation Filter

circulation filter tray.
Circulation Filter Tray

L2233
6. Measure the temperature of the P1 processing P1 Sub-tank Thermometer

solution and record it.
7. Reinstall the filter by aligning the fastening tab

with the notch, and then turn it 90° clockwise.
8. If the “Setting” temperatures differ from the values

displayed, move the cursor to the “Measured
value” and enter the values recorded in Step 4.
Range: 0.0 to 99.9
P2 Sub-tank
10. Repeat Steps 4 through 9 for the P2 solution
L21047
temperature.
4-51
11. Measure the PS1/2/3 solution temperature at the

PS2 processing tank and record it. Thermometer
12. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 for the PS1/2/3 solution

temperature.
PS2 Sub-tank
L21048
13. Remove the water supply port inner cover and PS4 Sub-tank
rubber plug from the PS4 sub-tank.
14. Measure the PS4 solution temperature and record

it.
15. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 for the PS4 solution

temperature.
16. Reinstall the rubber plug, water supply port inner

cover and circulation filter tray.

Thermometer
• Operation returns to the menu screen. L21049
4-52
4.5.5 Processor Input Check (0624)
This procedure displays the status of the sensors.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0624 Processor Input
4
Check]

<LP5500R>
<LP5700R>
4-53
4.5.6 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625)
This procedure sets up the processor operating

condition.
[Selection]

Operating Condition Setup]
1. Normally, the processor operating conditions are

set up as shown in the table below.
Rack auto cleaning ON

Dryer entrance rack auto clean ON
No. of prints for dryer entrance rack
1000
auto clean 1 to 9999
At paper width change OFF
No. of prints (not set)
Auto intermittent driving ON
Forcible output to large size tray OFF
Energy saving mode ON
Ambient temperature correction ON
PS solution concentration monitor ON
Evaporation correction ON
Humidity Auto
PS rack cleaning OFF
Sorter Max. No. of sheets 50
Line speed for control strip High
Large size paper feed interval No change
4-54
4.5.7 Processing Temperature Setting (0640)
This procedure sets the processing temperatures.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0620 Processing 4
Temperature Setting]
1. Enter the numerical values of the “P1”, “P2” and

“PS” processing temperatures.
Range Initial Value

P1 40.0 to 45.0 43.0
P2 35.0 to 45.0 43.0
PS 42.0 to 47.0 45.0
4-55
4.5.8 Processor I/O Check (0642)
This procedure displays the status of the motors,

solenoids and sensors.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0642 Processor I/O
Check]
1. Click the required operation button.
• The respective motor or solenoid operates, if it ↓ [Next page] [Prev. page] ↑

is normal.

<LP5500R>
<LP5700R>
4-56
4.5.9 Processor Operation Data Display (0643)
<LP5500R>
This procedure displays the processor operation
data.
[Selection]

4
Operation Data Display]
<LP5700R>
4.5.10 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0644 PS Liquid
Concentration Management]
1. Enter level in the “Measurement level” box.
Standard Level:8
NOTE: The level may not be “8” according to the factory

adjustment.
3. Click the [Start] button for “Manual measurement”.
4-57
• The required setting level is displayed in the “OK

level” box.
4-58
4.6 Self-Diagnostic Menu Outline
4.6.1 Pa p e r F e e d C he c k (Menu 2340)
This menu is used to identify the defective part by

measuring the time required for a print to pass
through each unit in the case of paper jamming or to
diagnose stability of paper feed.
4
1. Select “Setup and Maintenance” → “23 Self
Diagnostics (Printer)” → “2340 Paper Feed
Check”.
NOTE: Enter “7777” into “Password” .
• The date selection screen appears.
2. Click the [▼] button and select the date of error

log to be displayed.
NOTE: The selected error log is displayed in the lower

patr of the screen.
“Today” : Errors which occurred in

during the current day are
listed.
“Last” : The latest errors for 50 prints
are listed.
“Year/Month/Day”: Errors in the selected date
are listed (Today’s date is
displayed either with or
without errors).
4-59
• The error log list in selected date is displayed.
3. Select the error of which paper feed log you

desive to display.
NOTE: If “last” is selected, these items cannot be

selected.
4. Click the [Start] button.
• The “Printer History” screen appears.
• The latest paper feed log lists up to 50 sheets of

paper.
5. Click the [Next Page] button.
• The next screen appears.
6. Click the [FD Save] button to save the data.
• The “FD Insert Confirmation” dialog box

appears.
4-60
7. Insert the floppy disk into the FD drive and click

the [OK] button.
8. Make sure the access lamp on the FD drive goes

off, remove the floppy disk from the FD drive and
click the [OK] button.
NOTE: The stored data will be used to diagnose the

problem.
4
• Operation return to the “Setup and

Maintenance” screen.
4-61
●Paper Feed History Screen
1. Items in Paper Feed History Screen
Based on the error specified in the error history screen, the latest paper feeding history of a maximum of 50
prints is displayed in descending order.
[ERROR-ID] : The error ID specified in the error history screen is displayed. However, if "Last" is selected in
the error history screen, this item is left blank.
[DATE] : The date selected in the error history screen is displayed.
[TIME] : The time selected in the error history screen is displayed.
[Next Page] : The printer history data is displayed.
[Prev Page] : The processor history data is displayed.
[FD Save] : The displayed paper feeding log is saved onto FD.
[AVG] : The item indicated in blue is the average value for each sensor. (However, the average value of
D633 is not displayed because the value may vary depending on the paper length.) The average
value of a maximum of 50 prints is displayed for each sensor.
Image Type : The item in the leftmost column in the screen indicates the image type. For special prints, the
following abbreviations are displayed.
[PRE]: Precut Paper
[CAB] : Calibration Paper
[END] : End Paper
[SLC] : Splice Paper
[WID [mm]] : Paper width is displayed.
[LEN [mm]] : Paper length is displayed.
[TIM [H:M:S]]: Paper feeding start time [Hour: Minute: Second] immediately after paper cutting is
displayed.
[MAG] : The magazine ID (1 to 63) is displayed.
[SPD] : Line speed is displayed. (L: Low speed, H: High speed)
Unit Number : Unit numbers 4 to 8 are displayed on the upper right-hand side of the screen.
4-62
Unit Number Name Sensor

(4) Back printing/Feed unit D633
(5) Registration unit D640 and D650
(6) Laser optical unit up to Distribution entrance unit D653, D660, D644* and D665*
(7) Distribution unit up to Printer exit unit D666*, D667 and D668*
(8) Printer exit unit up to Dryer exit unit D770*, D771 and D772*
*: For LP5700R
Required Time: Time required for passing from the previous sensor to the indicated sensor is displayed. Details 4
on each sensor are shown in the table below.
For Type 1 paper, the passing time between D770 and D772 is converted to the passing time of
Type 2 paper.
Sensor Name Measured Section

D633 Feed section paper sensor TIM → D633
D640 Registration section paper sensor D633 → D640
D650 Exposure section entrance paper sensor D640 → D650
D653 Exposure position paper sensor D650 → D653
D660 Distribution section paper sensor (center) D653 → D660
D664* Distribution section paper sensor (front) D653 → D664
D665* Distribution section paper sensor (rear) D653 → D665
D666* Speed control section paper sensor (front) D660 → D666
D667 Speed control section paper sensor (center) D660 → D667
D668* Speed control section paper sensor (rear) D660 → D668
D770* Feeding path switching paper sensor (rear) D668 → D770
D771 Feeding path switching paper sensor (center) D667 → D771
D772* Feeding path switching paper sensor (front) D666 → D772
*: For LP5700R
2. Time Displayed for Each Sensor:
The value of each sensor is displayed in black or red based on the average value. Black characters
indicate normal values and red characters indicate abnormal values.
Blank columns indicate that paper did not pass the sensor within a specified time or paper was not fed to the
sensor due to paper jamming, etc.
If an abnormal value is read, "-" is displayed.
3. When Red or Blank Characters are Displayed
Check the leftmost column on the screen in which red or blank characters are displayed (where the first error has
occurred).
(1) D633 (Feed section paper sensor)
If the D633 column is left blank, an error may occur between the cutter feed section and the back printing
section. (Red characters are not displayed.)
Perform the I/O check to check the operation of D631, D632, D633, M630, M631 and M632.
If these sensors and motors are normal, clean the paper feeding rollers.
If any abnormality is found, perform the following countermeasures.
[1] Check the harness connections. If a harness is broken, replace it.
• Harness between the upper magazine paper sensor (D631) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board
• Harness between the lower magazine paper sensor LED (D632L) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit
board
• Harness between the lower magazine paper sensor (D632P) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board
• Harness between the feed motor 1 (M630) and PDA5 on the PDA23 circuit board
• Harness between the feed section paper sensor (D633) and JND4 on the JND23 circuit board
4-63
[2] Replace the faulty sensor (D631, D632 or D633) or motor (M630, M631 or M632).
[3] Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
[4] Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
(2) D640 (Registration section paper sensor)
If the displayed paper lengths are "254 mm or shorter" or "longer than 254 mm and constant values", an error
may occur in a section preceding the registration unit.
Perform the I/O check to check the operation of the sensors and motors preceding D640.
If these sensors and motors are normal, clean the paper feeding rollers.
If any abnormality is found, perform the following countermeasures.
• Harness between the upper magazine paper sensor (D631) and JND2 on the JND23 circuit board
• Harness between the lower magazine paper sensor LED (D632L) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit
board
• Harness between the lower magazine paper sensor (D632P) and JND3 on the JND23 circuit board
• Harness between the feed section paper sensor (D633) and JND4 on the JND23 circuit board
[2] Replace the faulty sensor (D631, D632 or D633) or motor (M630, M631 or M632).
[4] Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
(3) D650 (Exposure section entrance paper sensor)
An error has occurred between D640 and D650 (corresponding to paper jamming in Unit Number (5)).
Perform the I/O check to check D650 and M640. If these sensor and motor are normal, clean the paper
feeding rollers. If any abnormality is found, perform the following countermeasures.
• Harness between the exposure section entrance paper sensor LED (D650L) and JND6 on the JND23
circuit board
• Harness between the exposure section entrance paper sensor (D650P) and JND8 on the JND23
circuit board
• Harness between the feed motor 4 (M640) and PDA23 circuit board
[2] Replace the faulty sensor (D650) or motor (M640).
(4) D653 (Exposure position paper sensor)
An error has occurred between the D650 and D653 (between the registration unit and sub-scanning roller 1).
Perform the I/O check to check D653 and M650. If these sensor and motor are normal, clean the paper
feeding rollers. If any abnormality is found, perform the following countermeasures.
• Harness between the exposure position paper sensor LED (D653L) and JND6 on the JND23 circuit
board
• Harness between the exposure position paper sensor (D653P) and JND6 on the JND23 circuit board
• Harness between the sub-scanning feed motor (M650) and PDA23 circuit board
[2] Replace the faulty sensor (D653) or motor (M650).
4-64
(5) D660 (Distribution section paper sensor (center))
An error has occurred between D635 and D660 (corresponding to paper jamming in Unit Number (6)).
Perform the I/O check to check D650, D644, D645 and M661. If these sensors and motor are normal, clean
the paper feeding rollers. If any abnormality is found, perform the following countermeasures.
• Harness between the exposure position paper sensor (D650) and JND6 on the JND23 circuit board
• Harness between the distribution section paper sensor (D664/D665) and JND8 on the JND23 circuit
board 4
• Harness between the distribution motor (M661) and PDA13 on the PDA23 circuit board
[2] Replace the faulty sensor (D650, D644* or D645*) or motor (M661).
(6) D664 (Distribution section paper sensor (front)/D665(rear))
If the paper width values displayed on the Paper Feed Check screen are always the same and distribution is
executed for the paper size, an error has occurred between D653 and D664*/D665*.
Perform the I/O check to check D664*, D665* and M661. If these sensors and motor are normal, clean the
paper feeding rollers. If any abnormality is found, perform the following countermeasures.
• Harness between the distribution section paper sensor (D664*/D665*) and JND8 on the JND23 circuit
board
• Harness between the distribution motor (M661) and PDA13 on the PDA23 circuit board
[2] Replace the faulty sensor (D644 or D645) or motor (M661).
(7) D666* (Speed control section paper sensor (front))/D667 (center)/D668* (rear))
An error has occurred between D660 and D666*/D667/D668* (corresponding to paper jamming in Unit
Number (7)).
Perform the I/O check to check D660, D664*, D665*, D666*, D667, D668*, M660, M661, M662, M663, M664*
and M665. If these sensors and motors are normal, clean the paper feeding rollers. If any abnormality is
found, perform the following countermeasures.
• Harness between the distribution section paper sensor (D660/D664*/D665*) and JND8 on the JND23
circuit board
• Harness between the speed control section paper sensor (D666*/D667/D668*) and JND9 on the
JND23 circuit board
• Harness between the feed motor 5 (M660)/distribution motor (M661) and PDA13 on the PDA23 circuit
board
• Harness between the nip release motor 4 (M662/M663) and PDA14 on the PDA23 circuit board
• Harness between the speed control motor (M664*/M665) and PDA15 on the PDA23 circuit board
[2] Replace the faulty sensor (D660, D664*, D665*, D666*, D667 or D668*) or motor (M660, M661, M662,
M663, M664* or M665).
(8) D772* (Feeding path switching paper sensor (front)/D771 (center)/D770* (rear))
An error has occurred between D666* (front)/D667 (center)/D668* (rear) and D772* (front)/D771 (center)/
D770* (rear).
Perform the I/O check to check D770*, M771*, M772 and M770. If these sensor and motors are normal, clean
the paper feeding rollers. In addition, install the processing racks, crossover racks and dryer rack correctly. If
any abnormality is found, perform the following countermeasures.
• Harness between the feeding path switching paper sensor (D770*/D771/D772*) and JNE3 on the
JNE23 circuit board
• Harness between the dryer section drive motor (M770) and PDB10/PDB11 on the PDB23 circuit
board
[2] Replace the faulty sensor (D770*, D771 or D772*) or motor (M770).
4-65
4.7 Special Operations (99)
4.7.1 Paint (9940)
Follow this procedure to use “Paint”.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintence] → [99 Special Operations] →

[9940 Paint]
NOTE: For information on “Paint” operations, see the

Windows® 2000 manual.
1. Click “File” and “Exit” on the upper left-hand side

of the screen.
NOTE: Be sure not to click the emergency button.
4.7.2 Explorer (9941)
Follow this procedure to use “Explorer”.
[Selection]

[9941 Explorer]
NOTE: For information on “Explorer” operations, see the

Windows® 2000 manual.
1. Click “File” and “Exit” on the upper left-hand side

of the screen.
NOTE: Be sure not to click the emergency button.
4-66
4.7 Special Operations (99)
4.7.3 Command (9942)
Follow this procedure to perform MS-DOS command

operations.
[Selection]

4
[9942 Command]
NOTE: For information on “Command” operations, see the

MS-DOS® manual.
1. Click the [X] button on the upper right-hand side of

the screen.
4-67
5. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 5-2
5.1 Paper Magazine....................................................................................... 5-3

5.1.1 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement .................................................... 5-3
5.1.2 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement ......................................................... 5-3
5.1.3 Drive Pulley Replacement....................................................................................... 5-4
5.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table................................................................ 5-5

5.2.1 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................... 5-5
5.2.2 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation....................................... 5-5 5
5.2.3 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement ...................................... 5-6
5.2.4 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 5-6
5.2.5 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 5-7
5.2.6 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement ......................................................... 5-7
5.2.7 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement .................................................. 5-8
5.3 Lower Magazine Table............................................................................ 5-9

5.3.1 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................... 5-9
5.3.2 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 5-9
5.3.3 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .................................... 5-10
5.3.4 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 5-10
5.3.5 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement .................................................... 5-11
5.3.6 Soft Down Damper Replacement ......................................................................... 5-12
5.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch ................................................. 5-14

5.4.1 Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 5-14
5.4.2 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 5-15
5.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement......... 5-15
5.4.4 Drive Belt Replacement ........................................................................................ 5-16
5.4.5 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement................................. 5-17
5-1
Parts Location
Upper Magazine Drive Unit Upper Magazine Paper

Supply Motor (M610)
Upper Paper Magazine
Lower Magazine Drive Unit Lower Magazine Paper

Supply Motor (M620)
Upper Magazine Table
Lower Paper Magazine
Lower Magazine Table
LII954
5-2
5.1 Paper Magazine
5.1.1 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement
Removal
1. Release the latches and open the paper

magazine.
Paper Magazine
Latches (2)
LII360
2. Remove the six outside screws, two inside screws

Paper Supply Section Assembly
and then the paper supply section assembly.
3. Remove each four screws and then the two

latches.
Installation
Screws (6)
Screws (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of LII363
removal.
5.1.2 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement
Removal Arm
1. Remove the paper supply section assembly Spring

2. Remove the E-ring, arm, spring and push rod.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of E-ring Push Rod

removal. LII364
5-3
5.1 Paper Magazine
5.1.3 Drive Pulley Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the E-ring and then the drive pulley.
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the pulley drive straight

pin.
Installation
E-ring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Pulley

removal. LII365
5-4
5.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table
5.2.1 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Magazine Door
LII206
2. Turn the setting lever to the left. Screws (3)
3. Remove the three screws and then the setting

lever cover.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of

Setting Lever Cover
removal.
LII372
5.2.2 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the upper magazine setting lever cover

2. Remove the E-ring and then the setting lever.
Reinstallation

removal.
E-ring Setting Lever
NOTE: Reinstall the setting lever so that it is parallel to the LII373
magazine table when it is turned fully to the right.
5-5
5.2.3 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the upper magazine setting lever

2. Remove the four screws and then the lock

assembly.
Lock Assembly
LII374
3. Remove the spring, E-ring, two poly-sliders and

E-ring
arm.
Poly-sliders (2)
Arm
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Spring

removal. LII375
5.2.4 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (8)
2. Align the holes by sliding the magazine table and

remove the following screws.
• Eight screws securing the rail to the cutter side Screws (8)
bracket
• Eight screws securing the center rail to the
frame
• Eight screws securing the rail to the processor
side bracket Screws (8)
LII376
3. Remove the upper magazine table unit.
5-6
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: If the magazine table slider does not run smoothly

after reinstallation, loosen the four screws securing
the processor side bracket and retighten them after
sliding the table in and out several times.
5
Processor Side Bracket Screws (4)
LII400
5.2.5 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the upper magazine table unit
(See Subsection 5.2.4). Slide Table
2. Remove the four screws, then the slide table, two

brackets and two magazine guides.
Magazine Guides (2)

Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Brackets (2)
removal. LII377
5.2.6 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement
Removal Bearings (2)
Camshaft
1. Remove:
• Upper magazine setting lever (See Subsection

5.2.2).
• Upper magazine setting lever lock arm
• Upper slide table/brackets
Collars (4)
E-rings (3)
2. Remove the three E-rings, then the two bearings,

four collars and camshaft. LII378
5-7
3. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then

the cam roller.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of E-rings (2) Bearings (2) Cam Roller
removal. LII379
5.2.7 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the upper magazine table unit Lock Assembly

2. Remove the two screws and then the lock

assembly.
Installation

removal.
LII380
5-8
5.3 Lower Magazine Table
5.3.1 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (3)
2. Remove the three screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Cover

removal. LII381
5.3.2 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the magazine setting lever cover

2. Remove the two screws and then the setting lever.
Setting lever
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Reinstall the setting lever so that it is parallel to the Screws (2)
magazine table when it is turned fully to the right. LII383
5-9
5.3.3 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement
Removal Screws (3)
1. Remove the magazine setting lever

2. Remove the three screws and then the lock

assembly.
Lock Assembly
LII384
3. Remove the spring, E-ring, two poly-sliders and

Spring E-ring
then the arm.
Poly-sliders (2)
Arm
Installation

removal. LII385
5.3.4 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (8)

Processor Side Rail
1. Remove the left lower cover

2. Align the holes by sliding the magazine table and

remove the following screws.
Center Rail
• Eight screws securing the rail to the cutter side

bracket
• Eight screws securing the center rail to the
frame
• Eight screws securing the rail to the processor
side bracket Cutter Side Rail
Screws (8)
Screws (8)
3. Remove the lower magazine table unit. LII386
5-10
Reinstallation Shims(4)

removal.
NOTE: • If the lower magazine table unit should be

replaced, measure the shim thickness in four
places and attach shims of the same thickness to
a new magazine table.
5
LII387
• If the magazine table slider does not run smoothly

after reinstallation, loosen the four screws
securing the processor side bracket and retighten
them after sliding the table in and out several
times.
Processor Side Bracket Screws (4)

LII401
5.3.5 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement
Removal Magazine Lift Plate

Screws (8)
1. Remove the lower magazine setting lever cover
2. Remove the eight screws, then four lift guides and

magazine lift plate.
Lift Guides (4)

LII388
5-11
3. Remove the E-ring, shaft, two bearings, and then

the roller.
E-ring
Installation

Roller
removal.
NOTE: After installing the lift guides, check the magazine

table for smooth movement by moving it up and
down several times. If necessary, adjust it by Shaft Bearings (2)
following the steps below. LII389
1) Loosen the screws securing the lift guides.

2) Move the magazine table up and down several
times.
3) Retighten the screws.
5.3.6 Soft Down Damper Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the lower magazine table unit

2. Remove the two screws and then the damper

bracket.
Screws (2) Damper Bracket

LII390
3. Remove the two screws and then the damper.

Damper
Screws (2)
LII391
5-12
Installation Damper Bracket
1. Temporarily install the damper to the bracket

using the two screws.
2. Install the bracket with the two screws.
3. Tighten the two damper screws securely.
Screws (2)
Screws (2)
LII392
5-13
5.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch
5.4.1 Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Harness cover
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the harness

cover.
LII393
3. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.

Harness Clamp
4. Open the harness clamp.
5. Disconnect the JMAG2 connector.
JMAG2 Connector
Screw
Connector Cover
LII394
6. Loosen the six screws, remove the other one Screws (Loosen)
screw and then the drive unit by sliding it to the
right-hand side. Drive Unit
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the drive unit screws by following the steps

below.
1) Align the hole in the drive unit with the half-punch

Screw (Remove)
on the printer frame.
Braket
2) Tighten the four screws while pushing the unit
upward. Screws (Loosen)
3) Push the bracket against the cutter/feed unit and LII395
the drive unit and tighten the removed screw.
4) Tighten the two loosened bracket screws.
5-14
5.4.2 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 6.1.1).
2. Remove the screw and then the connector cover. Screw
5
Connector Cover
LII402
3. Disconnect the connector (JMAG2).
4. Loosen the four screws and remove the drive unit

by sliding into the sifting down it.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Screws (4) (Loosen)

Drive Unit
removal.
Connector
NOTE: Tighten the drive unit screws by following the steps LII403
below.
1) Align the hole in the drive unit with the half-punch

on the printer frame.
2) Tighten the four screws while pushing the unit to
the left-hand side.
5.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement
Removal
Motor Cover
1. Remove the upper or lower magazine drive unit

(See Subsection 5.4.1/5.4.2). Screws (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor cover.

Clamp
LII396
5-15
4. Disengage the drive belt from the motor pulley. Motor Pulley
Belt
LII397
5. Open the clamp and disconnect the motor

Screws (4)
connector.
Motor (M610/M620)
6. Remove the four screws and then the motor.
Installation
Motor Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Clamp
removal. LII398
NOTE: After belt installation, turn the belt by hand to check

that it operates correctly.
5.4.4 Drive Belt Replacement
Removal Idler Pulley
1. Remove the upper or lower magazine drive unit

(See Subsection 5.4.1/5.4.2).
2. Remove the spring and then the drive belt.
Installation

removal. Spring
Belt
NOTE: After belt installation, turn the belt by hand to check LII399
that it operates correctly.
5-16
5.4.5 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement
Removal Screws (3)
2. Remove the three screws and then the switch

cover.
Switch Cover
LII369
3. Disconnect the two switch connectors.

Switch Connectors (2)
4. Remove the two screws and then the switch

bracket.
Screws (2)
Switch Bracket
LII370
5. Remove the spring, E-ring and then the two

Spring
switches.
E-ring
Installation

removal.
LII371
5-17
6. PAPER FEED SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 6-3
6.1 Cutter/Feed Section................................................................................ 6-6

6.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................ 6-6
6.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 6-6
6.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................... 6-9
6.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................... 6-9
6.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement ............ 6-10
6.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close Sensor
(D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625),
Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement .................................................. 6-10
6.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement ...................................................................... 6-11 6
6.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement ....................................................................................... 6-11
6.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement ......................................... 6-12
6.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement....................................... 6-12
6.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................................... 6-13
6.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 6-14
6.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .............. 6-15
6.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement............................... 6-15
6.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 6-16
6.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement ............................................................................ 6-17
6.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement ................. 6-17
6.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement .............................................................. 6-18
6.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement............................................................... 6-19
6.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate Removal/
Reinstallation ......................................................................................................... 6-20
6.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement ................................................................. 6-21
6.1.22 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/
Reinstallation ......................................................................................................... 6-21
6.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement .............................................................................. 6-22
6.2 Back Printing Section........................................................................... 6-23

6.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 6-23
6.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement............................................... 6-24
6.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement...................................................... 6-25
6.2.5 Feed Motor 3 (M632) Replacement ...................................................................... 6-26
6.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement....... 6-27
6.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ............................................. 6-28
6.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement ................................................. 6-29
6.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement...................................................... 6-30
6.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 6-30
6.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement ............................................ 6-31
6.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement................................................ 6-32
6.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation............................ 6-33
6.2.15 Platen Replacement .............................................................................................. 6-34
6.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement ...................................... 6-34
6.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement............................................................... 6-35
6-1
6.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement ........................................................................ 6-36
6.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 6-37
6.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement....................................................... 6-37
6.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment......................................................... 6-38
6.3 Registration Section............................................................................. 6-40

6.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................... 6-40
6.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement .............................. 6-40
6.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement ................................................ 6-41
6.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement................................ 6-42
6.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement........................ 6-42
6.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement....... 6-43
6.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement.................................................. 6-46
6.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement ................................................. 6-47
6.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement .............................................. 6-48
6.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement....................................... 6-49
6.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................................................... 6-52
6.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement............................................... 6-53
6.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.................................................... 6-53
6.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement ................................................. 6-54
6.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ............................................................... 6-55
6-2
Parts Location
● Cutter/Feed Unit
Upper Magazine Open/Close

Sensor 1 (D617)
Upper Magazine
Open/Close Sensor 2 (D618)
Upper Magazine
Upper Magazine ID Sensors 1 to 6
Paper End Sensor (D616) 6(D615) Upper Magazine
5(D614) Paper Sensor (D631)
4(D613)
Upper Magazine
3(D612) Splice Sensor (D619)
2(D611)
Feed Motor 1 (M630) 1(D610) Upper Cutter Close
Position Sensor (D602)
6
Upper Cutter
Open (Home)
Sensor (D601)
Upper Cutter
Drive Motor
(M600)
Lower Magazine
Paper End Sensor (D626)
Lower Magazine
Open/Close Sensors
1/2 (D627/D628)
Lower Magazine
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632)
Splice Sensor (D629)
Lower Magazine
ID Sensor 1 to 6 Lower Cutter Drive
(D620 to D625) Motor (M601)
Lower Cutter Close

Lower Cutter Open
(Home) Sensor (D603)
LII955
6-3
Parts Location
● Back Printing/Feed Unit
Feed Motor 3 (M632)
Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633)
Gear Release Lever
Feed Motor 2 (M631)
Nip Release Solenoid 2

(S632)
(S631) Platen
Back Printer Head (S630)
LII956
6-4
Parts Location
● Registration Unit
Nip Release Motor (M642)

Tilt Home Position Registration Section
Sensor (D641) Paper Sensor (D640)
Nip Release Home Position

Sensor (D642)
Registration
Tilt Motor (M641)
Nip Release
Solenoid 3 (S640)
Nip Release
Solenoid 4 (S641) Feed Motor 4 (M640)
LII957
6-5
6.1 Cutter/Feed Section
6.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and the main

power supply.
Magazine Door
LII206
3. Pull the lock release lever and remove the left

cover. Lock Release Lever
Reinstallation
Left Side Cover
LII209
removal.
6.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Push the gear release lever at the back printing

Spacer
section and inset the spacer (approximately 2 cm)
between the lever and the frame flange as shown.
Gear Release Lever
LII404
6-6
3. Remove the two screws and then the harness

Harness Cover Screws (2)
cover.
LII393
6
Connectors (3)
5. Disconnect the three connectors (Jha1 to Jha3).
Clamp
LII405
6. Remove the three screws securing the unit in the

upper magazine section.
Screws (3)
LII406
6-7
7. Remove the four screws securing the unit.
Screws (4)
LII407
8. Remove the cutter/feed unit while pushing the

shutter buttons. Shutter Button
NOTE: Take care not to damage the wire harnesses.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: If the unit has been replaced, perform the following

adjustments.
1) Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"

2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine Cutter/Feed Unit
Adjustment" (See Subsection 4.4.21). LII408
3) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"
4) Menu 0520 "Paper Magazine Feeding Fine
Adjustment" (See Subsection 4.4.1).
6-8
6.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Upper Sensor Bracket
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 6.1.2).

Screws (2)
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector.
3. Remove the two screws and then the bracket.
6
Reinstallation
Clamp Connector
removal.
NOTE: Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the LII027
cutter unit and tighten the seven screws.
6.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Connector
3. Disconnect the connector and remove the bracket.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Screws (2)

removal.
Lower Sensor Bracket

NOTE: Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the
cutter unit and tighten the seven screws. LII1196
6-9
6.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626)

Replacement
Removal
1. Remove: Connector
Locking Tabs
• Upper sensor bracket (D616) (See Subsection 6.1.3).
• Lower sensor bracket (D626) (See Subsection 6.1.4).
2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
3. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Installation Sensor (D616/D626)

LII029
removal.
6.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close

Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620
to D625), Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement
Removal Locking Tabs
1. Remove:
Connector
• Upper sensor bracket (D616) (See Subsection 6.1.3).
• Lower sensor bracket (D626) (See Subsection 6.1.4).
/D 28
Sensor
D6 5/D6 7
D6 8/D6
62
/D6 5 2
24
1
12/ 623
17
D6
/D6 2
2
21
1
D
14
D6
D6
D610/D620
/
13
Installation
D6
11
D6
D6
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII028
6-10
6.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 6.1.2). Clamp
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector. Motor Bracket
3. Remove the four screws and then the motor bracket.
Screws (4)
6
Connector
LII031
4. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from Bracket
the motor.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE: Install the motor so that its connector faces as Screws (2)
shown in the figure. Motor (M630)
LII032
6.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement
Removal Upper Cutter Roller Drive Gear

Exit Roller Drive Gear
1. Remove feed motor 1 (M630) (See Subsection 6.1.7).
E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear. E-rings (2)
3. Remove the two E-rings, upper cutter roller drive

gear, lower cutter roller drive gear and two spacers.
4. Remove the E-ring and then the exit roller drive

gear.
E-ring
Idler Gear
Installation
Lower Cutter Roller Drive Gear
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Spacers (2)
LII033
NOTE: Install the gears so that they can be turned only
arrow direction as shown when their shafts are held.
6-11
6.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket Screw

LII034
3. Disconnect the connector (D631). Connector (D631)
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor. Sensor (D631)
Installation
Locking Tabs

LII035
6.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement
Removal
Screw
Sensor Bracket
LII036
6-12
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
4. Disconnect the connector (D632P) from the

sensor.
Installation
Screw
Connector (D632P) Sensor (D632)
LII037 6
6.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connector Cover Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the connector

cover.
Reinstallation

removal. LII038
6-13
6.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamps(6)
1. Remove the connector cover (See Subsection 6.1.11).
2. Open the six clamps and disconnect the three

connectors (M600, Jha3 and Jha5).
Connectors(3)
LII039
3. Remove the seven screws and then the cutter unit.

Cutter Unit
Reinstallation

removal. Screws (7)
LII040
NOTE: • Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the
• The connector codes “jha3” or “jha6”, “jha4” or
“jha7” or “jha5” or “jha8” is found on each surface
of the code tag because the upper and lower cutter
units are the same parts.
• After installation, perform the following
adjustments.

2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine
6-14
6.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/

Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove: Connector (D632L)
• Upper cutter unit (See Subsection 6.1.12).

• Lower cutter unit (See Subsection 6.1.15).
2. Disconnect the connector (D632L) and open the

four harness clamps. 6
Clamps (4)
LII047
3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate.

E-ring
Reinstallation

removal. Guide Plate
LII048
6.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the upper and lower common use guide Sensor Bracket
plate (See Subsection 6.1.13).
Screw
LII049
6-15
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor LED.

Screw
Cover
4. Remove the screw, sensor LED and cover.
Sensor LED (D632L)
Installation

Connector
LII052
6.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamps(6)
1. Remove the connector cover (See Subsection 6.1.11).
2. Open the six harness clamps.
3. Disconnect the three connectors

(M601, Jha6 and Jha8).
Connector(3)
LII050
4. Remove the four screws and then the cutter unit. Screws (4)
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: • Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the
• The connector codes “jha3” or “jha6”, “jha4” or
“jha7” or “jha5” or “jha8” is found on each surface
of the code tag because the upper and lower cutter
units are the same parts.
• After installation, perform the following
Cutter Unit
adjustments.
LII051

2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine
6-16
6.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:

2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the

connector (D632P).
6
Clamps (5)
Connector (D632P)
LII053
3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate. E-ring
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Guide Plate

LII054
6.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller

Replacement
Removal Roller Shaft Springs (2)
2. Remove the two springs and then the roller shaft.
LII055
6-17

Roller
the roller.
E-rings (2) Bearings (2)
Installation

LII056
6.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
• Motor bracket (See Subsection 6.1.7).

2. Remove the four screws and then the connector

bracket.
Connector Bracket
Screws (4)
LII057
3. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing.

E-ring Bearing
LII058
6-18
4. Remove the E-ring and idler gear. E-ring

Spacer Bearing
5. Remove the E-ring and then the roller drive gear,
spacer and bearing.
E-ring Idler Gear 6

Roller Drive Gear
LII059
6. Open the guide plate and remove the roller.
Installation
NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end Roller
toward the rear.
LII060
6.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:


bracket.
Connector Bracket
Screws (4)
LII057
6-19
E-ring
Bearing
LII061
4. Remove the E-ring and idler gear. Spacer

E-ring Roller
5. Remove the E-ring, roller drive gear and spacer.
6. Remove the roller.
Installation
E-ring Idler Gear Roller Drive Gear

NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end
toward the rear. LII062
6.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate

Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:

2. Remove the two springs.
Springs (2)
LII063
6-20
3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Guide Plate E-ring

LII064
6
6.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the emulsion surface side upper cutter Roller

exit guide plate (See Subsection 6.1.20).
E-ring
3. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller.
Springs (2)
Installation
Bearings
6.1.22 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the emulsion surface side upper cutter
exit guide plate (See Subsection 6.1.20).
Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor (D631)
bracket.
3. Remove the four screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (4)

Guide Plate
LII066
6-21
6.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Connector Bracket

Screws (4)
2. Disconnect the six connectors and open the

thirteen clamps.

bracket.
Clamps(13) Connectors (6)

LII104

E-ring
Bearing
LII102
5. Remove the E-ring, gear and bearing. Roller
Installation
NOTE: • Install the gear so that its black boss faces the Bearing E-ring
roller side. Gear
• Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end LII103
toward the rear.
6-22
6.2 Back Printing Section
6.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Push the gear release lever and insert the spacer

Spacer
(approximately 2 cm) between the lever and the
frame flange as shown.
6
Gear Release Lever
LII404
3. Remove the two screws and then the harness Screws (2)
Harness Cover
cover.
LII393
Screws (4)
LII409
6-23
5. Pull the unit out about 5 cm. Clamps (2)
6. Open the two clamps and disconnect the three

connectors.
7. Remove the unit.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: When the unit has been replaced, perform the Connectors (3)
following adjustments.
1) Back Printing Head Adjustment

Unit
2) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" LII410
3) Menu 0520 "Paper Magazine Feeding Fine
6.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection

6.2.1).
Installation
Connector
Sensor (D633)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Locking Tabs
removal. LII067
6-24
6.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement
Removal Connector Cover
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit

2. Open the back printing exit guide plate.
Screws
LII068
4. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector. Screws (2)
Connector
5. Remove the E-ring.
6. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid.
E-ring
Installation Clamps (2) Solenoid (S631)

LII069

Screw
LII070
6-25
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector. Clamps (2)
5. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid.

Screws (2)
Solenoid (S632)
E-ring
Installation
Connector
LII071
Removal Motor/Bracket Clamps (2)

2. Open the two clamps and disconnect the two

connectors.
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor bracket.
Connectors (2) Screws (2)

LII072
4. Remove the two screws and then the motor.

Motor 3 (M632)
Screws (2)
Installation

LII073
6-26
6.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear

Replacement
Removal E-ring

2. Remove the spring, E-ring and then the gear

bracket.
Spring
Gear Bracket
LII074
3. Remove the back printing entrance feed roller

Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Drive Gear
drive gear and two bearings.
Bearings (2)
4. Remove the screw, then the shaft, and then cutter

exit feed drive gear.
Axis
Screw
Cutter Exit Feed Drive Gear
LII075
Installation
NOTE: • Install the gear so that its black boss faces the
roller (front) side.
• Align the pin on the bracket with the slide lever of
the gear bracket.
Pin
Gear Bracket Slide Lever

LII076
6-27
Removal
1. Remove the back printing entrance/cutter exit Screws (2)
feed drive gear bracket (See Subsection 6.2.6).
2. Disconnect the connector.
Connector
Installation
Motor (M631)
6.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Back Printing Unit
Roller
1. Remove the back printing entrance/cutter exit
feed drive gear bracket (See Subsection 6.2.6).
2. Remove the rear bearing.
3. Loosen the screw and open the back printing unit.
4. Remove the front E-ring, bearing and then the roller.
Installation
Screw
Bearing Bearing
E-ring
NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end LII078
toward the rear.
6-28
6.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the motor bracket (See Subsection 6.2.5).
2. Remove the E-ring, bearing, gear and the two

spacers.
Gear
Spacer(2)
E-ring
LII079
3. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller. Roller
Installation
NOTE: • Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller
side (front).
• Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end Bearing E-ring
toward the rear. LII080
6-29
6.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Bearing

2. Remove the E-ring, two spacers, gear and bearing.
E-ring
Gear Spacers (2)
LII081

Roller
NOTE: • Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller
side (front).
Bearing
• Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end
toward the rear.
E-ring
Installation

LII082
6.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Remove the E-ring, two spacers and then the

gear.
Gear
Spacer(2)
E-ring
LII079
6-30
3. Remove the screw and then the connector cover. Connector Cover
Screw
4. Disconnect the connector (S632) and open the
Connector
clamp.
6
Clamp
LII083
5. Loosen the front and rear fulcrum screws then

remove the guide plate.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller
Screws (2)
side (front).
LII084
6.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement
Removal Springs (2)
1. Remove :
• Nip release solenoid 1 (S631)

• Nip release solenoid 2 (S632)
3. Remove the E-ring, and then the roller/bracket by

pulling out the shaft. Roller/Bracket
E-ring Shaft
LII085
6-31
4. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then Roller

the roller.
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
6.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the two screws.

the roller.
Roller
Installation E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
LII087
6-32
6.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation

Screws
LII068

two clamps.
Connector
Clamps (2)
LII088
4. Remove the eight screws and then the entrance

Screws (8)
guide plate.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Entrance Guide Plate

LII089
removal.
6-33
6.2.15 Platen Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the left cover

2. Remove the two screws and then the platen/bracket.
Screws(2)
Platen/Bracket
LII090
3. Remove the two screws and then the platen.
Screws(2)
Installation
Platen
NOTE: After installation, adjust back printing head
clearance (See Subsection 6.2.21). LII091
6.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
• Motor bracket (See Subsection 6.2.5).

• Back printing exit guide plate
• Back printing entrance guide plate
2. Remove the E-ring then the two spacer and gear.
E-ring
Gear Spacers (2)
LII081
6-34
3. Release the locking tabs, remove the sensor and

Rocking Tabs
open the two clamps.
Sensor
6
Clamps (2)
LII092
4. Remove the four screws and then the back

printing surface side guide plate. Back Printing Surface
Side Guide Plate
Installation
Screws (4)
6.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the gear bearing.
Gear Bearing
LII094
6-35
3. Remove the four E-rings then the two gears and pin.
Gears (2)
Installation E-rings (4)
Pin
LII095
6.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement
Removal Screw

2. Loosen the screw and open the back printing unit,

then secure it with the screw.
3. Release the lock and remove the ink ribbon

cassette.
Connector Cover
LII096
5. Disconnect the flat harness connector. Back Printing Head
6. Remove the two screws and then the back

printing head.
Installation
NOTE: After installation, adjust back printing head

clearance (See Subsection 6.2.21). Screws (2) Flat Harness Connector
LII097
6-36
6.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Bearing Fulcrum Screw
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit Washer

2. Remove the coil spring 1.
3. Open the two clamps.

Spring 2
4. Remove the screw.

6
5. Remove the fulcrum screw, washer, spring 2,
Screw
bearing and then the back printing unit. Spring 1
Clamps (2)
Reinstallation LII098

removal.
6.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement
Removal Bearing

Screws(2)
2. Remove the E-ring, bearing, two screws and then

the gear bracket.
E-ring
Gear Bracket
LII099
6-37
3. Remove the E-ring and then the gear from the

E-ring
bracket.
Gear
LII100
4. Remove the E-ring and then the ink ribbon drive

gear. E-ring
Installation
NOTE: Install the gear so that its black boss faces the Ink Ribbon Drive Gear
outside.
LII101
6.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment
1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 6.1.1). Back Printing Exit Guide Plate
2. Loosen the two screws securing the platen bracket.
3. Open the back printing exit guide plate.
Screws (2)
LII1067
6-38
4. Insert the feeler gauge of the jig between the head

Feeler Gauge
and platen.
Back Printing Clearance Adjustment Jig: (#332D889498)
5. Raise the feeler gauge up approximately 20 mm

and push the platen pin against the gauge.
6
Platen Pin
LII1068
6. While pressing the platen pin, tighten the two

Platen Pin
screws.
7. Remove the feeler gauge.
8. Reinstall the left cover.
Screws (2)
LII1069
6-39
6.3 Registration Section
6.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
3. Pull out the unit until its stoppers touch to the Screws (4)
frame as shown. LII411
4. Disconnect the two connectors (Jre1 and Jre3).
5. Remove the unit. Connectors (2)
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: When the unit has been replaced, perform the

following adjustment.
• Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"

Unit
LII412
6.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement
Removal Sensor (D642)
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 6.3.1).

Connector
Installation
Locking Tabs
LII105
6-40
6.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement
Removal
2. Open the six harness clamps.
3. Disconnect the connector (D641).
6
Clamps (6) Connector
LII106
4. Remove the three screws and then the tilt drive

gear cover.
Screws (3)
Tilt Drive Gear Cover
LII107
Installation
Sensor (D641) Locking Tabs
6-41
6.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement
Removal Sensor Bracket

Screws (4)
2. Remove the four screws and then the sensor

bracket.
LII109
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor. Sensor (D640P)
Screw
Connector
Installation
6.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement
Removal

Connector
Screw
2. Place the registration unit with its upper side
down.
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor LED bracket.
Sensor Bracket
LII111
6-42
5. Remove the screw then the sensor LED and cover.
Cover
Sensor LED (D640L)
Installation
Screw
6
Removal
Screws(2)
2. Disconnect the motor connector.
Connector
Installation
Motor (M640)
6.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642)

Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the tilt drive gear cover


down.
3. Remove the E-ring and then the tilt drive gear.
E-ring
Tilt Drive Gear
LII114
6-43
4. Disconnect the connector and remove the two

screws then the registration tilt motor. Screws(2)
Connector
Registration Tilt Motor (M641)

LII115
5. Disconnect the connector and remove the two

screws then Nip Release Motor 1.
Screws(2)
Connector
Nip Release Motor 1 (M642)

LII116
Installation Cam
NOTE: Install the tilt drive gear by aligning its cam with the
roller as shown.
Roller
Tilt Drive Gear

LII117
6-44
Removal
6
Connector Cover Screw
LII118
3. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps. Clamps (2)
Plunger
Solenoid (S641)
4. Remove the two screws then the solenoid and
plunger.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (2) Connector

LII119
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove nip release solenoid 4 (S641)

Connector Bracket
2. Place the unit with its upper side down.

bracket.
Clamp
LII120
6-45
5. Open the two clamps and disconnect the solenoid Clamps (2)
connector.
Connector
6. Remove the connector from the bracket.
LII121
7. Place the unit with its upper side up.

Screws (2)
8. Remove the two screws then the solenoid and Plunger
plunger.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Solenoid (S640)

LII122
6.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement
Removal

E-ring

down.
3. Remove the E-ring and then the drive side idler

gear.
Drive Side Idler Gear

LII123
6-46
4. Release the lock and remove the roller drive gear.
Bearing
E-ring
Roller Drive Gear

LII124
6
6. Remove the E-ring and then the roller.
E-ring
Installation
Roller
6.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement
Removal E-ring
2. Remove the two coil springs.
3. Remove the E-ring then the roller/bracket by

pulling the shaft out.
Springs (2)
Roller/Bracket Axle
LII127
6-47

the roller.
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
6.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement
Removal E-ring
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 6.3.1). Roller
Bearing
Springs (2)
LII128
4. Remove the E-ring and bearing.

E-ring
Bearing
Installation

LII129
6-48
6.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement

Screws (4)
2. Remove the four screws and then the sensor

bracket.
6
LII109
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the Clamps (2)

Connector
connector (D642).
LII130
Connector Cover Screw

LII118
6-49

Clamps (2)
two clamps. Sensor Bracket
6. Disconnect the connector (Jre2) and remove the

sensor bracket.
Connector
Connector
LII131
Springs (2)
LII132
8. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear.

E-ring
Idler Gear
LII133
6-50
9. Loosen the two fulcrum screws and remove the

Upper Guide Plate
upper guide plate.
6
Screws (2)
LII134

down.
11. Open the two clamps and disconnect the

connector (D640L).
Connector
Clamps (2)
LII135
12. Place the unit with its upper side up.

Screws (4)
13. Remove the four screws and then the lower guide
plate.
Reinstallation
Lower Guide Plate
LII136
removal.
6-51
6.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Spring
1. Remove:
• Exit side upper and lower guide plate

• Nip release solenoid (S640) (See Subsection 6.3.9).
2. Remove the coil spring.
LII137
3. Remove the front and rear screws and then the

Screws (2)
two tilt guides. Tilt Guides (2)
LII138

down.
5. Remove the E-ring for tilt fulcrum and then the tilt
section and bearing.
Reinstallation
E-ring
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of LII139
removal.
6-52
6.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the tilt unit (See Subsection 6.3.14). E-rings (2)

the roller.
Installation
Roller
Bearings (2)
6
6.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Entrance Lower Guide Plate
1. Remove registration section Feed Roller 1

Screws (4)
2. Remove the four screws and then the entrance

lower guide plate.
LII141
3. Remove the two screws and then the entrance

Entrance Upper Guide Plate
upper guide plate.
Reinstallation Screws (2)

removal. LII142
6-53
6.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement
Removal Roller/Bracket Springs (2)
1. Remove the two entrance guide plates (upper and

lower) (See Subsection 6.3.16).
3. Remove the E-ring and then the roller/bracket by

pulling the shaft out.
E-ring
Shaft
LII143

the roller.
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
6-54
6.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement
Removal Idler Gear

E-ring
3. Release the lock and remove the idler gear.
LII144
4. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the gear E-ring

shaft.
5. Remove the E-ring then the gear and drive pin.

Gear
Drive Pin
Installation Gear Shaft
Bearing
E-ring
LII145
6-55
7. EXPOSURE SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 7-2
7.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section................................................ 7-3

7.1.1 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................................ 7-3
7.1.2 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement............................................................ 7-4
7.1.3 Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................................... 7-4
7.1.6 Louver Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................................. 7-5
7.1.7 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F690A/B) Replacement................................................... 7-6
7.1.8 AOM Driver Replacement ....................................................................................... 7-6
7.1.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 7-7
7.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement ....................... 7-8
7.2 Laser Optical Unit ................................................................................. 7-10

7
7.2.1 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement........................................................... 7-10
7.2.2 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement ........................................... 7-10
7.2.3 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................... 7-11
7.2.4 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement................................................................. 7-14
7.2.5 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement .............................................. 7-15
7.2.6 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement......................................... 7-15
7.3 Sub-scanning Unit ................................................................................ 7-17

7.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................ 7-17
7.3.2 Frame Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................................. 7-18
7.3.3 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement ................................................................ 7-19
7.3.4 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement................................................. 7-21
7.3.5 Timing Belt Replacement...................................................................................... 7-21
7.3.6 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement .................................................................... 7-22
7.3.7 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement ............................................................................. 7-22
7.3.8 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement ........................................ 7-24
7.3.9 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/
Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement ................................... 7-25
Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement ........................... 7-26
7.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ............................................................... 7-27
7-1
Parts Location
Sub-scanning Steel Belt Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653)
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651)
Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650)
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650)
Soft Nip Motor (M651)
LII959
7-2
7.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section
7.1.1 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2)
1. Turn the power switch to STANDBY then the built-

in circuit breaker and the main power supply OFF. Densitometer
2. Loosen the two screws and disconnect the cable

connector from the densitometer.
3. Remove the densitometer.
Cable Connector
LII414
4. Remove the four screws securing the printer top

Screws (4)
cover.
5. Lift the front of the printer top cover slightly,

disconnect the operation panel harness connector
(JKEY1) and remove the cover.
Reinstallation
Connector
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Top Cover
removal.
NOTE: Pass the densitometer cable through the groove in LII292

the printer top cover.
7-3
7.1.2 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 7.1.1).
Sensor Bracket
LII454
3. Disconnect the connector, release the two locks Connector

and remove the sensor.
Installation
Locks (2)

Thermohygrometer (HS760)
LII455
7.1.3 Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Connectors (3)
2. Disconnect the two fan connectors and

thermohygrometer connector.
3. Remove the four screws and then the fan bracket.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation

Fan Bracket
removal.
LII456
7-4
7.1.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement
Removal Fan (F609) Connector
1. Remove the fan bracket (See Subsection 7.1.3).
3. Remove the two screws and then the fan from the
bracket.
Installation

Screws (2) 7
LII459
Removal
Screws (2)
Fan (F608)
1. Remove the fan bracket (See Subsection 7.1.3).
3. Remove the two screws and then the fan from the
bracket.
Installation
Connector
7.1.6 Louver Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the three louvers.
Reinstallation
Louvers (3)
removal.
NOTE: Reinstall the louvers so that they faces as shown in

the figure above.
LII461
7-5
7.1.7 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F690A/B) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the three screws and then the fan bracket.
Fan Bracket Screws (3)

LII467
3. Disconnect the connector and open the harness Fan (F690A/B)

clamp. Screws (2)
Connector
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Installation
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow mark points to the
outside. Clamp
LII468
7.1.8 AOM Driver Replacement
Removal
AOM Driver
2. Disconnect the four coaxial cables from the AOM

driver.
3. Disconnect the connector from the AOM driver.

Screws (4)
4. Remove the four screws and then the AOM driver.
Installation Coaxial Cables (4)

Connector
removal.
7-6
7.1.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
2. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist

and connect its other end to the exposure section
grounding wire as shown.
Grounding Wristband 7
LII318
3. Disconnect fifteen connectors (LDD1 to LDD15)

from the LDD23 circuit board.
Connectors (15)
LII470
4. Remove the short connector from the clamp on Screw

the laser optical unit and connect it to the LDD12 Screws (15)
connector.
5. Remove the screw securing the grounding wire.
6. Remove the ten screws and then the circuit board.
Short Connector
LDD23 Circuit Board

LII471
7-7
Installation
Harness with
NOTE: Route the mesh cover harness for LDD1 connector
Mesh Cover
so that it is not in touch with the LDD23 circuit board
as shown.
Clamp LDD1 Connector

LII471
7.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement
Removal Screws (5)

Cover
2. Remove the five screws and then the cover.
LII472
3. Disconnect the connector (KEY7) and remove the Connector

five screws then the circuit board. Screws (5)
KEY23 Circuit Board

LII473
7-8
4. Remove the five screws and then the operation Panel Screws (5)
panel.
7
LII474
Installation
NOTE: Pass the wire harness through the groove in the

cover as shown.
Cover
Harness
LII475
7-9
7.2 Laser Optical Unit
7.2.1 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement
Removal
2. Loosen the screw and remove the air filter.
Screw
Installation
Filter
LII416
NOTE: After installation, perform the following adjustment.

• Menu 0552 “Filter Replacement History”
7.2.2 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 7.1.1). Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the fan connector.
3. Remove the fan connector from the bracket.
Installation Connector
Fan
LII417
7-10
7.2.3 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Disconnect the R, G and B coaxial cables from

the AOM driver and the relay connector.
Coaxial Cables (3) 7

LII418
3. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist

and connect its other end to the exposure section
grounding wire as shown.
Grounding Wristband
LII318
4. Disconnect seven connectors (LDD8 to LDD14) Clamps (2)

and open the two harness clamps.
Connectors (7)
LII419
7-11
5. Remove the short connector from the clamp on Short Connector

the unit and connect it to the LDD14 connector. Clamp
Connector
LII420
6. Disconnect the connector (JRO5) from the unit. Clamp
7. Open the clamp for the coaxial cables and LDD23

circuit board harness.
Connector
LII421
8. Loosen the four screws securing the unit.
Screws (4)
LII422
7-12
9. Remove the laser optical unit. Unit
LII423
Reinstallation Clamp 7
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Colored Cord Ties
removal.
NOTE: • Secure the harness between the colored cord ties

with the clamp as shown.
Short Connector
LII320
• Hook the short connector to the clamp on the laser

Clamp
optical unit as shown.
Short Connector
LII321
7-13
• Do not bend the coaxial cables between the color

tube and the connector. AOM Driver
Color Tube
G Coaxial Cable
• When the laser optical unit has been replaced,

perform the following adjustments.
1) Menu 0522 “G Laser (SHG) Optimal

Temperature Setup”(See Subsection 4.4.2)
2) Menu 0547 "Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync.
Rough Adjustment"(See Subsection 4.4.15)
3) Menu 0548 "Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment
Print"(See Subsection 4.4.16)
B Coaxial Cable
R Coaxial Cable
Relay Connector
LII322
7.2.4 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement
Removal Screws (5) Shutter Section Lower Bracket
1. Remove the laser optical unit (See Subsection 7.2.3).
2. Remove the five screws and then the shutter

section lower bracket.
LII462
3. Disconnect the solenoid connector and remove Guide Screws (4)

the four screws then the guide and the solenoid.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Solenoid (S673)

LII463
7-14
7.2.5 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement
Removal Screws (5) Shutter Section Lower Bracket
2. Remove the five screws and then the shutter

section lower bracket.
7
LII462
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Connector
Sensor (D674)
Installation Locking Tabs

LII464
7.2.6 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement
Removal Cover
2. Remove the two screws and then the cover.
Screws (2)
LII465
7-15
3. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw Connector

and the sensor.
Installation Screw
Sensor (TS650)
LII466
7-16
7.3 Sub-scanning Unit
7.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Connectors (2) Grounding Wire
2. Pull out the registration unit (See Subsection 6.3.1).
3. Disconnect the two connectors.
4. Loosen the front grounding wire screw and

disconnect the wire from the unit.
Screw
LII425
5. Loosen the rear two grounding wire screws and Screws (2)
disconnect the wires from the unit. Grounding wires
LII1087
6. Remove the eight screws securing the unit.

Screws (8)
LII426
7-17
7. Remove the sub-scanning unit. Unit
LII427

removal.
Jig
NOTE: • Insert the two locating jigs into the holes in the
frame. Position the frame so that the locating jigs
fall into the locating holes smoothly and tighten the
eight sub-scanning unit mounting screws. Make
sure the jigs can be removed easily.
• When the sub-scanning unit has been replaced,

perform the following adjustments.
1)Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"

(See Subsection 4.4.25). LII453
2)Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"

7.3.2 Frame Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 7.3.1). Frame
2. Open the five harness clamps.
3. Remove the four screws and then the frame.
Clamps (5)
Reinstallation

removal.
LII428
7-18
7.3.3 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement
Removal
NOTE: Wear clean gloves when handling the steel belt and
pulley. Fingerprints on the belt and pulley may cause Screws (3)
slippage or corrosion of the belt.
1. Remove the frame (See Subsection 7.3.2).
2. Loosen the three screws securing the motor bracket.
LII429
7
3. Move the motor bracket to loosen the belt tension
Bracket
and tighten the one screw lightly.
Screw
LII430
4. Wear clean gloves and remove the belt.
5. Wipe the pulley surface clean with a cloth

moistened with alcohol solution (mixture of an
equal amount of alcohol and water).
Belt
LII431
7-19
Installation
NOTE: • Take care not to bend or damage the belt as this

may shorten its service life.
• Perform the belt alignment adjustment by following
the steps below.
<Belt Alignment Adjustment>
1. Wear clean gloves and install the belt on the

center of the pulleys.
Screws (3)
2. Loosen the screw to apply tension to the belt and
tighten the three screws in the order (1) to (3) as
shown in the figure.
LII432
3. Rotate the pulley twenty turns. Pulley
LII433
4. Loosen the three screws and retighten them in the

order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
Screws (3)
LII434
7-20
7.3.4 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement
Removal Motor (M650)

Screws (2)
1. Remove the steel belt (See Subsection 7.3.3).
7
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Connector

LII435
7.3.5 Timing Belt Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the three screws and then the timing belt

cover.
Screws (3)
Timing Belt Cover
LII436
3. Loosen the three screws to loosen the tensioner.
4. Remove the timing belt.
Tensioner
Installation Belt
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (3)

LII437
7-21
7.3.6 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement
Removal Clamp
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 7.3.5).
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector. Connector
Installation
Screw
Motor (M651)
LII438
7.3.7 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 7.3.5)
2. Remove the five screws and then the tensioner

bracket.
Tensioner Bracket
Screws (5)
LII439
3. Loosen the three screws, move the tensioner to Belt

loosen it and retighten the one screw lightly.
4. Remove the rubber flat belt.
Screws (3) Tensioner

LII440
7-22
Installation
NOTE: Perform the belt alignment adjustment by following

the steps below.
<Belt Alignment Adjustment>
1. Install the belt on the center of the pulleys.
2. Loosen the screw securing the tensioner and

tighten the three screws in the order (1) to (3) as
shown in the figure.
LII441
3. Rotate the knob twenty times.
Knob
LII442
4. Loosen the three screws and retighten them in the Screws (3)
order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
LII443
7-23
7.3.8 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement
Removal Knob
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 7.3.5).
2. Remove the two screws and then the knob.
Screws (2)
LII444
3. Remove the E-ring, cam pulley and two bearings.

Cam Pulley
Bearings (2)
E-ring
LII445
4. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket. Sensor (D651)
Connector Sensor Bracket
5. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw Screw
and the sensor. Screw
LII446
7-24
Installation Rib
NOTE: Install the knob by aligning the groove in the knob

with the rib on the pulley.
Groove
LII447
7
7.3.9 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/Exposure
Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection

7.3.1)
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor case. Sensor Case
Connector
LII448
4. Release the locking tabs to separate the case and

remove the sensor.
Sensor
Locking Tabs
Installation

LII449
• Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"

7-25

Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement
Removal Connector
Screws (6)
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit
Clamp
3. Disconnect the three connectors.
4. Remove the six screws and then the lower bracket.
Lower Bracket
Connectors (3)
LII450
5. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw

and the sensor LED case.
Screw
Connector Sensor LED Case
LII451
6. Release the locking tabs to separate the sensor Sensor LED

LED case and remove the sensor LED.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Locking Tabs

LII452
• Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"

7-26
7.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement
Removal Screws (3)
2. Remove the four screws then the upper bracket

Springs (4)
and four coil springs.
Upper Bracket
7
LII457
3. Remove the belt using a hook tool.
Belt
Installation
7-27
8. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 8-3
8.1 Distribution Entrance Unit ..................................................................... 8-6

8.1.1 Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing ................................................................ 8-6
8.1.2 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................... 8-7
8.1.3 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 8-7
8.1.4 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 8-8
8.1.6 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement ........................................... 8-10
8.1.7 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement .......................................................... 8-12
8.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement ................................................................... 8-13
8.1.10 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ........................................... 8-15
8.1.11 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement .......................................................... 8-16
8.1.13 Drive Gear Replacement ....................................................................................... 8-17
8.1.14 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 8-18
8
8.1.15 Feed Roller Replacement...................................................................................... 8-19
8.1.16 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement .................................................................. 8-20
8.2 Distribution Unit.................................................................................... 8-23

8.2.1 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................ 8-23
8.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement .. 8-24
8.2.3 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement.................................................... 8-25
8.2.4 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement.............................................. 8-26
8.2.5 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement..................................................... 8-27
8.2.6 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement ............................................... 8-27
8.2.8 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement.................................. 8-29
8.2.9 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement ................................................................ 8-30
8.2.10 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement .................................................... 8-32
8.2.11 Distribution Roller Replacement.......................................................................... 8-33
8.2.13 Drive Belt Replacement ........................................................................................ 8-36
8.2.14 Distribution Section Paper Sensor Replacement............................................... 8-36
8.2.15 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED Replacement....................................... 8-37
8.2.16 Pipe Slider Replacement....................................................................................... 8-38
8.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement..................... 8-40
8.2.18 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement..................................................... 8-41
8.2.19 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 8-42
8.2.20 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ..................................................................... 8-42
8.3 Printer Exit Section............................................................................... 8-44

8.3.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................. 8-44
8.3.2 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................. 8-44
8.3.3 Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement .............................................. 8-45
8.3.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 (F606) Replacement .............................................. 8-45
8.3.5 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement........................................................... 8-46
8.3.6 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor Replacement .......................................... 8-47
8-1
8.3.7 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED Replacement .................................. 8-48
8.3.8 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement..................................... 8-49
8.3.9 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement ...................................... 8-50
8.3.10 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement (LP5700R) ........................................ 8-51
8.3.11 Entrance Feed Roller Replacement (LP5500R)................................................... 8-52
8.3.12 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................ 8-53
8.3.13 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement (LP5700R) .................................. 8-55
8.3.14 Entrance Nip Roller Replacement (LP5500R) ..................................................... 8-55
8.3.15 Exit Nip Roller Replacement (LP5700R) .............................................................. 8-56
8.3.16 Exit Nip Roller Replacement (LP5500R) .............................................................. 8-57
8.3.17 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5700R) .................. 8-57
8.3.18 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5500R) .................. 8-58
8.3.19 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5700R) ......... 8-58
8.3.20 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5500R R ) ......... 8-59
8.3.21 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5700R) .................. 8-59
8.3.22 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5500R) .................. 8-60
8.3.23 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement (LP57 7 00R)...................................... 8-60
8.3.24 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement (LP5500R)....................................... 8-61
8-2
Parts Location
● Distribution Entrance Unit
Nip Release
Motor 3 (M656)

Sensor 3 (D656)
Nip Release
8
Motor 2 (M655)

Sensor 2 (D655)
LII960
8-3
Parts Location
● Distribution Unit
Nip Release Motor 4

(Rear) (M663)
Distribution Slide
Motor (M661)
* Distribution Section
Paper Sensor (Rear) (D665P)
Distribution Roller
Paper Sensor (Center) (D660P)
Distribution Home
Paper Sensor
(Front) (D664P)
Feed Motor 5
(M660)
Pipe Slider
Paper Sensor LED (Rear)
(D665L)
Nip Release Home
Position Sensor
Distribution Section (Rear) (D663)
Paper Sensor LED (Center)
(D660L) Nip Release Home
Position Sensor
(Front) (D662)
Paper Sensor LED (Front) Distribution Section Nip Release Motor 4
(D664L) Drive Standby Sensor (D669) (Front) (M662)
LII961
*For LP5700R
8-4
Parts Location
● Printer Exit Unit (LP5500R)
Speed Control Section

Paper Sensor (D667P)
Speed Control Motor (M665)

Paper Sensor LED (D667L) 8
MII014
● Printer Exit Unit (LP5700R)

Paper Sensor (Rear)(D668P)

Paper Sensor (Center)(D667P)

Paper Sensor (Front)(D666P)
Speed Control
Motor (Rear)(M665)

Paper Sensor LED (Rear)(D668L)

Paper Sensor LED (Center)(D667L)

Paper Sensor LED (Front)(D666L)
Speed Control
Motor (Front)(M664)
LII962
8-5
8.1 Distribution Entrance Unit
8.1.1 Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing
Hinge Opening
Magazine Door
LII206
2. Loosen the four screws and remove the printer

Screws (4)
front-right cover.
Printer Front Right Cover

LII339
3. Remove the three screws securing the magazine

door hinge bracket and open the magazine door/
hinge.
Hinge Closing
Closing is essentially in the reverse order of opening.

Screws (3)
NOTE: Align the holes in the upper end of the hinge bracket Hinge Bracket
with the locating half-punches on the frame and Magazine Door
tighten the three screws. LII340
8-6
8.1.2 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Distribution Section Guide Plate

Connector Cover
3. Remove the upper screw securing the connector

cover.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate and

remove the lower screw then the connector cover.
Screw
Screw
LII476
8
Reinstallation Printer Exit Unit
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Connector Cover

removal.
NOTE: Install the connector cover so that it is behind the

printer exit unit as shown.
LII1156
8.1.3 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Light Shield Cover

Screws (3)
1. Open the magazine door hinge section
3. Remove the three screws and then the light shield

cover.
LII485
8-7
4. Remove the screw and then the knob.

Printer Right Inner Cover
5. Remove the four screws and then the printer right

inner cover.
Knob
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Screw Screws (4)
removal. LII486
8.1.4 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation
1. Remove:
• Distribution section connector cover

• Printer right inner cover (See Subsection 8.1.3).
2. Disconnect the two connectors.
LII487
3. Loosen the screw securing the drive gear bracket, Screw

swing the bracket up and retighten it.
Drive Gear Bracket

LII488
8-8
4. Remove the two screws mounting the unit.

Unit
5. Remove the distribution entrance unit.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: After unit installation, perform the gear engagement

Screws (2)
adjustment described below.
LII489
<Gear Engagement Adjustment>
1. Align the unit with the rail, slide it in place and 8

secure with the screw.
Unit
Rail
LII515
2. Loosen the screw and remove the jig. Screw
3. Loosen the screw securing the gear bracket. Gear Bracket
Screw
4. Install the jig between the gear shafts and tighten
the screw.
5. Remove the jig and return it to its original position.
Tool
LII516
8-9
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit

Screw
LII490
3. Disconnect the connector, release the locking

tabs and remove the sensor. Connector
Sensor (D655)
Installation
Locking Tab
LII491
8.1.6 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

2. Loosen the two screws securing the nip release

motor (M655).
3. Remove the tension adjustment spring if it is

installed.
Spring
LII492
8-10
4. Remove the four screws securing the nip roller

Screws (5)
bracket.
LII493
5. Open the nip roller bracket and remove the belt. Nip Roller Bracket
Belt
LII494
Installation
NOTE: • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten

the two motor screws.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII496
8-11
• If there is no spring at the M655 side, it is installed

in the M656 side. Remove it and use to adjust belt
tension.
Spring
LII495
8.1.7 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

3. Remove the spring, two screws and then the motor.
Motor (M655)
Spring
Connector
LII497
Installation

Screws (2)
Spring
LII496
8-12

tension.
Spring
LII495
8
8.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement
Removal Cable

2. Remove the screw securing the cable and hook

the cable end as shown.
Screw
LII498
3. Remove the nip release timing belt E-rings (6)

(See Subsection 8.1.6). Nip Roller
Springs (4)
Assembly
4. Remove the four springs.
5. Remove the six E-rings and then the nip roller

assembly.
LII499
8-13
6. Remove two E-rings each then the two black Roller

bearings and roller.
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
LII500
Installation

Screws (2)
Spring
LII496

tension.
Spring
LII495
8-14
Removal Connector
Sensor (D656)
Installation
Locking Tabs
8.1.10 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement 8
Removal Belt

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the timing belt.
Screws (2)
LII502
Installation
Spring

tension.
Screws (2)
LII503
8-15
8.1.11 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement
Removal Connector

2. Remove the spring if it is installed.
3. Disconnect the connector from the motor.
Screws (2)
Spring Motor (M656)

LII504
Installation Spring

tension.
Screws (2)
LII503
8.1.12 Nip Roller Replacement
Removal Clamps (3)
1. Remove:
• Nip release timing belt (See Subsection 8.1.10).

• Nip release motor 3 (M656) (See Subsection 8.1.11).
2. Disconnect the connector (JFKE2) and open the

three clamps.
Connector
3. Remove the four screws and then the nip roller
bracket.
Nip Roller Bracket

Screws (4)
LII505
8-16
4. Remove the four springs. Screws (4)

assembly.
Nip Roller Assembly
Springs (4)
LII506
6. Remove two E-rings each then the two bearings

and roller. 8
Installation
Roller
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
LII507
8.1.13 Drive Gear Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the E-ring, screw and then the bracket

assembly.
Screw
E-ring
Bracket Assembly
LII508
8-17
3. Remove each E-ring and then the gear.
E-ring
Installation Gear
NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the bracket

upward. LII509
8.1.14 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Cable

2. Remove the screw securing the cable end and

hook the cable as shown.
Screw
LII498
3. Remove the six screws and then the guide plate. Guide Plate Screws (6)
Reinstallation

removal. LII510
8-18
8.1.15 Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Cable


Screw
LII498 8
3. Remove the two guide plate fulcrum screws using
a 2.5mm hexagonal wrench.
Guide Plate Fulcrum Screws (2)

LII1158
4. Unhook the cable, remove the four screws and Lower Guide Plate
open the lower guide plate.
Screws (4)
Cable
LII511
8-19
5. Remove the gear and bearing. Bearing

E-ring
6. Remove the E-ring then the bearing and the roller.
Installation

Gear
NOTE: Install the gears on both ends of the exit side roller Roller
Bearing
sahft. LII512
8.1.16 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement
Removal Cable


Screw
LII498
8-20
3. Remove the two guide plate fulcrum screws using

a 2.5mm hexagonal wrench.
Guide Plate Fulcrum Screws (2)

LII1158
4. Unhook the cable, remove the four screws and Lower Guide Plate
remove the lower guide plate. 8
Screws (4)
Cable
LII511
5. Remove the lock arm return spring.

Lock Arm Collar
6. Remove the two E-rings then the collar and lock

arm.
Spring
E-rings (2)
LII513
8-21
7. Release the locking tabs to remove the roller gears. E-ring

Locking Tab
8. Remove each E-ring and remove the gear.
Installation
Gear Gear
8-22
8.2 Distribution Unit
8.2.1 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screw
1. Remove:

2. Loosen the screw securing the distribution

entrance unit drive gear bracket, swing the
bracket up and retighten it.
Drive Gear Bracket

LII488
8
3. Loosen the two upper screws, remove the two Distribution Section Inner Cover
lower screws and then the distribution section
inner cover by shifting the spring hook.
Screws (2)
(Remove)
Screws (2)
(Loosen)
Hook
Spring
LII517
4. Disconnect the four connectors and open the clamp. Connectors (4)
Clamp
LII518
8-23
5. Remove the two screws and then the unit. Unit
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Perform the gear engagement adjustment described Screws (2)

below. LII519
<Gear Engagement Adjustment>
1. Reinstall the unit. Screw
2. Loosen the screw and remove the jig. Gear Bracket
Screw
3. Loosen the screw securing the gear bracket.
4. Install the jig between the gear shafts and tighten

the screw.
5. Remove the jig and return it to its original position.

Tool
LII516
8.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 8.2.1). Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor bracket.
LII520
8-24
3. Disconnect the connector, release the locking Sensor (D663)

tabs and remove the sensor.
Installation Locking Tabs

Sensor (D662)
Connector
8
8.2.3 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement
Removal Belt
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 8.2.1).
2. Remove the spring if it is installed.
3. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII522
Installation
NOTE: Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the

two screws. If there is no spring there, it is installed
to the rear.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII523
8-25
8.2.4 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement
Removal Spring Screws (2)

installed.
Connector
Motor
LII524
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from

the motor.
Screws (2)
Bracket
Installation
NOTE: • Note the motor connector position when installing

the bracket.
• Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the
two screws. If there is no spring install there, remove Motor (M662)
the one from the rear and use it to adjust the tension.
LII525
8-26
8.2.5 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement
Removal Belt

installed.
3. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt.
Screws (2) 8
LII526
Installation
NOTE: Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the

two screws. If there is no spring installed there,
remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the
tension.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII527
8.2.6 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

installed.
4. Remove the two screws securing the motor.
Spring Connector
LII528
8-27
5. Remove the four screws securing the nip roller Nip Roller Bracket
bracket.
6. Lift the nip roller bracket and remove the motor.

Screws (4)
Motor
LII529
7. Remove the two screws then remove the bracket

from the motor.
Screws (2)
Bracket
Installation

the bracket.
Motor (M662)
LII530
remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the
tension.
Removal Nip Roller Bracket

bracket assembly.
Screws (4)
LII531
8-28
3. Remove the two pre-turning belts. Pre-turning Belts (2)
LII532
4. Remove two E-rings each then the roller and two E-rings (2)
bearings each.
8
Installation
Bearings (2) Roller
8.2.8 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement
Removal Connector

Locking
Tabs
Installation
Sensor (D661)
8-29
8.2.9 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement
Removal Belt
2. Remove the spring, two screws and then the

timing belt.
Screws (2) Spring

LII535
3. Move the belt holder toward the motor and Belt Holder
remove the screw then the belt holder. Screw
LII536
4. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt. Belt
Screws (2)
LII537
8-30
Installation
NOTE: Adjust the belt tension by following the steps below.
1) Install the tension adjustment spring at the front Screws (2)

motor and tighten the two screws.
Spring
LII538
8
2) Reinstall the belt holder.
Belt Holder
Drive Belt
3) Reinstall the drive belt.
4) Remove the tension adjustment spring from the

front motor side, install it at the rear motor side
and tighten the two motor screws.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII539
8-31
8.2.10 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

Spring
2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the Connector

clamp.
3. Remove the motor connector from the bracket.
4. Remove the tension adjustment spring.
Motor
Clamp
LII540

the motor.
Screws (2)
Motor (M661)
Installation
Bracket

the bracket.
• Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten
the two screws.
LII541
8-32
8.2.11 Distribution Roller Replacement
Removal Distribution Nip Release Bracket
2. Remove the three rear screws, two front screws

and then the distribution nip release bracket.
Screws(5)
LII542
8
3. Remove the guide shaft. Guide Shaft
LII543
4. Loosen the one screw, remove the one screw, Guide Bearing Bracket
then the guide bearing bracket and two springs.
Screws
(Remove)
Screws
(Loosen)
Springs (2)
LII544
8-33
5. Remove the rear four screws, front three screws and

Distribution Entrance Guide Plates
then the two distribution entrance guide plates.
Screws (4)
Screws (3)
LII545
6. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then Bearings (2)
the drive roller.
E-rings (2)
Drive Roller
LII546
7. Remove the E-ring, gear, drive pin and bearing

from the roller shaft.
Bearing
Pin
Gear
E-ring
LII547
8-34
8. Remove two E-rings each, two bearings and then E-rings (2)
the nip roller.
Roller
Installation
Bearings (2)

8
3. Loosen the three tension adjustment screws.
4. Remove the four screws and then the motor.
Screws (4)
Connector
Screws (3) (Loosen)
LII549
Installation Screws (3)
NOTE: Adjust the drive belt tension by following the steps

below.
1) Loosen the three tension adjustment screws.
2) Tighten the three tension adjustment screws.
LII551
8-35
8.2.13 Drive Belt Replacement
Removal Idler Gear
1. Remove the feed motor 5 (M660)

2. Remove the E-ring then the idler gear and the belt.
Installation
E-ring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Belt
LII550
8.2.14 Distribution Section Paper Sensor Replacement
D664P D660P D665P

(Front) (Center) (Rear)
LP5500R – Use –
LP5700R Use Use Use
Removal
1. Remove the distribution unit.
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor cover

by moving the slider unit cover.
Screws (2)
Sensor Cover
LII552
8-36

Screw
Installation *Sensor (D664P
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Sensor (D660P)
Connector
*Sensor (D665P)
LII553
* For LP5700R
8
8.2.15 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED Replacement
D664L D660L D665L

LP5500R – Use –
LP5700R Use Use Use
Removal
1. Remove the distribution unit.
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor LED

bracket.
Screws (2)
Sensor LED Bracket
LII554
8-37
3. Remove the screw and connector cover.
Sensor (D660L)
*Sensor (D665L)
Screw *Sensor (D664L)
Connector Cover
LII555
* For LP5700R
4. Remove the screw then the cover and sensor LED. Screw

Cover
Sensor
Installation
Connector
LII556
8.2.16 Pipe Slider Replacement
Removal Distribution Nip Release Bracket
2. Loosen the three screws at the rear, remove the

three screws at the front and then the distribution
nip release bracket.
Screws(5)
LII542
8-38
3. Pill the guide shaft out.

Guide Shaft
LII543
4. Remove the E-ring and bearing at the rear. Bearing
5. Remove the two screws securing the belt guide E-ring

and then the pipe slider unit. 8
Screws (2)
LII559
6. Remove the two screws and then the pipe slider

cover. Screws (2)
NOTE: Take care not to get an injury from the edge of

the parts.
Pipe Slide Cover
LII558
8-39
7. Remove the pipe slider assembly.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Pipe Slide Assembly

LII560
8.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor cover.
Sensor Cover
Screws (2)
LII561
3. Disconnect the sensor connector.

Connector
Installation
Screw Sensor (D669)
LII562
8-40
8.2.18 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement
Removal Pipe Slider Bracket
1. Remove the distribution slide motor

Screws (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the pipe slider

bracket.
E-ring Bearing
LII563 8
E-ring Bearing E-ring
Bearing
5. Remove the gear from the front end of the gear
shaft.
7. Remove the rear E-ring, bearing and gear shaft.
Front Drive Gear
E-ring
Idler Gear
LII564
8. Remove the E-ring and then the drive gear with

E-ring
torque limiter from the gear shaft.
Drive Gear With Torque Limiter

Installation
8-41
8.2.19 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:
• Drive gear shaft (See Subsection 8.2.18).

• Distribution section drive standby sensor (D669)
2. From the timing belt side, open the four harness

clamps for the sensor (D669).
Clamps (4)
LII566
3. Remove the two screws and then the distribution Screws (2)
entrance guide plate. Distribution Entrance Guide Plate
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
Guide Plate

removal. LII567
8.2.20 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Guide Assembly
2. Remove the two E-rings and then the guide

assembly.
E-ring
LII568
8-42
3. Remove the spring. Screws (4)

Guide Plate
Spring
LII569
8
5. Release the locking tab and remove the gear. E-ring
6. Remove the bearing.

Bearing
7. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing from the
roller shaft.
Bearing
Roller
Gear
LII570

Guide Plate
NOTE: Insert sheets of glossy paper (0.2 to 0.3 mm
thickness) between the guide plate and the
distribution side feed roller and tighten the four
screws. Make sure that sheets of paper have slight
resistance against removal.
Distribution Side Feed Roller
Glossy Paper (0.2 to 0.3 mm)

LII571
8-43
8.3 Printer Exit Section
8.3.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation
1. Remove:

2. Disconnect the two connectors and open the two

clamps.
Clamps (2)
LII477
3. Remove the screw and remove the unit by pulling

Screw
it to the front and moving to the left side.
Unit
Reinstallation

removal.
LII478
8.3.2 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Cover
Screws (3)
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 8.3.1).
2. Remove the three screws and then the fan cover.
Reinstallation

removal. LII479
8-44
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the feed section cooling fan cover

2. Disconnect the fan connector and remove it from

the bracket.
Connector
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Fan (F607)

LII480
8
Removal Screws (2)

Fan Duct
1. Remove the feed section cooling fan cover

Collar
3. Disconnect the fan connector and remove it from

the bracket.
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan duct,

fan, three louvers and two collars.
Fan (F606) Louvers (3)
Clamp
Connector
LII481
8-45
Installation Arrow
NOTE: • Point the arrow on the fan upward.

• Install the louvers as shown in the figure.
Louvers (3)
LII482
8.3.5 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement
Removal E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring and then the gear.
Gear
LII483
3. Open the printer rear upper cover E-ring

Installation
Gear
LII484
8-46
8.3.6 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor Replacement
D666P D667P D668P

LP5500R – Use –
LP5700R Use Use Use
Removal Screw
1. Remove the printer exit unit.
Sensor
LII001

Connector
Installation
8-47
8.3.7 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED Replacement
D666L D667L D668L

LP5500R – Use –
LP5700R Use Use Use
Removal
Sensor LED Cover
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor LED

cover.
Screws (2)
LII003
3. Remove the screw then the sensor and cover. Screw
Sensor LED/Cover
LII004
Installation
Connector
8-48
8.3.8 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement
Removal Motor Bracket

Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the connector (M664).

installed.
4. Remove the two screws and then the motor

bracket and belt.
Connector Spring
LII006
8
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from Motor (M664)
the motor.
Screws (2)
Installation

the bracket.
remove the one from the rear and use it to adjust the Bracket
tension. LII007
8-49
8.3.9 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the connector (M665).

installed.

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Connector
Spring
LII008
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from Motor (M664)
the motor.
Screws (2)
Installation

the bracket.
remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the Bracket
tension. LII007
8-50
8.3.10 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement (LP5700R)
Removal
1. Remove the speed control motor (M664) Bearing

(See Subsection 8.3.8). E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring then the pulley and pin.
Pin
E-ring
Pulley
LII009

8
Sensor Cover
Screws (2)
LII010
5. Remove the screw and then the roller bracket.

Roller Bracket
Screw
LII011
8-51
6. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the bracket

from the roller.
Roller
Bearing
Bracket
Installation
E-ring
8.3.11 Entrance Feed Roller Replacement (LP5500R)
Removal Bearing E-ring
1. Remove the speed control motor (M665)

Pin
Pulley
E-ring
MII017
4. Remove the two screws and then the sensor cover. Screws (2)
Sensor Cover
MII018
8-52
5. Remove the screw and then the roller bracket. Roller Bracket
Screw
MII019

from the roller.
8
Roller
Bracket
Installation Bearing
E-ring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. MII020
8.3.12 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Bearing
1. Remove the speed control motor (M665)
E-ring

Pulley
Pin
E-ring
LII013
8-53
Screws (2)
Sensor Cover
LII014
5. Remove the screw and then the roller bracket.

Roller Bracket
Screw
LII015

from the roller.
Bracket
Roller E-ring
Installation
Bearing
8-54
8.3.13 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement (LP5700R)
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the nip roller

bracket.
Screws (2)
Nip Roller Bracket

LII017
3. Remove the two springs, two bearings then the Bearings (2)
Roller
8
bracket and roller.
Springs (2)
Installation Bracket

.
8.3.14 Entrance Nip Roller Replacement (LP5500R)
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the nip roller

bracket.
Nip Roller Bracket
Screws (2)
MII021
8-55
3. Remove the two springs, two bearings then the Bearings (2)
bracket and roller. Roller
Springs (2)
Installation Bracket
8.3.15 Exit Nip Roller Replacement (LP5700R)
Removal
Nip Roller
2. Remove the two springs, two E-rings, two

bearings and then the nip roller.
Springs (2)
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
8-56
8.3.16 Exit Nip Roller Replacement (LP5500R)
Removal Nip Roller
2. Remove the two springs, two E-rings, two

E-ring (2)
bearings and then the nip roller.
Springs (2)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. MII022

8
8.3.17 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation

(LP5700R)
Removal
Guide Plate
1. Remove: Screws (2)
• Entrance nip roller (See Subsection 8.3.13).

• Exit nip roller (See Subsection 8.3.15).
3. Loosen the two lower screws, remove the two

upper screws and then the guide plate.
Screws (2)
Reinstallation Springs (2)

LII019
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
8-57
8.3.18 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation

(LP5500R)
Removal
Screws (2)(Remove)
1. Remove:
• Entrance nip roller (See Subsection 8.3.14).

• Exit nip roller (See Subsection 8.3.16). Screws (2)
3. Loosen the two lower screws, remove the two

upper screws and then the guide plate. Screws (2)(Loosen)
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. MII023
8.3.19 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation

(LP5700R)
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove:
Guide Plate
• Front entrance feed roller (See Subsection 8.3.10).
• Rear entrance feed roller (See Subsection 8.3.12).
• Emulsion surface guide plate
Reinstallation
LII021

removal.
8-58
8.3.20 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation

R)
(LP5500R
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove:
Guide Plate
• Entrance feed roller bracket (See Subsection 8.3.11).
• Emulsion surface guide plate
Reinstallation 8
removal.
MII024
8.3.21 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation

(LP5700R)
Removal
1. Remove the emulsion surface guide plate

2. Remove the two screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation Guide Plate

removal. LII022
8-59
8.3.22 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5500R)
Removal Guide Plate
1. Remove the emulsion surface guide plate

Screws (2)
Reinstallation

removal.
MII025
8.3.23 7 00R)
Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement (LP57
Removal
Clamps(4)
1. Remove:
• Entrance back surface guide plate

• Exit back surface guide plate
Screws (4)
2. Open the four harness clamps.
3. Remove the four screws and then the lower frame.
LII1159
4. Remove the E-ring and then the gear. E-rings (2)

Bearings (2)
E-ring
5. Remove the two E-rings and then the two
bearings.
Gear
LII1160
8-60
6. Remove the two springs from the guide plate. E-rings (2)
Springs (2)
7. Remove the two E-rings and then the guide plate.
8. Remove the two bearings and then the roller.
Installation

removal. Roller
NOTE: Install the gear with its black boss toward the roller. LII1161
8
8.3.24 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement (LP5500R)
Removal
1. Remove: Bearings (2)
• Exit back surface guide plate

3. Remove the two E-rings and then the two

bearings.
E-ring
Gear E-rings (2)

MII026
4. Remove the four screws and then the lower Roller/Guide Plate
bracket.
5. Remove the roller/guide plate assembly.
Screws (4)
MII027
8-61

Guide Plate
the roller from the guide plate.
Bearings (2)
Roller
Installation

removal.
E-rings (2)
MII028
NOTE: Install the gear with its black boss pointing toward
the roller.
8-62
9. PROCESSOR SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 9-2
9.1 Crossover Racks .................................................................................... 9-4

9.1.1 No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ................................................. 9-4
9.1.2 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly......................................... 9-4
9.1.3 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly .................................................. 9-5
9.2 Processing Racks................................................................................... 9-6

9.2.1 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 9-6
9.2.2 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 9-6
9.2.3 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly ................................................................ 9-7
9.2.4 P1/P2 Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 9-9
9.2.5 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation........................................... 9-12
9.2.6 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 9-12
9.2.7 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ............................................................................... 9-13
9.2.8 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ............................................................................... 9-15
9.3 PS Tank Partition Board....................................................................... 9-20

9.3.1 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement............................................. 9-20
9
9.4 Processor Drive System ...................................................................... 9-25
9.4.1 Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................... 9-25
9.4.2 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 9-25
9.4.3 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................... 9-26
9.4.4 Motor Driver Replacement.................................................................................... 9-27
9.4.5 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 9-27
9.4.6 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement ...................................................... 9-28
9.4.7 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation................................................................. 9-29
9.4.8 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement....................................................................... 9-30
9.4.9 Processor Drive Chain Replacement................................................................... 9-31
9.4.10 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement .......................................................... 9-32
9-1
Parts Location
No.2 Crossover Rack

No.1Crossover Rack
No.3 Crossover Rack
Dryer Entrance Rack
P1
Processing
Rack
Printer Exit
Unit Drive Gear
P2
Processing
Processor
Rack
Drive Chain
PS2
Processing PS3
Rack Processing PS4
PS1 Processing Chain
Rack Tensioner
Processing Rack
Rack
P1
P2
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
Processor
Drive Motor (M700)
PS Tank Partition Plate
LII964
9-2
Parts Location
● Roller Arrangement
φ20 Black Soft Roller
φ20 White Soft Roller
φ20 Brown Soft Roller
φ20 Black Hard Roller

Chrome/Black Mark φ20 Black Hard Roller
Gold/Red Mark
φ20 Ivory Soft Roller
Chrome/Red Mark
φ20 Brown Hard Roller
Chrome/No Mark
Chrome/No Mark φ30 Black Soft Roller
LII1153
9-3
9.1 Crossover Racks
9.1.1 No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly C-rings (2)
Gears (2)
1. Remove the No.1 crossover rack.
Bearings (2)
2. Remove the two C-rings from the rear of the
crossover rack then the two gears, bearings and
Coil Spring
coil spring.
3. Remove the two C-rings from the front of the

crossover rack then the two bearings and coil
spring.
4. Remove the two rollers.
Rollers (2)
Reassembly
Bearings (2) C-rings (2)
Reassembly is essentially in the reverse order of
Coil Spring
disassembly.
LII573
9.1.2 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly C-rings (4)

Gears (4)
1. Remove the No.2 and No.3 crossover racks. Coil Springs (2)
Bearings (4)
2. Remove the four C-rings from the rear of the
crossover rack then the four gears, bearings and
two coil springs.
Rollers (4)
3. Remove the four C-rings from the front of the
crossover rack then the four bearings and two coil
springs.
4. Remove the four rollers.
Reassembly Bearings (4)
Reassembly is essentially in the reverse order of Coil Springs (2)
disassembly. C-rings (4)

LII574
NOTE: The roller shafts for the No.3 crossover rack are
made of titanium and have 3mm diameter hole in
their end. Take care not to exchange the other roller
shafts.
9-4
9.1 Crossover Racks
9.1.3 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove the dryer entrance rack.
2. Remove the seven E-rings and cap from the rear of the dryer entrance rack then the seven gears, eight bearings
and four coil springs.
3. Remove the eight E-rings from the front of the rack then the eight bearings and four coil springs.
4. Remove the four E-rings from the rear of the rack and then the four idler gears.
5. Remove the eight rollers.
Bearings (8) E-rings (8)
Cap Coil Springs (4)
9
Bearings (8)
Gears (7)
E-rings (4)
Idler Gears (4)
Rollers (8)
E-rings (7)
Coil Springs (4)

LII575
Reassembly Black Mark

disassembly.
NOTE: Install the black marked coil springs to the lower

roller bearings as shown.
LII576
9-5
9.2 Processing Racks
9.2.1 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Gear
1. Remove the screw then the gear, poly-slider and

Screw
bearing.
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII578
2. Remove the six screws and then the upper guide Upper Guide Assembly
assembly.
Reinstallation

removal.
LII579
9.2.2 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the four screws and then the upper cover.

Upper Cover
LII577
9-6
2. Remove the screw then the gear, poly-slider and Gear

bearing. Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII585
3. Remove the four screws and then the upper guide Screws (4)
assembly.
Reinstallation

Upper Guide Assembly
removal.
LII586
9.2.3 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly Pin
Sprocket
1. Remove the screw, washer, two poly-sliders, two Shaft Poly-sliders (2)
bearings, gear, drive pin, sprocket and shaft. Bearings (2)
Washer
Screw
Gear
LII580
9-7
2. Remove the two screws and then the crossover Crossover Rack Drive Gear Assembly
rack drive gear assembly.
Screws (2)
LII581
Gear
E-ring
LII582
4. Remove the two screws and then the idler gear

assembly.
Screws(2)
LII583
9-8
5. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear from

the shaft.
Reassembly

removal.
NOTE: • When installing the idler gear assembly, align the

flat surface in the upper guide hole with the flat of
the gear shaft and tighten the screw.
• When installing the sprocket, align the D-flat in the Idler Gear E-ring
washer with the one on the shaft and tighten the
screw. LII584
9.2.4 P1/P2 Roller Replacement
Removal 9
1. Remove the screw, washer, two poly-sliders and Gear
gear. Screw
Poly-sliders (2) D-Washer

LII590
2. Release the locking tabs then remove the drive Drive Side Roller Gear
side roller gear.
Spring
LII591
9-9
4. Release the locking tabs of the gears then remove

Gears
the front gears and spring.
Spring
5. Remove the bearing for the center roller.
Bearing
LII592
6. Remove the two springs, three C-rings and four Rollers (3)
bearings from the drive side.
C-rings (3) Bearings (4)

Springs (2)
LII593
7. Release the locking tabs of the gears then remove Knurled Roller
the four gears, two springs and four bearings.
8. Remove the entrance side knurled soft roller.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
Gears (4)
LII594
9-10
9. Remove the four screws and then the turn guide. Black Soft Rollers (2)
10. Remove the PPE roller and two black soft rollers.
Screws (4)
Turn Guide
PPE Roller
LII595
11. Remove the inlet, outlet upper and lower guide

Entrance Guide Plate (2)
plates by releasing their locking tabs.
12. Remove the remaining 12 rollers.

9
Installation
NOTE: • Check the locking tabs of guide plates are locked

securely by moving each guide plate back forth.
• Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper Locking Tab
position as shown (see page 9-3).
LII589
9-11
9.2.5 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Gear
1. Remove the screw, gear, poly-slider and bearing.

Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII578
2. Remove the lower E-ring, poly-slider and bearing. Middle Bearing

Drive Shaft
3. Shift the middle bearing and remove the drive shaft.
Bearing
Poly-slider
E-ring
Reinstallation

removal. LII596
9.2.6 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Gear

Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII578
9-12
2. Remove the E-ring, poly-slider and bearing.

Shaft
Bearing
3. Shift the drive shaft to remove it.
Poly-slider
E-ring
Reinstallation

LII597
removal.
9.2.7 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the four screws and then the turn guide.

Screws (4)
9
Turn Guide
LII598
2. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove

the four drive side gears.
3. Remove the C-ring and then the drive side large

idler gear.
C-ring
Drive Side
Drive Side Idler Gear (Large)
Gears (4)
LII599
9-13
4. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings

from the drive side.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII600
5. Remove the two coil springs, four C-rings and four

Rollers (4) Bearings (4)
bearings from the front side.
6. Remove the four lower rollers.
Installation

Springs (2)
NOTE: Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper C-rings (4)
position as shown. LII601
9-14
9.2.8 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement
Removal
1. PS1: Remove the entrance side guide plate.

PS4: Remove the exit side guide plate.
PS1: Entrance Side Guide Plate

PS4: Exit Side Guide Plate
LII602

9
Poly-slider
Screw
Bearing
Gear
LII603
3. Shift the drive shaft to remove it.
Drive Shaft
LII604
9-15
4. Remove the screw, D-washer, two poly-sliders

Roller Drive Gear
and idler gear.
5. Release the locking tab of the gear and remove

the roller drive gear.
Idler Gear
Poly-sliders (2)
D-Washer
Screw
LII605
6. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII606
7. Remove the C-ring and then the idler gear.

the four roller drive gears.
Roller Drive Gears (4)

C-ring
Idler Gear
LII607
9-16
9. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings. Rollers (4)
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII608
<PS1 Turn Rollers>
11. Remove the C-ring and idler gear. Idler Gear

9
the four drive gears from the turn rollers.
C-ring
Turn Roller Drive Gears (4)

LII609
13. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII610
9-17
14. Remove the two springs from the drive (rear) side. Rollers (4)
15. Remove the three C-rings and bearings.
Bearings (3)
Springs (2)
C-rings (3)
LII611
<PS4 Turn Rollers>

Lower Turn Guide
17. Remove the two screws and then the lower turn
guide.
Screws (2)
LII612
18. Remove the C-ring and idler gear from the drive
side.

the three roller drive gears.
C-ring
Idler Gear
LII613
9-18
20. Remove the two springs and bearings.
Springs (2)
Bearings (2)
LII614
21. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove Rollers (4)
the two front roller drive gears.

9
23. Remove the C-ring and two bearings.
Bearings (2)
Installation
Springs (2) C-ring
Front Side Roller Drive Gear (2)

NOTE: Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper
position as shown (see page 9-3). LII615
9-19
9.3 PS Tank Partition Board
9.3.1 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement
PS Solution Draining
1. Remove the PS1 to PS4 racks. Drain Cock Cover
2. Remove the PS drain cock cover.
LII640
3. Connect a hose (ordinary water hose with 13 mm

I.D.) to the PS1 drain cock.
4. Open the PS1 drain cock to drain the solution in

the PS1 processing tank into the waste solution
tank.
Cock
LII641
5. If the solution being drained off stops flowing,

Cock
replace the waste solution tank with a lower
container (such as tray) that can bring the hose to
a level lower than the cock.
6. Continue draining off the solution.
7. Repeat Steps 3 through 6 to drain the PS2 to PS4

solutions.
8. Reinstall the PS drain cock cover after making

sure the cocks are closed. LII642
9-20
Partition Board Removal Seal Plate
1. Remove the two screws and then the seal plate

between the PS3 and PS4 tanks.
Screws (2)
LII635
2. Remove two screws each and then the partition PS3 · PS4 Partition Board
boards.
Screws (2)
PS2 · PS3 Partition Board
PS1 · PS2 Partition Board

LII636
Blade Assembly/Gasket Removal
1. Remove the six screws and then the blade

assembly and gasket.
Blade Assembly
Screws (6)
LII637
9-21
2. Remove the two screws then the two gasket fixing

plates and gasket. Gasket Fixing Plates (2) Gasket
Screws (2)
LII638
Blade Assembly/Gasket Installation
1. Wipe any dirt and water off the sealing surface on

the partition board.
2. Make sure the gasket is installed correctly in the

groove of the blade assembly.
Gasket
LII1099
3. Install the blade assembly by aligning its holes

with the locating pins on the partition board.
Locating pins
LII1100
9-22
4. Install the six screws and hand-tighten them.
5. Tighten the six screws in a crisscross pattern in

two to three steps as shown.
Screws (6)
LII1101
6. Install a new gasket along the groove in the

partition board.
NOTE: • Face the flat surface of the gasket toward the

inside.
• Be careful not to twist the gasket.
• Make sure the sealing surface of the gasket
seated evenly in the groove. 9
Gasket
RD556
7. Install the gasket fixing plates and tighten the two

screws. Gasket Fixing Plates (2) Gasket
Screws (2)
LII638
9-23
Partition Board Reinstallation
1. Reinstall the partition boards with two screws each.
NOTE: • Before installing the partition boards, wipe any

water and dirt off the sealing surface in the
processing tanks.
• Install the partition board to the proper position as
indicated on the label attached to the top of each
board.
• Tighten two screws each alternately in three or
four steps.
2. Reinstall the seal plate between the PS3 and the

PS4 tanks using the two screws.
PS Solution Filling
FSC100 (1 tablet)
1. Put 1 tablet of FSC100 into a plastic film case of
water or warm water and shake the case
approximately 10 seconds to dissolve the tablet.
Plastic Film Case
LII1064
2. Pour the following amount of deionized water and

FSC100 solution into each PS processing tank.
Deionized
Processing Tank FSC100
Water
PS1 Solution of 1 tablet 6 litters
PS2 Solution of 1 tablet 6 litters
PS3 Solution of 1 tablet 6 liters
PS4 Solution of 1 tablet 7 liters
LII1066
3. Reinstall the PS4 to PS1 processing racks, No.3

crossover rack and dryer entrance rack.
9-24
9.4 Processor Drive System
9.4.1 Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Shut down the system by performing the post-

operational checks and turn OFF the built-in
circuit breaker and main power supply. Right Cover
Sorter Cable
2. Disconnect the sorter cable.
3. Remove the six screws and then the right cover.
Reinstallation

removal. LII616
9.4.2 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation 9
Removal
2. Loosen the two lower screws and remove the four Cover
upper screws then the cover.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
Screws (2) (Loosen)
LII617
removal.
9-25
9.4.3 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamps (3)
1. Remove the processor rear cover

2. Open the three harness clamps.
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor driver

bracket.
Motor Driver Bracket Screws (2)

LII618
4. Remove the plastic cover. Plastic Cover
5. Remove the three screws securing the bracket.
Screws (3)
LII619
6. Open the six harness clamps and remove the Clamps (6)
motor driver bracket. Motor Drive Bracket
Reinstallation

removal.
LII620
9-26
9.4.4 Motor Driver Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the motor driver bracket

2. Disconnect the four connectors from the motor

driver.
Connectors (4)
LII621
3. Remove the five screws and then the motor driver. Screws (5)
Motor Driver 9
Installation

LII622
9.4.5 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Auto Tensioner
2. Remove the three screws and then the auto

tensioner.
Screws (3)
LII626
9-27
Reinstallation Tensioner Arm (Locked)
1. Lock the auto tensioner as shown in the figure.
LII633
2. Align the sprocket of the tensioner with the drive

chain then install the auto tensioner with the three
screws.
Screws (3)
3. Using a screwdriver, release the lock of the auto
tensioner by pushing up the lock arm.
4. Reinstall the right cover.
Screwdriver
LII634
9.4.6 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the motor driver bracket

2. Remove the screw and then the motor bracket

assembly by pulling it.
Motor Bracket Assembly Screw

LII627
9-28
3. Remove the three screws and two spacers then

the bracket form the motor. Spacers (2) Screws (3)
Bracket
LII628
4. Remove the two screws and plate. Flat Key
5. Loosen the hexagonal socket head set screw and

remove the gear and flat key. 9
Gear
Motor (M700) Screws (2)
Installation Plate
Hex. Socket Head Set Screws

9.4.7 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamps (2)
1. Remove:
• Auto tensioner (See Subsection 9.4.5).

• Processor drive motor (M700)
2. Open the two hose clamps and disconnect the

two hoses.
Hoses (2)
LII624
9-29
3. Loosen the chain tensioner and disengage the

chain from the sprocket.
Tensioner
Chain
LII625
4. Remove the four screws and then the drive bracket.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation Drive Bracket

LII623
removal.
9.4.8 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement
Removal
I
1. Remove the drive sprocket (See Subsection 9.4.7).
E-ring
LII630
9-30
3. Remove the drive sprocket, gear and bearing.
Installation

Gear
NOTE: Align the grooves in the sprocket with the ribs on the Sprocket
gear as shown. Bearing
LII631
9.4.9 Processor Drive Chain Replacement
1. Remove the drive bracket (See Subsection 9.4.7).

Old Chain
9
Master Link
2. Remove the chain clip and master link from the Clip
drive chain.
3. Connect a new chain to the end of the old chain

by using the master link and clip.
4. Pull the old chain through as a guide to route the New Chain
new chain.
5. Remove the clip, master link and old chain.

LII632
6. Connect the ends of the new chain with the
master link and clip.
7. Reinstall the removed parts in the reverse order of

removal.
9-31
9.4.10 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement
Removal Auto Tensioner
1. Remove the Processor right cover.
2. Remove the three screws and then the auto

tensioner.
Screws (3)
LII626
3. Remove the processor rear cover. Connector
5. Remove the two screws then the fan cover and fan.
Fan Cover
Screws (2)
Arrow
Fan (F704)
LII663
6. Remove the screw and then the printer drive gear

Screw
bracket cover.
Printer Drive Gear

Bracket Cover
LII672
9-32
7. Remove the three screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
Screw (3)
LII673
8. Remove the E-ring and then the printer drive gear. Drive Gear
E-ring
LII1095
9. Mark the position of the gear bracket using a

pencil and then remove the two bracket screws.
Screw (2)
LII1094
9-33
10. Disengage the drive chain from the sprocket. Screw (Loosen)
11. Loosen the screw, remove the other two screws

then the sprocket and gear brackets.
Gear Bracket
Screws (2)
LII1093
12. Remove the screw, E-ring, idler gear and shaft

Idler gear
from the gear bracket. E-ring
Shaft Screw
LII1092
13. Remove the E-ring, hex. socket head setscrew

Hex. Socket
and then the sprocket. Head Setscrew
E-ring
Sprocket
LII1090
14. Remove the E-ring, two bearings and shaft from Bearings (2)
the sprocket bracket.
Shaft
E-ring
LII1091
9-34
Installation
NOTE: • Reinstall the gear bracket with two screws by

aligning it with the line marked in Step 5.
• Install the auto chain tensioner as described
below.
Screws (2)
LII704
1) Lock the auto tensioner as shown in the figure. Tensioner Arm (Locked)
LII633
2) Align the sprocket of the tensioner with the

drive chain then install the auto tensioner with
the three screws.
Screws (3)
3) Release the lock of the auto tensioner by
pushing up the lock arm with a screwdriver.
4) Reinstall the processor right cover.
Screwdriver
LII634
9-35
10. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM
Parts Location....................................................................................... 10-2
10.1 Sub-tank Section .................................................................................. 10-3

10.1.1 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 10-3
10.1.2 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 10-3
10.1.3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 10-4
10.1.4 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement ................... 10-4
10.1.5 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement ..................................... 10-5
10.1.6 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement .............................. 10-6
10.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section .................... 10-7

10.2.1 Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 10-7
10.2.2 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement ............................................... 10-7
10.2.3 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement.................................... 10-8
10.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement..................................................... 10-9
10.2.5 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement .................................... 10-10
10.2.6 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement....................... 10-11
10.2.7 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement ...................... 10-13
10.2.8 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement ...................... 10-13
10.2.9 Hose Connection ................................................................................................. 10-14
10.3 Waste Solution System ...................................................................... 10-15 10

10.3.1 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement........................................ 10-15
10.3.2 Waste Solution Tank Replacement.................................................................... 10-16
10.3.3 Waste Solution Hose Replacement ................................................................... 10-17
10-1
Parts Location
Solution Level Sensors

(FS700 to FS705)
PS4 Solution Concentration
Sensor (FS706)
Solution Thermometer
(TS700 to TS703)
P1 Circulation Filter Circulation (Pleated)

Filters (PS1 to PS4)
P2 Circulation Filter
Heaters (H700 to H703)/ Waste Solution Tank

SafetyThermostats
(D700 to D703)
Waste Solution
Level Sensor
(FS728)
P1
P2
P1
P2 PS1~
PS1~ PS3
PS3 PS4
PS4 P1
Heater Cooling Fans
(F700 to F703) P2
Waste Solution
Hose
P1 PS1
Drain Cock
P2 PS2
PS3
PS1
PS4
PS2 Circulation Pumps
PS3 (PU700 to PU705)
PS4
Drain Cock
LII965
10-2
10.1 Sub-tank Section
10.1.1 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Circulation Filter Tray Water Supply Port Doo
1. Shut down the system by performing the post- Water Supply Port Inner Cover
circuit breaker and the main power supply.
3. Open the water supply port door.
5. Loosen the screw and remove the water supply

port inner cover.
Replenisher Box Door
LII324
6. Remove the processing solution cooling air filter

Screws (5)
holder.
Screws
7. Remove the screw and then the splash-prevention Splash-prevention Cover 10

cover.
8. Remove the five screws and then the processor

front cover.
Reinstallation
Processing Solution Cooling
Air Filter Holder Processor Front Cover
LII325
removal.
10.1.2 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the upper

connector cover.
Reinstallation

Screws (2)
removal. Upper Connector Cover
LII643
10-3
10.1.3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Processor Inner Cover

2. Remove the dryer entrance rack.
3. Remove the four screws and then the processor

inner cover.

LII644
removal.
10.1.4 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703)

Replacement
Removal Clamps (5)
1. Remove:
• Upper connector cover (See Subsection 10.1.2).

• PS1/PS2/PS3: Processor inner cover
2. Open the five harness clamps and disconnect the

solution thermometer connector.
Sensor Connector (TS703)


LII645
10-4
3. Remove the screw and then the solution

thermometer.
Screw
Installation Solution Thermometer (TS700)

LII646
10.1.5 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement
Removal Clamps (5)
1. Remove:
10
2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the sensor

connector.
Sensor Connector
(FS705)
Sensor Connector (FS704)
LII647
Installation
Sensor (FS700) Screw
LII648
10-5
10.1.6 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement
Removal Water Supply Port Assembly
1. Remove:

Screw
(Remove)
2. Loosen the two screws, remove the other screw
and move the water supply port assembly to one
side.
Screws (2) (Loosen)

LII649
3. Open the three clamps and disconnect the FS706

Clamps (3)
connector.

LII650

Sensor (FS706)
Screw
Installation
LII651
10-6
10.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section
10.2.1 Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2)

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the lower

connector cover.
Reinstallation

removal. Lower Connector Cover
LII652
10.2.2 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement
Removal 10
1. Remove the lower connector cover
2. Remove the four screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct Screws (4)

LII653
10-7
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan

Fan (F701) Fan (F703)
connector.
Fan (F700)
Fan (F702)
Clamp
Installation

Arrow
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow mark points towards Screws (2) Connector
the heater. LII654
10.2.3 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement
Removal Fan Bracket
1. Remove:

• Heater cooling fan (See Subsection 10.2.2).
2. For D701: Open the four clamps then loosen the

two screws and move the fan bracket to one side.
Screws (2)
Clamps (4)
LII655
10-8
3. Disconnect the safety thermostat connector. Connector

Safety Thermostat Cover
4. Remove the safety thermostat cover.
5. Remove the two screws and then the safety Screws (2)
thermostat.
Installation
NOTE: Install the safety thermostat cover so that the Safety Thermostat (D700)
harness comes from underneath. LII656
10.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4) Upper Connector Bracket
NOTE: For PS1/PS2/PS3 or PS4, drain the processing

solution.
10
1. Remove:

2. Remove the two screws securing the upper

connector bracket.
3. Open the four harness clamps. Screw (Loosen)

Screw (Loosen)
Screws (2)
4. Loosen the two screws and move the lower Lower Connector Bracket
connector bracket to one side. LII657
5. Disconnect all connectors on the upper connector

bracket.
All Connectors
LII658
10-9
6. Open the clamp and disconnect the heater

Connector
connector. Clamp
LII659
7. Remove the two screws and then the safety Pinchcocks (2)
thermostat. Outlet Hose
Screws (2)
8. For P1/P2: Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with

the two pinchcocks.
Safety Thermostat
9. Remove the two screws and then the heater.
10. Loosen the two hose clamps and disconnect the

hoses from the heater.
Installation
Screws (2) Inlet Hose Heater
Clamps (2)
LII660
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 10.2.9).
10.2.5 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4) Upper Connector Bracket
1. Remove:


connector bracket.
3. Open the four harness clamps.
4. Loosen the two screws and move the lower

Screw (Loosen)
connector bracket to one side. Screw (Loosen)
Screws (2)
Lower Connector Bracket
LII657
10-10
5. Loosen the two screws and remove the drain cock Pump Bracket Screws (2) (Loosen)
from the bracket.
6. Loosen the two screws and remove the pump

bracket.
Screws (2) Drain Cock

LII661
7. Pull out the pump bracket, pinch the inlet and Outlet Hose
outlet hoses with the two pinchcocks and drain the Clamp
Pinchcocks (2)
Drain Cock
solution in the hose from the drain cock.
Pump
(PU700)
8. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the inlet
and outlet hoses from the pump.
10
9. Remove the two screws and then the pump.
Installation
Pump (PU701)
Inlet Hose
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 10.2.9). Screws (2)
LII662
10.2.6 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement
Removal Clamps (4) Upper Connector Bracket
1. Drain the PS1 to PS4 processing solutions.
2. Remove:


connector bracket.
4. Open the four harness clamps. Screw (Loosen)

Screw (Loosen)
Screws (2)
5. Loosen the two screws and move the lower Lower Connector Bracket
connector bracket to one side. LII657
10-11
6. Loosen the four screws and remove the drain

Screws (2)
cocks from the brackets. Pump Bracket

bracket.
Drain Cocks (4)

Screws (4)
LII681
8. Disconnect the four pump connectors and open

the seven harness clamps.
Connectors (4)
Clamps (7)
LII682
9. Remove the two screws securing the pump.

Pump (PU702)
10. Loosen the two clamps and disconnect the inlet

and outlet hoses from the pump.
Hose
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Pump (PU704)
Pump (PU703)
Pump (PU705)
Clamps (2) Screws (2)
LII683
10-12
10.2.7 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement
Removal Connector

Fan Cover
3. Remove the two screws then the fan cover and fan.
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Arrow

Fan (F704)
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points the outside. LII663
10.2.8 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement
Removal
10
Screws (2)
Installation
Fan (F705)
Connector
10-13
10.2.9 Hose Connection
1. Connect the hoses securely so that they extend Docking Portion

as far as the base of the connection opening.
2. Inspect the hose clamps, and replace them if the

docking portion is damaged.
Hose Clamp
0681
3. Check that the hose clamps are not twisted when

they are installed. Hold each end of the clamp
with a pair of pliers and squeeze the ends
together securely.
4. After operating the machine for 30 minutes, check

that there is no solution leakage from the hose
connections.
Hose Clamp
0680
10-14
10.3 Waste Solution System
10.3.1 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement
Removal Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the waste solution

level sensor cover.
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cover

LII665
3. Disconnect the sensor connector. Flashlight
NOTE: If the space is narrow between the machine and the

wall, put the flashlight from above and look through 10
the slits (peep holes) in the right cover.
Connector
4. Remove the waste solution tank cap.
Slits (Peep Holes)
Tank Cap
LII1191
5. Remove the two screws and then the sensor from

the tank cap.
Screws (2)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Sensor (FS728)

LII667
10-15
10.3.2 Waste Solution Tank Replacement
Removal

2. Loosen the screw and remove the waste solution

tank bracket.
Waste Solution Tank Bracket

Screw (Loosen)
LII669
3. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the P1, Hoses (3)
Connector Clamps (3)
P2 and PS1 waste solution hoses from the tank. Cap
4. Disconnect the level sensor connector and

remove the tank cap.
LII670
5. Loosen the two hose clamps and disconnect the Hoses (2) Clamps (2)
overflow and waste solution hoses from the tank.
6. Remove the waste solution tank.
Installation

Waste Solution Tank
LII671
10-16
10.3.3 Waste Solution Hose Replacement
Removal Water Supply Port Assembly
1. Remove:
• Processor front cover (See Subsection 10.1.1).

• Processor rear cover (See Subsection 9.4.2).
Screw
2. Loosen the two screws, remove the other one and (Remove)
move the water supply port assembly to one side.
Screws (2) (Loosen)

LII649
3. Loosen the hose clamp and disconnect the hose

H
10
Hose
from the waste solution tank.
Hose Clamp
LII910
4. Cut the cord tie and disconnect the drain cock

from the waste solution hose.
Drain Cock
Installation
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 10.2.9). Cord Tie
LII909
10-17
11. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM
Parts Location....................................................................................... 11-2
11.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section ............................................................ 11-3

11.1.1 Replenisher Box Door Open/
Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724) Replacement ..................................... 11-3
11.1.2 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement ............................. 11-3
11.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/
Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement............................................................ 11-4
11.1.4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 11-5
11.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement ....................................... 11-6
11.1.6 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 11-7
11.1.7 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement .................................................. 11-8
11.1.8 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing .................................................. 11-9
11.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System .................................. 11-10

11.2.1 Replenisher Filter Replacement......................................................................... 11-10
11.2.2 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement.......................... 11-10
11.2.3 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 11-12
11.2.4 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ...................................................................... 11-13
11.2.5 PSR Pump Valve Replacement .......................................................................... 11-14
11.2.6 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement ...................................................................... 11-15
11.2.7 PSR Filter Replacement ...................................................................................... 11-16
11.2.8 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement........................ 11-16
11.2.9 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor 11
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement ................................ 11-17
11.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement ...................................................................................... 11-18
11.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement.................................................................. 11-20
11.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System........................................... 11-23

11.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement...................................................... 11-23
(S720 to S722) Replacement............................................................................... 11-24
11.3.3 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve
(S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement ............................................................... 11-25
11-1
Parts Location
Replenisher
Nozzles (P1W/P1R/ Auto Washing
P2RA/P2RB/PSR) Nozzles (No.2 Crossover Rack)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Auto Washing
Cartridge Washing Valves Nozzles (No.3 Crossover Rack)
(S728/S829/S730)/
Auto Washing Nozzles
P1 Stirring Valve (S731)
(Dryer Entrance Rack)
Auto Washing Valves

(No.2/No.3 Crossover Racks/
and Dryer Entrance Rack)
(S720/S721/S722)
P1WR Water Replenishment
Valve (S723)
To Water Supply Port
PSR
Replenisher
Tank
Water
Supply
Port
Replenisher
Cartridge
Box
P1R
PSRPump
(PU724)
P2RA
P2RB PSR Replenisher

Filter
PSR Lower PSR Drain Cock
Level Sensor
(FS727)
Auto Washing
Pump (PU720)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump PSR Upper Level

(PU721/PU722/PU723) Sensor (FS723)
P1R
P1R Upper/P2RA Upper/P2RB P2RB P1R/P2RA/P2RB
Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA Lower/ Replenisher Tanks
P2RB Lower Level Sensors P2RA
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724 Replenisher Filters P1R/P2RA/P2RB Drain Cocks
FS725/FS726)
LII967
11-2
11.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section
11.1.1 Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch

(D724) Replacement
Removal Screw (Loosen)
Screw
2. Loosen the screw, remove the other one and then

the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
Screw Connector Cover
LII676
4. Disconnect the connector from the switch. Connector

E-ring
5. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch.

Switch
11
Installation
Spring
11.1.2 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement
Removal

Sensor Bracket Screw

LII678
11-3
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Locking Tabs
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor

from the bracket.
Installation
Sensor (D721)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Connector
LII679
11.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement
Removal Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the sensor cover.
Sensor Cover
LII685

Screw
Sensor Bracket
LII686
11-4

Sensor (D723)
Connector
Sensor (D722)
Installation
Locking Tab
11.1.4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamp
Connector
1. Remove:
11
• Move the water supply port assembly to one
side(See Subsection 10.1.6).
• Replenisher box door open/close detecting
interlock switch bracket (See Subsection 11.1.1).
• Replenisher cartridge setting sensor bracket
• Replenisher cartridge box upper/lower sensor
bracket (See Subsection 11.1.3).
Clamps (4)
2. Open the four clamps at the right-hand side and
six clamps at the left-hand side. Clamps (6)
LII684
3. Disconnect the motor connector and open the
clamp.
11-5
4. Remove the six screws and loosen the other two

ones securing the unit.
5. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit.
Screws (6)
(Remove)
Reinstallation
Screws (Loosen) Screws (Loosen)
removal.
11.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit

2. Remove the six screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Screws (6)
LII689
3. Remove the E-ring and then the cam gear. E-ring

Screw
4. Remove the screw then the cam roller and nut.
Cam Gear
Nut
Cam Roller
LII690
11-6
5. Remove the two E-rings and then the two idler Idler Gears (2)
E-rings (2)
gears.
LII691
Installation Cam Roller

Groove
NOTE: Install the gear cover by aligning the cam roller with
the groove in the cartridge setting section.
11
LII692
11.1.6 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit

2. Remove the six screws and then the gear cover

3. Remove the four screws and then the cartridge

set box.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
Replenisher Cartridge Setting Box
LII693
removal.
NOTE: Assemble the cartridge set box to the cartridge

bracket so that they are in parallel.
11-7
11.1.7 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement
Removal Screws (3)

Motor Bracket
1. Remove the cartridge set box (See Subsection 11.1.6).
2. Remove the three screws and then the motor

bracket.
LII694
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor. Screws (2)
Motor
LII695
4. Loosen the hexagonal socket head setscrew then

Flat Surface
remove the gear and collar.
Installation
2.5mm
NOTE: Align the holes in the gear and collar and the flat Collar Gear
surface on the shaft. Tighten the hexagonal socket
head setscrew so that the shaft end is 2.5 mm from Hexagonal Socket Head Setscrews
the gear end surface as shown. LII696
11-8
11.1.8 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing
1. Open the dryer unit. Replenisher Box Door
2. Release the lock by inserting the screwdriver into

the two holes to push down the lock arms as
shown.
NOTE: Insert the tip of the screwdriver straight

approximately 30mm and release the lock arms
one by one while pulling the replenisher box
door toward the front.
Screwdriver
Lock Arm
LII911
11
11-9
11.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System
11.2.1 Replenisher Filter Replacement
Removal Clamps (3) Pinchcocks (2)

2. Open the three clamps and pull out the filter.
3. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the pinchcocks.
4. Loosen the two clamps and disconnect the hoses

from the filter.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Clamps (2)

Hoses (2) Filter
LII697
NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely
• After installation, perform the following adjustment.
• Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting"
11.2.2 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement
Removal Connectors (3) Screws (2)
1. Move the water supply port assembly


3. Disconnect the three pump connectors.
LII698
11-10

Pump Bracket
bracket.
Screws (2)
LII699
5. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses using the pinchcocks.

Hoses (2)
Pump Pinchcocks (2)
6. Cut the cord tie securing the outlet hose and Clamp
disconnect the hose from the pump.
7. Loosen the clamp and disconnect the inlet hose

from the pump.
8. Remove the screw and then pull out the pump. Cord Tie
11
Screw
LII700
9. Open the four clamps securing the pump harness.
Installation

Clamps (4)
Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" LII1198
11-11
11.2.3 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamps (2)
2. Open the two clamps.
LII705
3. Remove the two screws and pull the pump

bracket out.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Pump Bracket Screws (2)
removal. LII706
11-12
11.2.4 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement
Removal Pinchcocks (2)

Hoses (2)
1. Remove the PSR pump bracket

inlet and outlet hoses from the pump.
Clamps (2)
LII709
4. Loosen the two screws and remove the connector

Connector Cover
cover.
Screws (2)
11
LII708
5. Disconnect the pump connector. Connector
6. Open the two harness clamps.
Clamps (2)
LII710
11-13
7. Remove the screw and then the pump.

Pump
Installation

Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" Screw

11.2.5 PSR Pump Valve Replacement
Removal Hoses (2)
1. Remove:
• PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 11.2.3).

• Connector cover (See Subsection 11.2.4).
3. Loosen the two joint nuts.
Pinchcocks (2) Joint Nuts (2)

LII707
4. Remove the two valves.
Installation
Valves (2)
Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting"

RD232
11-14
11.2.6 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement
Removal Hoses (2)
1. Remove:

3. Loosen the two joint nuts.
Pinchcocks (2) Joint Nuts (2)

LII707
4. Remove the screw and then the pump. Pump
11
Screw
LII711
5. Turn the bellows 90 degrees counterclockwise to Bellows

remove it.
Installation
Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" LII712

11-15
11.2.7 PSR Filter Replacement
Removal Hoses (2)

Pinchcocks (2)
1. Remove the PSR pump bracket

3. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the

hoses from the filter.
Installation
Clamp
NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely Filter
1) Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/

Setting" (See Subsection 4.5.1).
2) Menu 0621 "Auto Cleaning Output
Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 4.5.2).
11.2.8 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement
Removal Connector (FS723)

Connector (FS727)
1. Remove the connector cover

2. Disconnect the sensor connectors.
3. Open the three clamps and cut the cord tie.
Clamps (3)
Cord Tie
LII719
11-16
4. Pinch the upper and lower hoses with the two Pinchcocks (2)
Hoses (2)
pinchcocks. Clamp
5. Remove the screw and then the sensor from the

bracket.

hoses from the sensor.
Installation

Sensor Screw
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 10.2.9). LII720
11.2.9 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level

Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726)
Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the connector cover (See Subsection 11.2.4). 11
2. Remove the two screws securing the tank bracket
and pull the tank bracket out.
Tank Bracket
LII1197
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the sensor Connector

connectors.
4. Remove the two screws and then the level sensors.
Clamp
Screws (2) Sensor

LII726
11-17
Installation " "Marks

Sensor
NOTE: • Align the lower end of the sensor with the bottom
bearing as shown.
• Align the " " mark on the sensor flange with the
" " mark on the tank as shown.
Bearing
LII727
11.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement
When servicing the power input section parts, make

sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply on the power distribution board are both set to
the OFF position. If the main power is left ON,
electricity will flow as far as the power input section,
and this can cause electric shocks and/or short-
circuiting.
Removal
1. Remove:
• Processor rear cover (See Subsection 9.4.2).

2. Remove the two screws and then the power input

section cover.
Power Input Section Cover

Screws (2)
LII314
11-18
3. Remove the four screws securing the power input

section bracket.
Screws (4)
Ground Harness
LII728
4. Open the two clamps and move the power input

bracket to one side.
11
Clamps (2)
Power Input Section Bracket

LII729
5. Remove the two screws and then the tank bracket. Tank Bracket
Screws (2)
LII730
11-19
6. Loosen the five hose clamps and disconnect the Hoses (5)
five hoses from the tank. Clamps (5)
7. Remove the tank.
Installation

• Use a new toothed washer for tightening the
grounding wire to the frame.
• After installation, perform Installation Menu "91
PSR AIR EXT" from the operation panel on the
LP5500R / LP5700R. Tank
LII731
11.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the right cover(See Subsection 9.4.1).
2. Drain remaining solutions from the tanks.
3. Remove the four screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
Screws (4)
LII653
4. Remove the two screws and then the upper Clamps (4)
connector bracket.
5. Loosen the four hose clamps and disconnect the

three inlet hoses and stirring hose.
Stirring Hose Inlet Hose

LII1170
11-20
6. Pull out the replenisher filters.
7. Loosen the three hose clamps and disconnect the

three outlet hoses from the filters.
Outlet Hose Clamps (3)

LII1171
8. Disconnect the P1R, P2RA and P2RB level

sensor connectors.
11
Sensor Connectors (6)

LII1172
9. Open the clamp, remove the two screws and then Tank
the tanks.
Screws (2)
Clamp
LII725
11-21
Installation

removal.

• Take care not to bend or twist the hoses when
connecting the hoses.
• Connect the inlet hoses to the tanks, then install
the tanks being careful not to pinch them between
the bracket and the tanks.
• After installation, perform Installation Menu "92
MIX REPL" and "93 PUMP AIR EXT" from the
operation panel on the LP5500R / LP5700R.
LII1173
11-22
11.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System
11.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement
Removal Connector
1. Remove:

2. Disconnect the connector and open the three

clamps.
Clamps (3)
LII714
3. Pinch the three inlet and outlet hoses with the

Pump
three pinchcocks. Hoses (3)

hoses from the pump.
11
5. Remove the two screws and then the pump.
Screws (2)
Installation

(See Subsection 10.2.9). Pinchcocks (3)
• After installation, perform the following adjustment. Clamps (2)
LII715
Menu 0621 "Auto Cleaning Output
Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 4.5.2).
11-23

(S720 to S722) Replacement
Removal Connector
1. Remove:

2. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps.
Clamps (2)
LII716
3. Remove the two screws and then the valves.

Valves
Screws (2)
LII717
4. Pinch the five hoses with the pinchcocks.

hoses from the valves.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Hose Clamp

Pinchcocks (5)
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 10.2.9). LII718
11-24
11.3.3 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve (S728/

S729/S730/S731) Replacement
Removal

2. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps.
Connector
Clamps (2)
LII721
3. Open the four clamps. Clamps (4)

Screws (2) (Loosen)
4. Remove the two screws and then the valve bracket. 11
Valve Bracket
LII722
11-25
5. Remove the two screws and then the valves. Valves
Screws (2)
LII723
6. Pinch the five hoses with the pinchcocks.

hoses from the valves.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Pinchcocks (5) Hose

Clamp
LII724
11-26
12. DRYER SECTION
Parts Location....................................................................................... 12-2
12.1 Dryer Belt Unit....................................................................................... 12-3

12.1.1 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 12-3
12.1.2 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement................................................................... 12-3
12.1.3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B)
Replacement .......................................................................................................... 12-5
12.2 Dryer Rack Section............................................................................... 12-6

12.2.1 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................................... 12-6
12.2.2 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)
Replacement .......................................................................................................... 12-8
12.2.3 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ......................................................... 12-9
12.2.4 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................................... 12-9
12.2.5 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement .......................................................... 12-10
12.2.6 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement ................................................................... 12-12
12.2.7 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement .......................................................... 12-13
12.2.8 Exit Feed Belt Replacement ............................................................................... 12-13
12.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section................................................................... 12-14

12.3.1 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 12-14
12.3.2 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement........................................................................... 12-15
12.3.3 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement ....................... 12-16
12.3.4 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement........................................................ 12-16
12.3.5 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement...................................... 12-17
12
12-1
Parts Location
Dryer Heaters A to H
(H760 to H767)
Dryer Heaters Safety

Dryer Section Open/Close Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/D760B)
Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)
Dryer Fan (F760)
Dryer Unit
Dryer Belt Unit Open/
Close Detecting Interlock
Switch (D762B)
Dryer Thermometer
(TS760)
LII969
12-2
12.1 Dryer Belt Unit
12.1.1 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the dryer exit unit right cover

(See Subsection 13.1.1 / 13.1.2).
2. Remove the dryer belt unit.
Reinstallation

removal. Belt Unit
LII736
12.1.2 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 12.1.1).
2. Remove the two tension springs.
12
Springs (2)
LII737
3. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings then Bearings (2) Shaft
the entrance side roller.
E-rings (2)
the shaft. Bearings (2)
Screws (2)
Roller
E-rings (2)
Bracket
LII738
12-3
6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear. E-ring
Bearing
E-ring
Gear
LII742
8. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller. E-ring
Roller Bearing
LII743
9. Remove the eight screws and then the two stays Screws (8)
and the mesh belt.
Mesh Belt
Installation
Stays (2)
12-4
12.1.3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch

(D762B) Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the dryer fan cover (See Subsection 12.3.1).
2. Remove the screw and then the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
LII767
3. Disconnect the connector from the switch. E-ring

Connector
4. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch.
12
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Spring

Switch (D762B)
LII766
12-5
12.2 Dryer Rack Section
12.2.1 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the dryer exit unit (See Subsection 13.1.3).
2. Remove the eight screws and then the two brackets. Screws (8)
NOTE: The one screw tightened together with the

grounding wire.
Brackets (2)
Grounding Wire
LII761
3. Remove the four screws securing the dryer rack.
Screws (4)
LII762
12-6
4. Remove the dryer rack. Dryer Rack
LII763
Reinstallation Fan Duct Channel

removal.
NOTE: • Align the rear channel with the printer end of the
fan duct then the front two holes with the locating
pins.
• Connect the grounding wire correctly.
12
Dryer Rack
Locating Pins
Holes
LII766
12-7
12.2.2 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)

Replacement
Removal Screw
2. Remove the screw securing the switch bracket.
LII764
3. Remove the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
LII765
4. Disconnect the connector from the switch. E-ring

Connector
5. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch
from the bracket.
Installation
Spring
Switch (D762A)
12-8
12.2.3 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the dryer rack (See Subsection 12.2.1).
2. Remove the two screws securing the tensioner

and then the tension spring.
3. Remove the drive belt.
Installation Belt
Spring
12.2.4 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Screws (6)
1. Remove the dryer feed roller drive belt

2. Remove the six screws and then the dryer guide

plate. 12
Dryer Guide Plate

LII769
3. Remove the three screws and then the belt cover.
Belt Cover
Screws (3)
LII770
12-9
4. Remove the eight screws and then the four guides.

Screws (8)
Guides (4)
LII771
5. Remove the E-ring and then the pulley. Bearings (2)

E-rings (2)
6. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings from
each roller.
Installation
Pulley
E-ring
12.2.5 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement
Removal Screws (6)
2. Remove the six screws and then the dryer guide

plate.
Dryer Guide Plate

LII769
12-10
3. Remove the front five E-rings and then the five

E-rings (5)
gears.
Gears (5)
LII1174
4. Remove the front two coil springs. Springs (2)
5. Remove the front five E-rings and bearings.
12
Bearings (5) E-rings (5)
LII1175
6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear. Rollers (5)

Springs (2)
7. Remove the rear two coil springs.
8. Remove the rear five E-rings and bearings.
9. Remove the five rollers.
Bearings (5) Gear

E-rings (5)
Installation E-ring
LII1176
12-11
12.2.6 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the four E-rings, two plain washers and

then the four gears.
Gears (4) E-rings (4)

Washers (2)
LII1178
3. Remove the two screws and fixing pins then the

guide plate.
Fixing Pins (2) Screws (2)

LII1179
4. Remove the two coil springs. Nip Rollers (2)
5. Remove the four E-rings and bearings then the

two nip rollers.
Installation
Springs (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. E-rings (4) Bearings (4)
LII1180
12-12
12.2.7 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement
Removal Dryer Unit Front Left Cover
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover

2. Remove the three screws and then the dryer unit

front left cover.
Screws (3)
LII815
3. Remove the four screws and then the lock assembly. Screws (4)
12
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Lock Assembly

LII816
12.2.8 Exit Feed Belt Replacement
Removal Gear E-ring

Belt
2. Loosen the two screws securing the belt

tensioner.
4. Remove the belt.
Installation

Screws (2)
removal. LII1177
12-13
12.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section
12.3.1 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)

2. Remove the four screws and then the dryer section

right cover.
Dryer Section Right Cover

LII746
3. Remove the two screws and then the two harness Screws (2)
duct covers.
Harness Duct Covers (2)
LII747
4. Disconnect the three connectors (Jso6, Jso12 Connectors (3)

and Jshu3).
5. Remove the two screws and then the connector Screws (2)
bracket.
6. Put the harness to the hinge side.
Connector Bracket
LII748
12-14
7. Open the dryer belt unit and support it with the Dryer Belt Unit
stopper.
8. Remove the two screws and then the dryer fan

cover.
Reinstallation

Screws (2)
removal. Dryer Fan Cover
LII749
12.3.2 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement
Removal Screws (4)

Dryer Fan (F760)
2. Disconnect the dryer fan connector.
3. Remove the four screws and the fan.

12
Installation
Connector
LII750
12-15
12.3.3 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement
Removal Clamps (2)

Connector
1. Remove the dryer fan (See Subsection 12.3.2). Clamps (2)
Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the safety thermostat connector and
open the two clamps.
3. Remove the two screws and two clamps.
4. Remove the four screws and then the safety

thermostats.
Screws (4)
Installation Safety Thermostat (D760B)
Safety Thermostat (D760A)

LII751
12.3.4 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement
Removal Connector
Clamps (5)
1. Remove the dryer fan cover
Dryer Thermometer (TS760)
2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the
thermometer connector.
3. Remove the screw and then the thermometer.
Installation
NOTE: Be sure to remove the protection tube from the tip of Screw
the thermometer. LII752
12-16
12.3.5 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the safety thermostats

2. Disconnect the three heater connectors

(H760, H761 and H766).
Connectors (3)
LII753
3. Remove the two screws and then the heater Screws (2)
assembly.
12
Installation
Heater Assembly
12-17
13. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER
Parts Location....................................................................................... 13-3
13.1 Dryer Exit Unit....................................................................................... 13-8

13.1.1 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation (LP5700R) ....................... 13-8
13.1.2 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation (LP5500R) ....................... 13-8
13.1.3 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................... 13-9
13.1.4 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement .................................................................. 13-12
13.1.5 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement.................................................................. 13-13
13.1.6 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/D775P)
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 13-13
13.1.7 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement................................... 13-14
13.1.8 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement ....... 13-15
13.1.9 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement .............................................. 13-16
13.1.10 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement.................................................................. 13-17
13.1.11 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................. 13-18
13.1.12 Roller Replacement ............................................................................................. 13-22
13.1.13 Nip Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-24
13.1.14 Switching Guide Plate Replacement ................................................................. 13-24
13.2 SU700AY Sorter .................................................................................. 13-26

13.2.1 SU700AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 13-26
13.2.2 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 13-27
13.2.3 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................ 13-28
13.2.4 Sorter Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 13-30
13.2.5 Print Push Section Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 13-30
13.2.6 Print Push Position Sensor (D815) Replacement............................................. 13-31
13
13.2.7 Sorter Drive Motor (M810)/Print Push Drive Section Replacement ................ 13-31
13.2.8 Print Push Drive Gear Replacement .................................................................. 13-35
13.2.9 Lock Release Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................... 13-36
13.2.10 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement................................... 13-37
13.2.11 Drive Shaft/Gear Replacement ........................................................................... 13-37
13.2.12 Shooter Drive Gear Replacement ...................................................................... 13-38
13.2.13 Chain Tension Adjustment ................................................................................. 13-40
13.2.14 Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment .............................................................. 13-41
13.3 Print Sending Unit ............................................................................. 13-42

13.3.1 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 13-42
13.3.2 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement....................................... 13-42
13.3.3 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement................................................. 13-44
13.4 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................... 13-46

13.4.1 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 13-46
13.4.2 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 13-46
13.4.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement........................... 13-47
13.4.4 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement................................... 13-48
13.4.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement ...................................... 13-48
13-1
13.4.6 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement .......................................................... 13-49
13.4.7 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Belt Stop Position Adjustment ....................... 13-51
13.5 SU1400AY Sorter................................................................................ 13-52

13.5.1 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................ 13-52
13.5.2 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 13-52
13.5.3 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 13-53
13.5.4 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement................................... 13-53
13.5.5 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement ........................................................... 13-54
13.5.6 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................ 13-56
13.5.7 Chain Tension Adjustment ................................................................................. 13-56
13-2
Parts Location
• Dryer Exit Unit

Feeding Path Switch
*Lower Exit
Paper Sensor (Front) (D775)
Sorter Tray Section
Solenoid (S770)
** Lower Exit
Paper Sensor (Center) (D774)
*Lower Exit
Paper Sensor
(Rear) (D773)
*Feeding Path Switching

Paper Sensor
(Front) (D772)
Feeding Path Switching

Paper Sensor (Center) (D771)
Cover
Dryer Section
Sensor LED *Feeding Path Switching Drive Motor (M770)
Screw Paper Sensor (Rear) (D770)
* : For LP5700R
LII971
13
** : For LP5700R and LP5500R SU1400AY
13-3
Parts Location
• Print Sending Unit
Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)
Print Sending Belt
LII972
13-4
Parts Location
• SU700AY Sorter
Sorter Drive Motor (M810)
Print Push Position Sensor (D815)
Sorter Full Sensor (D811)
SWA20 Circuit Board
13
Sorter Drive Switch (D812)
Sorter Tray Position Sensor (D810)
MII015
13-5
Parts Location
• SU1400AY Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter Belt
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813)
Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811)
LII973A
13-6
Parts Location
• SU1400AY Sorter
Sorter Full Sensor (D811)
Sorter Drive Motor (M810)
SU1400AY Sorter
13
SW20 Circuit Board/
Sorter Full Buzzer (BZ810)/
Sorter Drive Switch (D812)
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810)
LII973B
13-7
13.1 Dryer Exit Unit
13.1.1 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation

(LP5700R)
Removal Screws (6) Cover
1. Remove the print sending unit

2. Disconnect the transversal sorter cable.
3. Remove the six screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation
Cable
removal.
13.1.2 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation

(LP5500R)
Removal Screws (6) Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover
1. Remove the SU700AY sorter

2. Remove the six screws and then the sorter

bracket and cover.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Sorter Bracket

removal. MII062
13-8
13.1.3 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (6)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit right cover (LP5500R:
(See Subsection 13.1.1 / 13.1.2)).
2. Remove the six screws and then the dryer exit

unit top cover.
Cover
LII745
3. LP5700R:Remove the two screws and then the

Screws (2)
print sending unit bracket.
NOTE: Use a long shank screwdriver to avoid the

screws from damage.
Print Sending Unit Bracket

LII755
13
4. LP5500R:Disconnect the two connectors (Jso12/
Jshu3).
LP5700R:Disconnect the three connectors (Jso6/
Jso12/Jshu3).
Connectors (2) Connector (LP5700R)

LII756
13-9
5. Remove the three screws and then the dryer unit Dryer Unit Front Left Cover
front left cover.
Screws (3)
LII815
6. Remove the four screws and then the lock

assembly.
Lock Assembly Screws (4)

LII816
7. Remove the four screws and gear fixing plate.
Gear Fixing Plate Screws (4)

LII1243
13-10
8. Loosen the two screws and turn the gear bracket Gear Bracket
Screws (2)
counterclockwise. Tighten the two screws.
LII757
9. Remove the four screws and then the unit by

shifting it toward the printer side.
NOTE: The grounding wire is tightend by the rear right-

hand screw.
Unit Screws (4) Grounding

Wire 13
LII758

Gear Bracket

removal.
NOTE: Loosen the gear bracket screws and turn the bracket
clockwise fully. Tighten the two gear bracket screws.
LII1183
13-11
13.1.4 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/

Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED
(Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement
Removal *Sensor LED (D775L) *Sensor LED (D773L)

Sensor LED (D774L)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit right cover
2. Remove the screw then the sensor LED and

cover.
*Sensor LED (D770L)

*Sensor LED Sensor LED (D771L)
(D772L)
LII784
*For LP5700R
Cover
Connector
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Sensor LED

Screw
removal. LII780
13-12
13.1.5 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/

Front)(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the two screws and then the feeding path

switching section lower cover.
Feeding Path Switching

Screws (2)
Section Lower Cover
LII782

Connector Screw
Installation
*Sensor (D772P)
*Sensor (D770P) Sensor (D771P)
removal.
LII783
*For LP5700R
13
13.1.6 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/

D775P) Replacement
Removal Screws (2) Guide Plate
1. Open the dryer exit unit left cover.
LII785
13-13
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. *Sensor (D775P)

*Sensor (D773P)
Sensor (D774P)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Screw

Connector
removal. LII786
*For LP5700R
13.1.7 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement
Removal Solenoid Bracket Screws (2)

3. Disconnect the solenoid connector and open the

two harness clamps.
4. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid

bracket.
Spring Connector
Clamps (2)
LII787
5. Remove the two screws and then the cover from Cover
Screws (2)
the solenoid.

the solenoid.
Screws (2)
Bracket
LII788
13-14
Installation Arm

removal.
NOTE: Adjust the solenoid position so that its roller just

contacts to the arm and tighten the two mount
screws while pushing the lower end of the arm
without coil spring as shown.
Screws (2)
LII791
13.1.8 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776)

Replacement

Locking Tabs
3. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
13
Installation

Connector
removal. LII789
13-15
13.1.9 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

3. Remove the two screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Clamps (2)
LII790
4. Disconnect the motor connector. Motor (M770)
5. Remove the four screws and then the spacer and

motor.
Screws (4) Connector

LII793
6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear from the Gear
motor.
Installation

removal. Spacer
E-ring
LII796
13-16
13.1.10 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

3. Remove the two screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Clamps (2)
LII790
4. Disconnect the motor connector. Screws (5)
5. Remove the five screws and then the motor

bracket.
13
Motor Bracket
Connector
LII792
6. Loosen the two screws securing the belt tensioner Belt

and remove the drive belt. Screws (2)
LII794
13-17
Installation Tesioner

removal.
NOTE: Apply a pressure of 8 ± 1N to the tensioner using

the tension gauge and tighten the tensioner screws
as shown.
Screws (2)
LII795
13.1.11 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Guide Plates (3)
2. Remove:
• Feeding path switching solenoid (S770)

• Feed roller drive belt (See Subsection 13.1.11).
3. Remove the three screws and then the three

guide plates.
Screws (3) Screws (3)

LII799
4. Remove the two screws and then the dryer exit

unit left lower cover.
Screws (2) Dryer Exit Unit Left

Lower Cover
LII800
13-18
5. Remove the four screws and then the dryer exit

unit left cover.
Screws (4)
Dryer Exit Unit Left-hand Cover
LII801
6. Open the five harness clamps.
7. Remove the three screws and then the three

sensors (D770P, D771P and D772P).
*Sensor (D772P)
Sensor (D771P)
Screws (3)
*Sensor (D770P)
Clamps (5)
LII8.2
*For LP5700R
8. Remove the six screws and locking pins then the Screws (3)
three guide plates. 13
Locking Pins (6)
Guide Plates (3)
Screws (3)
LII8.3
13-19
9. Open the ten harness clamps. Sensor LED

Sensor LED (D770L) (D771L)
10. Remove the six screws and then the sensor LEDs Screws (6) Clamps (5)
Sensor LED
(D770L, D771L, D772L, D773L, D774L and
(D772L)
D775L).
Clamps (5)
*Sensor LED (D775L)
*Sensor LED (D773L)
Sensor LED (D774L)
LII804
*For LP5700R
11. Remove the two screws and then the entrance

guide plate.
Screws (2)
Entrance Guide Plate

LII805
12. Open the five harness clamps. Screws (3) Clamps (5)
13. Remove the three screws and then the sensors

(D773P, D774P and D775P).
Sensor (D774P)
*Sensor (D773P)
*Sensor (D775P)
LII8.6
*For LP5700R
13-20
14. Remove the two screws and locking pins then the <Rear>
guide plate. Locking Pins (2)
Screws (2) Bearing
Pulley
15. Remove the E-ring from the front side and then
Guide Plate
the bearing.
16. Remove the two E-rings, pulley and bearing from

the rear side.
E-rings (2)
E-ring
Roller
Bearing
<Front>
LII807
18. Remove the two screws and then the small size Small Size Exit Guide Plate
exit guide plate.
Screws (2)
LII808
13
19. Remove the screw and then the arm.
Screw
Arm
20. Remove the two E-rings, bearings and then the Switching Guide Plate
switching guide plate.
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
LII809
13-21
Reinstallation

removal. Screws (2) Guide Plate
LII810
13.1.12 Roller Replacement
Removal E-ring
1. Remove the guide plates (See Subsection 13.1.11).
2. Remove the E-ring and then the reinforcement

plate.
Reinforcement Plate
LII1181
3. Remove the six E-rings from the rear side then Pulley
the two idler gears, pulley and four roller drive
gears.
E-rings (6)
Idler Gears (2)
LII811
13-22
4. Remove the spring from the rear side. Bearings (5)

E-rings (7) Pulleys (2) E-rings (7)
5. Remove the seven E-rings from the rear side and Spring
then the two pulleys, four ball-bearings and Spring
bearing.
6. Remove the spring from the front side.
7. Remove the seven E-rings from the front side then

the gear, bearing and five ball-bearings.
Bearing
Bearing
Bearings (4)
Gear
<Rear> <Front>
LII812
8. Remove the rollers.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Install the rollers in their correct position.
13
ø18 White Hard Roller
ø18 White Hard Roller
ø18 Black Soft Roller
ø24 Black Soft Roller (With Grooves)
ø24 Black Soft Roller (One Way) (LP5500R)
ø24 Black Soft Roller (One Way) (LP5700R)
MII063
13-23
Removal Roller
1. Open the dryer exit unit left cover.

Bearings (2)
2. Remove the two E-rings.

E-rings (2)
3. Remove the two springs, bearings and then the

roller.
Installation Dryer Exit Unit

Left Cover
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Springs (2)
LII814
removal.
13.1.14 Switching Guide Plate Replacement
Removal Arm Screw Coil Spring
2. Remove the coil spring, screw and then the arm.
MII084
3. Remove the E-ring and bearing from the front end Bearing E-ring
of the black soft roller shaft above the switching
guide plate.
Black Soft Roller
4. Remove the two E-rings and bearings from the

both ends of the switching guide plate shaft.
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
MII083
13-24
5. Move the switching guide plate towards the rear to

release its boss from the hole in the guide open/
Guide Open/
close lever. Close Lever
6. Remove the guide open/close lever from the shaft

of the switching guide plate.
Switching Guide Plate
Boss
MII082
7. Put the black soft roller one side and remove the Black Soft Roller
switching guide plate.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Switching Guide Plate 13

removal. MII081
13-25
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
13.2.1 SU700AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Sorter Cable
1. Disconnect the sorter cable and place it on the

sorter.
MII007
2. Release the two locks and move the sorter to the

right.
Locks (2)
MII008
3. Hold the left-hand and right-hand handles and Left-hand Handle

remove the sorter.
Right-hand Handle
MII009
13-26
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
Reinstallation Concave portion

removal.
NOTE: • Install the sorter by aligning its rear end with the
guide and pushing it to the left-hand side.
• Move the sorter to the left-hand so that the its left-
hand end enters the concave portion in the dryer
exit unit right cover as shown.
Guide
MII010
13.2.2 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Sorter Cable
1. Disconnect the sorter cable.
13
MII007
2. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board Circuit Board Section Cover
section cover.
Screws (2)
MII029
13-27
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
3. Disconnect the five connectors, remove the two Connectors (5) Screws (2)
screws and then the circuit board.
Installation

removal. SWA20 Circuit Board
MII030
13.2.3 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the full sensor

section cover.
Full Sensor Section Cover

MII031
3. Remove the screw and then the full sensor

bracket.
Screw Full Sensor Bracket

MII032
13-28
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
4. Disconnect the connector (D811). Connector (D811)
Locking
Tabs
Sensor (D811)
MII033
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Adjust the sorter full sensor position as described

below.
<Sorter Full Sensor Position Adjustment>
1. Place the sorter on the processor and connect the Sensor Arm
sorter cable.
2. Find out a sorter tray that stops most rear position

in the seventeen trays by pressing the sorter drive
switch.
13
Tray
3. Loosely install the sorter full sensor with the

screw.
4. Turn the sensor arm so that it flush with the back

surface of the tray by fingers.
5. Keep this condition and tighten the screw.

Screw
6. Make sure the sensor detects sorter full for all Sensor Bracket Sensor Arm
seventeen trays with a sheet of paper without curl. MII061
13-29
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
13.2.4 Sorter Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4) Sorter Rear Cover

2. Remove the four screws and then the sorter rear

cover.
Reinstallation

removal.
MII034
13.2.5 Print Push Section Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Print Push

Section Screws (5)
2. Remove the two screws then the print push board

and two spacers.
Screws (2)
3. Remove the five screws and then the print push

section. Spacers (2)
Print Push board

Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. MII035
13-30
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
13.2.6 Print Push Position Sensor (D815) Replacement
Removal Connector (D815) Locking Tabs
1. Remove:
• Sorter rear cover (See Subsection 13.2.4).

• Print push section (See Subsection 13.2.5).
Installation

Sensor (D815)
removal.
MII036
13.2.7 Sorter Drive Motor (M810)/Print Push Drive Section Replacement
Removal
Connector
1. Remove: cover

13
cover.
Screws (2)
MII037
3. Disconnect the connector. Motor Bracket

bracket.
Connector
MII038
13-31
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
5. Open the three harness clamps.
Clamps (3)
MII039
Screws (2)
Motor (M810)
MII040
7. Remove the E-ring, then the gear and pin.
Gear
Pin
E-ring
MII041
13-32
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
8. Remove the two E-rings, then the poly-sliders and Poly-slider

two gears. E-rings (2)
Gears (2)
MII042
9. Remove the E-ring, then the bearing, gear, poly- Shaft

slider and shaft. Poly-slider
Gear
Bearing
E-ring 13
MII043
Installation

removal.
Screws (2)
NOTE: • Tighten the two screws while pressing the motor

toward the arrow direction as shown.
Motor
MII077
13-33
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
• Face the clutch surface of the gear with the one- One-way
way clutch up as shown. Clutch Surface
Gear
MII042-1
• Align the shooter cam position by following the Shooter Cam

steps below. Bearing Bracket
1) Remove the two E-rings and then the shooter

cam bearing bracket.
Screws (2)
MII044
2) Reinstall the motor bracket and connect the Right-hand Side Cover
connector.
3) Reinstall the connector cover.
4) Engage the gears so that the shooter cam

parallels with the right-hand side cover when
the upper end of the shooter cam is pushed
toward the rear side as shown.
Cam
Screws (3)
MII045
13-34
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
13.2.8 Print Push Drive Gear Replacement
Removal Gear Link Assembly
1. Remove the sorter rear cover

2. Remove the two E-rings, then the bearing and

gear link assembly.
E-rings (2)
MII046
3. Remove the E-ring and then the link. E-ring

Link
4. Remove the screw and then the sensor arm.
Installation

removal.
Sensor Arm Screw
13
MII047
13-35
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
13.2.9 Lock Release Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Lock Release Lever
1. Remove the SU700AY sorter (See Subsection

13.2.1).
2. Remove the screw and then the lock release lever.
Screw
MII048
3. Remove the three screws and then the lock Lock Release Section Cover
release section cover.
Reinstallation

Screws (3)
removal.
MII049
13-36
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
13.2.10 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement
1. Remove the lock release section cover

Locking Tabs
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Connector

removal.
MII050
13.2.11 Drive Shaft/Gear Replacement
Removal E-rings (2)
1. Remove:
Shaft
• Lock release section cover
(See Subsection 13.2.9). 13
2. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings, then
the shaft.
Bearings (2)
MII051
3. Remove the E-ring, then the worm gear and pin. Gear E-ring
4. Remove the E-ring, then the poly-slider and drive

Worm Gear
gear.
E-ring
Poly-slider One-way
Pin Clutch
Surface
MII052
13-37
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
5. Remove the screw and then the detection plate. Detection Plate
Screw
MII053
6. Remove the screw, then the detection plate both, Pin

gear and pin.
Screw
Installation
Gear
removal.
NOTE: • Face the one-way clutch of the drive gear toward

the inside. Detection
• Adjust the sorter tray stop position Plate Both
MII054
13.2.12 Shooter Drive Gear Replacement
Removal Shooter Cam Bearing Bracket Screws (2)
1. Remove the print push section

2. Remove the two screws and then the shooter cam

bearing bracket.
MII055
13-38
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
3. Remove the three screws and then the shooter

drive gear bracket.
Screws (3)
MII056
4. Remove the six E-rings and then the six gears. E-rings (6)
Installation Gears (6)

removal. MII057
NOTE: Engage the gears so that the shooter cam parallels Right-hand Side Cover 13
with the right-hand side cover when the upper end of
the shooter cam is pushed toward the rear side as
shown.
Cam
Screws (3)
MII045
13-39
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
13.2.13 Chain Tension Adjustment

Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the front sorter

Screws (2)
tray.
3. Remove the two screws and then the next sorter

tray.
Next Tray
Front Tray
MII058
4. Loosen the two adjusting screw locknuts.
Locknut (2)
MII078
5. Adjust the shaft position from the end of the Adjusting Screws (2)
bracket to 9 mm by turning the two adjusting
screws as shown.
9mm
Shaft
MII059
13-40
13.2 SU700AY Sorter
6. Hold the adjusting screws and tighten the two Locknuts (2)
locknuts.
7. Reinstall the two trays.
8. Reinstall the sorter.
Adjusting Screws (2)

MII079
13.2.14 Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment
1. Remove the lock release section cover(See

Subsection 13.2.9).
2. Place the sorter on the processor and connect the

sorter cable.
Detection Plate
3. Loosen the detection plate screw.
4. Turn the detection plate slightly and tighten the

screw.
13
Turning clockwise: Tray stop position comes down.
Turning counterclockwise: Tray stop position goes up. Screw
5. Press the sorter drive switch.

MII060
6. Repeat Steps 3 through 5 until the upper surface

of the tray is between the upper surfaces of the
right-hand side cover and the boss as shown.
7. Reinstall:
• Lock release section cover.
• Lock release lever.
• Sorter.
13-41
13.3 Print Sending Unit
13.3.1 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2) Upper Cover
1. Remove the SU1400 sorter

2. Remove the large size tray.
3. Remove the two screws and then the upper cover.
LII733
4. Disconnect the connector, remove the two screws Connector

and then the unit.
Screws (2)
Reinstallation

removal.
Unit
LII734
13.3.2 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the print sending unit

2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the two

harness clamps.
Clamps (2)
Connector
LII146
13-42
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor and Motor (M771)
drive belt.
Belt Screws (2)

LII147
4. Remove the E-ring and then the pulley from the

motor.
E-ring Pulley
Installation

2.0N±1N/3mm
13
removal.
NOTE: Adjust the belt tension and tighten the motor mount
screws.
Specified Belt Tension:2.0 ±1N/3mm
LII148
13-43
13.3.3 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the print sending drive motor (M771)

Screws (2) Bracket

LII150
Spring
LII151
4. Place the unit up side down.

Screws (4)
5. Remove the four screws securing the belt guide

plate.
LII152
13-44
6. Turn over the unit to its original condition.
7. Remove the four screws and then the roller

bracket.
Screws (4)
Roller Bracket
LII153
8. Remove the belt guide plate.
Belt Guide Plate

LII154
9. Remove the feed belt and two rollers.

Belt
13
Rollers (2)
LII155
Installation

removal.
NOTE: After installing the tension spring, tighten the four

bracket fixing screws.
Screws (4)
Spring
LII156
13-45
13.4 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter
13.4.1 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

Cable
2. Disconnect the transversal sorter cable.
3. Remove the four screws securing the transversal

sorter.
Screws (4)
LII817
4.Remove the transversal sorter.
Reinstallation

Transversal Sorter
removal.
LII818
13.4.2 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3) Upper Cover
1. Remove the transversal sorter
2. Remove the three screws and then the upper

cover.
13-46
3. Remove the three screws and then the lower Lower Cover
cover.
Screws (3)
LII158
4. Remove the four screws and then the lower

bracket.
Reinstallation

removal.
Lower Bracket
LII159
13
13.4.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the lower bracket (See Subsection 13.4.2).
2. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw

and the sensor LED.
Installation

removal.
Sensor LED (D813L)
Connector
LII160
13-47
13.4.4 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor

bracket.
Screw
Sensor Bracket
LII161
3. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw Connector

and the sensor from the bracket.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Secure the sensor bracket so that it is in the neutral Sensor (D813P)
position of the screw holes. Screw
LII162
13.4.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement

Screws (3)
1. Remove the lower bracket (See Subsection 13.4.2). Idler Gear

E-ring
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the motor Clamps (2)
connector.
4. Remove the three screws and then the motor.
Installation Connector
LII163
removal.
13-48
13.4.6 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the three E-rings then the two idler and

drive gears.
E-rings (3)
Idler Gears (2) Drive Gear
LII164
3. Remove the two screws and then the rear bracket.
Screws (2) Bracket

LII165
13
4. Remove the two screws and then the front
bracket.
Screws (2)
Bracket
LII166
13-49
5. Remove the tension spring and screw then the

Screw
rear tension bracket. Spring
6. Remove the tension spring and screw then the

front tension bracket.
Screw
Front Tension Bracket
Rear Tension Bracket Spring

LII167
7. Remove the two rollers and then the feed belt.
Belt
Rollers (2)
LII168
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the screws after installing the tension

brackets and springs.
Screw Spring
Tension Bracket
LII169
13-50
13.4.7 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Belt Stop Position Adjustment
If the transversal sorter stop sensor (D813P) has

been replaced, perform this adjustment. Print Feed Tabs
1. Remove the transversal sorter.

Screws (2)
2. Connect the transversal sorter cable.
3. Loosen the two screws securing the sensor

bracket.
4. Adjust the sensor bracket position so that the tip

of the print feed tabs stops within the 10mm from
the right-hand side surface of the transversal
sorter upper cover. Upper Cover
5. Tighten the sensor bracket with the two screws. LII1244
6. Reinstall the transversal sorter.
13
13-51
13.5 SU1400AY Sorter
13.5.1 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Cable Set Hole
1. Disconnect the sorter cable and insert its end into

the cable set hole as shown,
Cable
LII246
2. Release the lock lever.
3. Remove the sorter by holding the grips as shown.

Lock
Reinstallation

removal.
LII247
13.5.2 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the sorter (See Subsection 13.5.1).
2. Remove the two screws and then the sorter left

cover.
Left Side Cover
Screws (2)
LII179
13-52
3. Remove the five screws and then the sorter right

cover.
Reinstallation

Right Side Cover
removal. Screws (5)
LII170
13.5.3 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement
1. Remove the sorter right cover

2. Disconnect the four connectors from the circuit

board.
3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit

board.
Screws (2) SWA20 Circuit Board

Installation LII171 13
removal.
13.5.4 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sorter right cover

Connector
2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor and
open the harness clamp.
Screw
Sensor Bracket
Clamp
LII172
13-53
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor Locking Tabs
from the bracket.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Sensor (D810)

removal.
LII173
13.5.5 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement
Removal Clamp
1. Remove the sorter right cover Connector

2. Disconnect the connector (SWA2) from the circuit

board and open the harness clamp.
LII174
3. Disconnect the connector (D810) and open the Screws (4)

harness clamp.
4. Remove the four screws and then the motor

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Clamp
Connector
LII175
13-54
5. Remove the two screws and then the motor from Screws (2)
the bracket.
Motor (M810)
LII176
Installation “ K ” Mark

removal.
NOTE: Install the motor bracket so that the two "K" marks
on the idler gear and the two screws for the sensor
plate are in line as shown.
Screws (2)
LII177
13
• After starting up the printer/processor, make sure
the sorter tray upper surface is slightly above the Sorter Tray
guide plate. If necessary, adjust by loosening the
two sensor plate screws and turning the sensor Guide Plate
plate.
To lower the tray: Turn the sensor plate

clockwise.
To raise the tray: Turn the sensor plate
counterclockwise.
• Do not over tighten the plastic parts such as

bracket, circuit board, etc.
Sensor Plate
Screws (2)
LII178
13-55
13.5.6 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sorter left cover

2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor

bracket.
Screws (2)
Sensor Bracket
LII180
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Connector
4. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor

from the bracket.
Locking Tabs
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the sorter full sensor arm. Sensor (D811)
LII181
13.5.7 Chain Tension Adjustment
1. Remove the sorter right and left covers Locknuts (2) Adjusting Bolts (2)
2. Loosen the locknuts and adjust the distance from

the shaft center to the back of the tie plate to
81mm by turning the adjusting bolts as shown.
3.Tighten the locknuts securely.
81mm
Axle Tie Plate

LII1184
13-56
14. ELECTRICAL SECTION
Parts Location....................................................................................... 14-2
14.1 Power Input Section ............................................................................. 14-3

14.1.1 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement .................................................................. 14-3
14.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section ..................................... 14-4

14.2.1 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover Removal/
Reinstallation ......................................................................................................... 14-4
14.2.2 AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 14-4
14.2.3 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 14-6
14.2.4 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 14-7
14.2.5 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement........................... 14-7
14.2.6 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement ...................................................... 14-8
14.2.7 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement............................ 14-8
14.2.8 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement.............................................................................. 14-9
14.2.9 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement ...................................................... 14-9
14.3 Image Control Box.............................................................................. 14-10

14.3.1 Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................... 14-10
14.3.2 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement................................ 14-11
14.3.3 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement............................................ 14-12
14.3.4 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 14-13
14.3.5 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 14-14
14.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 14-14
14.3.7 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board .................................................... 14-15
14.4 DC Power Supply Section.................................................................. 14-19

14.4.1 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 14-19
14.4.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 14-19
14.4.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 14-20
14.4.4 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement ................................................................. 14-21
14
14.5 Control Section ................................................................................... 14-23
14.5.1 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close.......................................................................... 14-23
14.5.2 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 14-23
14.5.3 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 14-24
14.5.4 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................................................... 14-29
14.5.5 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................................................... 14-29
14.5.6 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement .................. 14-30
14.5.7 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2
(F631A/F631B) Replacement ............................................................................. 14-31
14.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation....................... 14-32
14.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ........................ 14-32
14.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement.................................................................... 14-33
14.5.11 Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605) Replacement ............................................ 14-34
14-1
Parts Location
Operation Panel AOM Driver

Laser Optical Unit (AOM23 Circuit Board)
Densitometer
AD300 LDD23 Circuit Board
Power Switch
PDA23 Circuit
Board Relays
JND23
(K1 to K5)
Circuit Board
Leakage Breakers
Image Control Box (LB1 to LB3)
JNF23 Circuit GDM23
Board Circuit GIE23
Circuit Board Capacitors
Board
(C1 to C3)
GPR23
Circuit Board
CTL23 Circuit
Board GEP23
Circuit Board Noise Filters
(NF1 to NF3)
ATX Power GMC23 Circuit

Supply Board
PDB23 Circuit JNE23 Circuit Board
Board PAC23 Circuit Board
Circuit Protectors
(CP1 to CP6)
DC Power PWR23 Electrical Power Supply Built-in Circuit Auxiliary Power

Supply Section Circuit Board Equipment Section Terminal Section Breaker (SPS23 Circuit Board)
LII1975
14-2
14.1 Power Input Section
14.1.1 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement
When servicing the power input section parts, make

sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply on the power distribution board are both set to
the OFF position. If the main power is left ON,
electricity will flow as far as the power supply section,
and this can cause electric shocks and/or short-
circuiting.
Removal

2. Remove the two screws and then the power input

section cover.
Power Input Section Cover Screws (2)

LII314
3. Remove the four screws and then the built-in

Screws (8)
Wires
circuit breaker.
4. Remove the eight screws to disconnect the wires

from the breaker.
14
Breaker
Installation

removal. Screws (4)
LII893
14-3
14.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section
14.2.1 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover

Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down

the system, turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker
and main power supply.
2. Open the magazine door hinge section

3. Remove the nine screws and then the inner cover.
Screws (9)
Inner Cover
LII336
Reinstallation Cover

removal.
NOTE: Rest the left-hand end of the cover on the bracket on

the left lower cover as shown.
Bracket
LII1054
14.2.2 AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the power supply/electrical equipment

section inner cover (See Subsection 14.2.1).
2. Remove the two screws and pull out the bracket

slightly.
3. Disconnect the power supply connector.
Bracket
Screws (2)
Power Supply Connector

LII854
14-4
4. Open the three harness clamps, disconnect the

six connectors (PAC1, PAC3, PAC14, PAC15,
PAC16 and PAC18) from the PAC23 circuit board
and pull out the bracket slightly.
Connectors (6) Clamps (3)

LII855
5. Open the three harness clamps, disconnect the

three connectors (PAC4, PAC5 and PAC6) and
pull out the bracket slightly.

LII856
6. Open the two harness clamps and disconnect the

two connectors (PAC7 and PAC8).
14

LII857
14-5
7. Secure the upper harnesses with the two clamps

Clamp
on the image control section as shown.
Clamps (2)
8. Secure the white/black harnesses with the clamp
on the right wall as shown.
9. Pull out the bracket.
Reinstallation

removal. LII1185
14.2.3 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the AC power supply bracket

2. Disconnect the six connectors (PAC2, PAC9 to

PAC12 and PAC17).
3. Remove the seven screws and then the circuit

board.
PAC23 Circuit Board

Installation Connectors (6)
Screws (7)
LII858
removal.
14-6
14.2.4 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the AC power supply bracket Connector

2. Disconnect the connector (PAC2) and open the

harness clamp.
3. Remove the four screws and then the bracket.
Bracket
Clamp
Reinstallation
LII859

removal.
14.2.5 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement
1. Remove the PAC23 circuit board bracket

2. Disconnect the two connectors (SPS1 and CN1).
3. Remove the four screws and then the circuit

board.
Screws (4)
14
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of SPS Circuit Board

removal. LII860
14-7
14.2.6 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement
Removal Leakage Breaker

Terminal Covers (2)
2. Remove the two terminal covers from the leakage

breaker.
3. Remove the four screws to disconnect the wires

from the breaker.
4. Remove the two screws and then the leakage

breaker.
Screws (2) Screws (4)

Wires
LII861
Installation

removal.
14.2.7 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement
Removal Noise Filter Screws (2)

(See Subsection 14.2.4)).
2. Remove the four terminal nuts and disconnect the

eight wires from the noise filter.
3. Remove the two screws and then the noise filter.
4. Remove the screw and then the capacitor.
Installation
Nuts (4) Wires (8) Screw Capacitor
LII862
removal.
14-8
14.2.8 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement
Removal Relay

(See Subsection 14.2.4). Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the six connectors from the relay.
3. Remove the two screws and then the relay.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Connectors (6)

removal. LII863
14.2.9 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the two screws and then the SPS circuit

board bracket.
Circuit Board Bracket

Screws (2) 14
LII864
3. Disconnect the two wires from the circuit Circuit Protector

protector.
4. Release the locking tabs to remove the circuit

protector.
Wires (2)
Installation

removal. Locking Tabs
LII865
14-9
14.3 Image Control Box
14.3.1 Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal GEP9
R/G/B Cables
Clamps (12) GPR2
1. Remove the power supply/electrical equipment
section inner cover (See Subsection 14.2.1).
2. Open the twelve clamps. LP
3. Remove the two screws and then the two metal

clamps.
4. Disconnect the six connectors, R, G and B cables

from the box.
Screws/Metal
ATX1
Clamps (2)
LII1135
5. Remove the two screws and then the box. Image Control Box
Screws (2)
LII1136
6. Remove the six screws and then the cover from

Cover
the box.
Screws (6)
LII868
14-10
Reinstallation Image Control Box

removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the two mount screws while pressing the

box down.
Screws (2)
LII1138
• Clamp the harnesses between their cord ties. Clamp

• Clamp the mesh covered harnesses so that the
metal clamp make contact with the mesh cover.
Cord Ties
Metal Clamp
Mesh Cover
LII1139
14
14.3.2 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the image control box cover

2. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan connector

from the GMC23 circuit board.
Clamp Fan Connector

LII869
14-11

Fan (F620)
Installation

removal.
Screws (2)
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points the outside.
LII870
14.3.3 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw
2. Remove the screw and pull out the circuit board.
GPR23 Circuit GEP23 Circuit

Board (Slot 3) Board (Slot 1)
GIE23 Circuit Board (Slot 4)

LII872
Installation Circuit Board

Bracket
removal.
NOTE: • Contact the bracket on the circuit board with the

gasket surface and insert the circuit board straight
into the slot being careful not to peel the gasket.
Slot
Gasket
LII1149
14-12
• If the GPR23 circuit board has been replaced, turn

Backup Battery
ON the backup battery switch. Image Control Box
Switch
• If the GIE23 circuit board has been replaced,
install the device driver.
GPR23 Circuit Board

LII338
14.3.4 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
GMC23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the GEP23, GIE23 and GPR23 circuit

board (See Subsection 14.3.3).
2. Disconnect the two connectors from the circuit

board.
3. Remove the nine screws and then the circuit

board.
Screws (9)
LII873
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of 14
removal.
NOTE: After installation, perform "Program Download to

GMC23 Circuit Board" (See Subsection 14.3.7).
14-13
14.3.5 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the six screws securing the circuit board.
3. Disconnect the connector and remove the circuit

board.
Installation ATX23 Circuit Board Connector

Screws (6)
LII874
removal.
14.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal

2. Release the locking levers and remove the circuit

board.
Installation

Lock Lever GDM23 Circuit Board
removal.
LII1186
14-14
14.3.7 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board
When the GMC23 circuit board has been replaced,

download the parameter from the main control unit to
the circuit board.
1. Select “NO” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu

0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup”.
2. Insert the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk into

the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043

operational checks.
4. Turn the power switch of the Printer/Processor ON

and STANDBY to keep it to “STANDBY”.
5. Press the scanner’s START switch.
• After starting up Windows, “(L-001) Simple

Upgrade” screen appears. 14
14-15
• “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box

appears.
7. Select “SE maintenance” and click the [Next >]

button.
• “Procedure Selection 2 (C-002)” dialog box

appears.
8. Select “Update” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Starting Update (C-010)” dialog box

appears.
9. Click the [Yes] button.
• The “Printer Selection [C-015]” screen appears.
10. Click the [Next>] button.
14-16
• The “File Copy (C-020)” dialog box appears.
11. Check version information and click the [Next >]

button.
• The “Installation Medium Selection (C-030)”

dialog box appears.
12. Select “Install from HD to printer” and click the

[Next >] button.
• The “Confirmation (C-040)” dialog box appears.
• The “Setup Completion (C-090)” dialog box

14
appears.
• If an optional software is used, the upgrade

screen appears.
NOTE: If the upgrade of the optional software is

necessary, refer to the Instruction Manual for the
optional software. If the upgrade is unnecessary,
click the [Cancel] button.
14-17
• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.
15. Remove the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk

from the CD-ROM drive.
• The system is shut down.
17. Press the START switch to restart the system.
18. Select “YES” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu

FRONTIER 570
0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” and System (A1) Disk
click the [OK] button. Z2044
14-18
14.4 DC Power Supply Section
14.4.1 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Cover
2. Loosen the two screws and remove the other two

screws then the cover.
Reinstallation

removal.
Screws (2) Screw (Loosen)
LII382
14.4.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Connector
1. Remove:
• Remove the left cover (see Subsection).

• Power supply/electrical equipment section inner
cover (See Subsection 14.2.1).
2. Disconnect the power supply connector and

secure its harness with the clamp as shown.
14
Clamp
LIIT1
3. Disconnect the three connectors (PWR1 to

PWR3) at the left side and open the five clamps.
Connectors (3)
Clamps (5)
LIIT2
14-19
4. Disconnect the front connectors (PWR4 to

Connector
PWR11).
5. Pull out the power supply bracket slowly until it

catch on a stopper.
Power Supply Bracket

LIIT3
6. Secure the harnesses with the clamp at the image Connector

control section as shown.
Harness
7. Remove the power supply bracket.
Reinstallation

removal.
Power Supply Bracket
LIIT4
14.4.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement
1. Remove the DC power supply bracket

2. Disconnect all connectors from the circuit board.
3. Remove the seventeen screws, release the

locking tabs of the two spacers and remove the
circuit board.

Spacers (2) PWR23 Circuit Board
removal.
14-20
14.4.4 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the DC power supply bracket

2. Disconnect the DC power supply connectors from

the PWR23 circuit board.
Connectors (18)
LII850
3. Disconnect three connectors (L, N and G) each Screws (10)

from the units.
4. Remove the ten screws and then the DC power

supply unit bracket.
Connectors (3)
Bracket
LII851
5. Remove the four screws and then the DC power

14
M4✕8 Screws (Toothed Washers) (2)
supply unit. Screws (4)
Unit
LII852
14-21
6. Disconnect the harness connectors from the unit.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Use the toothed washers to the two M4 ✕ 8

screws.
• After installation, inspect the DC voltage
(See Subsection 14.4.4). Harness
KII853
14-22
14.5 Control Section
14.5.1 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close
Opening
1. Remove the left lower cover

2. Remove the two screws and open the printer rear

cover.
Closing
Closing is essentially in the reverse order of opening. Rear Cover Screws (2)
LII309
14.5.2 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Bracket
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 14.5.1).
2. Disconnect all connectors from the CTL23 circuit

Screws (2)
board.
3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board

bracket. 14
Connectors (12)
LII882
14-23
4. Remove the six screws and then the circuit board.
CTL23 Circuit Board

Screws (6)
LII883
Installation CTL1
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of CTL2

removal. CTL3
NOTE: Connect the connectors to the CTL23 circuit board CTL14 CTL4
as shown.
CTL6
CTL5
CTL13 CTL7
CTL8
CTL10
CTL12 CTL9
CTL11
LII1102
14.5.3 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal CTL1 Clamps CTL2

CTL3
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 14.5.1). CTL4
Mirror
CTL6
2. Open all harness clamps on the connector cover.
3. Disconnect all connectors (CTL1 to CTL4, CTL6

to CTL11, CTL15) from the CTL23 circuit board.
CTL15
CTL7
CTL9 CTL11
CTL8
CTL10
LII881
14-24
4. Loosen the four screws and remove the connector

cover.
Screws (4)
Connector Cover
LII880
5. Disconnect all relay connectors.
Relay Connector 14
LII879
6. Remove the circuit board bracket.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Connect the connectors by following the steps

below to avoid damage of the harnesses.
Bracket
LII878
14-25
<Relay Connector Connection>
1. Connect the lower five relay connectors and put Harness

their harness inside the frame by twisting it as
shown.
Frame
Connectors (5)
LII1140
2. Connect the lower four power harness connectors

Connectors (4)
one by one from the bottom.
3. Align the cord tie on the harness with one on the

harness put in Step 1 and store the harness
inside the frame by twisting it.
Cord Ties
Power Supply Harness

LII1141
4. Connect the three upper-front harness (having

Connectors (3) Front Harness
gray wires) connectors one by one from the top.
5. Twist the harness and put it inside the frame.
LII1142
14-26
6. Connect the remaining nine connectors one by

Connectors (9) Remaining Harness
one from the top.
7. Twist the harness and put it inside the frame.
8. Install the connector cover with the four screws.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the wires.
LII1143
<CTL23 Circuit Board Connector Connection>
1. Connect the CTL11 connector and clamp its Clamps

CTL11 Connector
harness at the cord tie.
Cord Ties
LII1144
14
2. Connect the CTL2 and CTL9 connectors and CTL2 Connector
clamp their flat harnesses with the four clamps.
CTL9 Connector
Flat Harnesses
LII1145
14-27
3. Connect the CTL15 connector.

CTL3 Connector
4. Connect the CTL6 and CTL3 connectors.
CTL6
Connector
CTL15 Connector
LII1146
5. Connect the remaining connectors (CTL10, CTL8,

CTL7, CTL4 and CTL1) in this order. CTL1
6. Secure the harness with the six clamps.
NOTE: Arrange the harness so that the harness for the

CTL1 connector is outside. CTL4
CTL7
Cable for
CTL8 CTL1
CTL10
Clamps (6)
LII1147
14-28
14.5.4 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screws (5)
Bracket
1. Remove the control section control circuit board
bracket (See Subsection 14.5.2).
2. Disconnect the three flat cable connectors from

the CTL23 circuit board.
3. Remove the five screws and then the CTL23

circuit board bracket.
Connectors (3)
LII875
4. Disconnect all connectors from the PDA23 circuit PDA23 Circuit Board
board.
5. Remove the fourteen screws and stud and then

the circuit board.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Screws (14)

removal. Stub Connectors (18)
LII876
14
14.5.5 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screws (5)
Bracket
1. Remove the control circuit board bracket
2. Disconnect the three flat cable connectors from

the CTL23 circuit board.
3. Remove the five screws and then the CTL23

circuit board bracket.
Connectors (3)
LII875
14-29
4. Disconnect all connectors from the PDA23 circuit PDB23 Circuit Board
board.
5. Remove the eight screws and then the circuit

board.
Installation

removal. Screws (8) Connectors (15)
LII877
14.5.6 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604)

Replacement
Removal Fan Guard
2. Remove the three screws and then the fan guard.
Screws (3)
LII884
3. Open the harness clamp, disconnect the fan Fan (F600)

connector and remove the fan.
Installation
Connector
Clamp
removal.
LII885
14-30
14.5.7 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment

Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the fan guard.
Fan Guard
LII886
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan

Connector Screws (2)
connector.
Installation

Clamp Fan
14
removal.
LII887
14-31
14.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Bracket Screws (5)
2. Disconnect the five fan connectors.
3. Remove the five screws and then the bracket.
Reinstallation

removal.
Connectors (5)
LII888
14.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the control section exhaust fan bracket

2. Remove the two screws and then the switch

bracket.
LII889
14-32
3. Disconnect the two connectors and remove the

Spring
spring.
4. Remove the E-ring and then the two interlock

switches.

E-ring
removal. Interlock Switches (2)
LII890
14.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement
Removal Wires
1A 4B Locking tab
2. Release the locking tabs to remove the switch.
3. Disconnect the wires from the switch.

14
Installation

2A
removal. Switch
LII891
14-33
Removal Fan (F605)

Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Screws (2)

Connector
removal. LII892
14-34
15. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
15.1 I/O Parts Diagrams................................................................................ 15-2

15.1.1 Printer Section (LP5500R/LP5700R) .................................................................... 15-2
15.1.2 Processor Section ................................................................................................. 15-6
15.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ...................... 15-11
15.2.1 Printer Section (LP5500R/LP5700R) .................................................................. 15-11
15.3 Block Diagrams................................................................................... 15-13

15.3.1 Printer/Processor Block Diagram ...................................................................... 15-13
15.3.2 Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram.................................. 15-14
15.4 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ....... 15-15
15.4.1 Input Extension Cable Connection .................................................................... 15-15
15.4.2 DC Voltage Check List ........................................................................................ 15-17
15.4.3 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel........................................................... 15-19
15.4.4 DC Power Supply System LED Indication......................................................... 15-21
15.4.5 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams.......................................................................... 15-26
15.5 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams .................................................. 15-35

15.5.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ..................................................................... 15-35
15.5.2 PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 15-36
15.5.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram............................................................... 15-37
15.5.4 CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/3)........................................................ 15-38
15.5.5 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2) ..................................... 15-41
15.5.6 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R) (1/2) ..................................... 15-43
15.5.7 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2) ..................................... 15-45
15.5.8 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R SU700AY) (1/2) ................... 15-47
15.5.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 15-49
15.5.10 Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ........................................... 15-50
15.5.11 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2)..................................... 15-51
15.5.12 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R) (1/2)..................................... 15-53
15.5.13 PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2) ....................................................... 15-55
15
15-1
15.1 I/O Parts Diagrams
15.1.1 Printer Section (LP5500R/LP5700R)
*
*
* *
*
Switch
M Motor
Photo-interrupter
Photo-transistor
Micro Switch
Solenoid
Temperature Sensor
Fan
L21189
*: For LP5700R
15-2
■ Paper Supply Section

Symbol Name Remark
D680A Magazine door interlock switch 1 Micro Switch
D680B Magazine door interlock switch 2 Micro Switch
M610 Upper magazine paper supply motor Pulse Motor
M620 Lower magazine paper supply motor Pulse Motor
■ Paper Feeding Section

Symbol Name Remark
D601 Upper cutter open (home position) sensor Photo Interrupter
D602 Upper cutter close sensor Photo Interrupter
D603 Lower cutter open (home position) sensor Photo Interrupter
D604 Lower shutter close sensor Photo Interrupter
D610~D615 Upper magazine ID sensor Micro Switch
D616 Upper magazine paper end sensor Photo Interrupter
D617 Upper magazine open/close sensor 1 Micro Switch
D618 Upper magazine open/close sensor 2 Micro Switch
D619 Upper magazine splice sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D620~D625 Lower magazine ID sensor Micro Switch
D626 Lower magazine paper end sensor Photo Interrupter
D627 Lower magazine open/close sensor 1 Micro Switch
D628 Lower magazine open/close sensor 2 Micro Switch
D629 Lower magazine splice sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D631 Upper magazine paper sensor Photo Interrupter
D632 Lower magazine paper sensor Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D633 Feed section paper sensor Photo Interrupter
D640 Registration section paper sensor Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D641 Tilt home position sensor (for M641) Photo Interrupter
D642 Nip release home position sensor 1 (for M642) Photo Interrupter
D681A Left side door interlock switch 1 Micro Switch
D681B Left side door interlock switch 2 Micro Switch
M600 Upper cutter drive motor DC Motor
15
M601 Lower cutter drive motor DC Motor
M630/M631/ Feed motor 1 to 4 Pulse Motor
M632/M640
M641 Registration tilt motor Pulse Motor
M642 Nip release motor 1 Pulse Motor
S630 Back printer head
S631/S632/ Nip release solenoid 1 to 4
S640/S641
20
15-3
■ Exposure Section
Symbol Name Remark
D650 Exposure section entrance paper sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D651 Soft nip home position sensor (for M651) Photo Interrupter
D653 Exposure position paper sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D674 Shutter open/close sensor Photo Interrupter
D684 Power switch Switch
F608 Feed section cooling fan 4
F610~F612 Anti-dust fan
F690A AOM cooling fan
F690B LDD cooling fan
HS760 Thermohygrometer IC
M650 Sub-scanning feed motor Pulse Motor
M651 Soft nip motor Pulse Motor
S673 Shutter solenoid
TS650 Exposure point temperature sensor IC
■ Distribution/Print Exit Section

Symbol Name Remark
D660 Distribution paper sensor (center) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D661 Distribution home position sensor (for M661) Photo Interrupter
D662 Nip release home position sensor 4 (front) (for M652) Photo Interrupter
D663 Nip release home position sensor 4 (rear) (for M653) Photo Interrupter
D664* Distribution paper sensor (front) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D665* Distribution paper sensor (rear) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D666* Speed control section paper sensor (front) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D667 Speed control section paper sensor (center) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D668* Speed control section paper sensor (rear) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D669 Distribution drive standby sensor Micro Switch
M660 Feed motor 5 Pulse Motor
M661 Distribution motor Pulse Motor
M662 Nip release motor 4 (front) Pulse Motor
M663 Nip release motor 4 (rear) Pulse Motor
M664* Speed control motor (front) Pulse Motor
M665 Speed control motor (rear) Pulse Motor
*: For LP5700R
15-4
■ Power/Electrical/Control Section
Symbol Name Remark
D765 Dryer heater selection switch Switch
F600~F604 Control section exhaust fan
F620 Image control section cooling fan
F630 Power supply cooling fan
F631A/B Electrical equipment cooling fan
15
20
15-5
15.1.2 Processor Section

• LP5500R
SU700AY
Heater
Motor
Photo-interrupter
Photo-transistor
Micro-Switch
Solenoid
Temperature Sensor
Fan
Pump
Safety Thermostat
Solution Level Sensor
Buzzer
Switch
MII016
15-6
• LP5700R
SU1400AY
*
* *
* *
*
*
Heater
Motor
Photo-interrupter
Photo-transistor
Micro-Switch
Solenoid
Temperature Sensor
Fan
Pump
Safety Thermostat
15
Solution Level Sensor
Buzzer
Switch
L21190
*: For LP5700R
**: For LP5500R 20
15-7
■ Processor Section
Symbol Name Remark
M700 Processor drive motor DC Motor
■ Processor Solution Circulation System

Symbol Name Remark
F700 P1 heater cooling fan
F701 P2 heater cooling fan
F702 PS1/2/3 heater cooling fan
F703 PS4 heater cooling fan
F704/F705 Processing solution tank exhaust fan 1/2
H700 P1 heater
H701 P2 heater
H702 PS1/2/3 heater
H703 PS4 heater
PU700 P1 circulation pump
PU701 P2 circulation pump
PU702 PS1 circulation pump
PU720 Auto washing pump
PU721 P1R pump
PU722 P2RA pump
PU723 P2RB pump
PU724 PSR pump
S720 No.2 Crossover rack front auto washing valve
S721 No.3 Crossover rack rear auto washing valve
S722 Dryer entrance rack auto washing valve
S723 P1WR water replenishment valve
S728 P1R cartridge washing valve
S729 P2RA cartridge washing valve
S730 P2RB cartridge washing valve
S731 P1R stirring valve
D700 P1 heater safety thermostat
D701 P2 heater safety thermostat
D702 PS1/2/3 heater safety thermostat
D703 PS4 heater safety thermostat
TS700 P1 solution thermometer
TS701 P2 solution thermometer
TS702 PS1/2/3 solution thermometer
TS703 PS4 solution thermometer
15-8
■ Processing Solution Replenisher

Symbol Name Remark
M720 Replenisher cartridge opening motor Pulse Motor
D721 Replenisher cartridge setting sensor Photo Interrupter
D722 Replenisher cartridge box upper sensor Photo Interrupter
D723 Replenisher cartridge box lower sensor Photo Interrupter
D724 Replenisher cartridge door open/close detecting interlock Micro Switch
switch
FS700 P1 solution level sensor
FS701 P2 solution level sensor
FS702 PS1 solution level sensor
FS706 PS4 solution concentration sensor
FS720 P1R upper level sensor
FS721 P2RA upper level sensor
FS722 P2RB upper level sensor
FS723 PSR upper level sensor
FS724 P1R lower level sensor
FS725 P2RA lower level sensor
FS726 P2RB lower level sensor
FS727 PSR lower level sensor
FS728 Waste solution level sensor
■ Dryer Section
Symbol Name Remark
F760 Dryer fan
H760~H767 Dryer heater
M770 Dryer section drive motor DC Motor
D760A Dryer heater safety thermostat 1 To monitor any abnormality in
heater temperature 15
D760B Dryer heater safety thermostat 2 To monitor any abnormality in
heater temperature
D762A Dryer section open/close detecting interlock switch Micro Switch
D762B Dryer belt unit open/close detecting interlock switch Micro Switch
TS760 Dryer thermometer To monitor any abnormality in
heater temperature
20
15-9
■ Print Exit Sorter Section

Symbol Name Remark
BZ810 Sorter full buzzer
M771* Print exit drive motor DC Motor
M810 Sorter drive motor DC Motor
M811* Transversal sorter drive motor DC Motor
S770 Feeding path switching solenoid
D770* Feeding path switching paper sensor (rear) LED, Photo-transistor
D771 Feeding path switching paper sensor (center) LED, Photo-transistor
D772* Feeding path switching paper sensor (front) LED, Photo-transistor
D773* Lower exit paper sensor (rear) LED, Photo-transistor
D774 Lower exit paper sensor (center) LED, Photo-transistor
D775* Lower exit paper sensor (front) LED, Photo-transistor
D776 Feeding path switch position sensor (large size) Photo Interrupter
D810 Sorter tray stop position sensor Photo Interrupter
D811 Sorter full sensor Photo Interrupter
D812 Sorter drive switch Switch
D813* Transversal sorter stop position sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D815** Print Push position sensor for SU700AY Photo Interrupter
* : For LP5700R
** : For SU700AY
15-10
15.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
15.2.1 Printer Section (LP5500R/LP5700R)
Operation Panel AOM Driver

Laser Optical Unit (AOM23 Circuit Board)
Densitometer
AD300 LDD23 Circuit Board
Power Switch
PDA23 Circuit
Board Relays
JND23
(K1 to K5)
Circuit Board
Leakage Breakers
Image Control Box (LB1 to LB3)
JNF23 Circuit GDM23
Board Circuit GIF23
Circuit Board Capacitors
Board
(C1 to C3)
GPR23
CTL23 Circuit Circuit Board
Board GEP23
Noise Filters
Circuit Board
(NF1 to NF3)
ATX Power GMC23 Circuit

Supply Board
PDB23 Circuit JNE23 Circuit Board
Board PAC23 Circuit Board
Circuit Protectors
(CP1 to CP6)
DC Power PWR23 Electrical Power Supply Built-in Circuit Auxiliary Power

Supply Section Circuit Board Equipment Section Terminal Section Breaker (SPS23 Circuit Board)
L2975
15
15-11
15.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
■ Circuit Board/Electrical Equipment Function
Circuit Board Function

AOM23 AOM driver for B and G (R is connected to the laser optical unit directly.)
CTL23 Mechanical control for the printer and processor
GDM23 DIMM (accumulates image data) 512MB
GEP23 Exposure control (outputs image data to the laser optical unit.)
GIE23 Interface to SP-3000 (receives input image data.)
Image control motherboard (processes gradation of input image data and outputs to the correct receiver.)
GMC23
and main control for the LP5500R / LP5700R
GPR23 Expanded functions (backup, power supply control and operation panel communication) of the GMC23
JND23 Printer sensor relay
JNE23 Processor sensor relay
JNF23 Back printer relay
LDD23 Control of the parts in the laser optical unit
PAC23 AC load (heaters) driver for the processor
PDA23 DC load (motors, solenoids and fans) driver for the printer
PDB23 DC load (motors, solenoids and fans) driver for the processor
PWR23 DC power interlock and distribution
Electrical Equipment Function

AC power supply parts assembly [breakers, noise filters, circuit protectors, relays, transformer,
Power Supply Section
SSR and auxiliary power (SPS23 circuit board)]
DC Power Supply Unit DC 5V, 8V, 12V and 24V power supply
ATX Power Supply (ATX23
DC-DC power supply for image control
Circuit Board)
15-12
Communication in the LP5700SC : Control Data : Image Data :
Exposure Point to PAC 23

Temperature Sensor Circuit Board
15.3.1
Power Supply
Image Control Box (TS650) RS232C
ATX Thermometer
Operating Panel Power Switch
DC-DC Power Supply to LDD
to LDD
RS232C
Cooling
Fan
RS232C LDD 23 JMR Laser Optical Unit JMG/B
Circuit Board
LDR RFR R-LD
AOM
Driver AOM G-SHG Polygon
Shutter
Interupter
(Gch)
AOM AOM B-LD
Driver SOS
PCI GEP 23 (Bch)
15.3 Block Diagrams
Circuit Board
Printer
JND 23
Sensor
Circuit Board
GMC 23 CTL 23
Circuit Board PCI
15-13
GPP 23 Circuit Board
Circuit Board RS232C
Printer/Processor Block Diagram
Motor
Cooling Fan
Solenoid
PDA 23 Circuit Board JNF 23 Back Printer Head
GDM 23 Circuit Board
GIE 23
Circuit Board PCI Driver
(Main Memoly) Circuit Board
Processor
JNE 23
PDB 23 Circuit Board Sensor
Circuit Board
Driver
Motor
IEEE1394
Cooling Fan
Solenoid
Power Supply PAC 23
Circuit Board
Scanner Motor
15
: Digital System
15.3.2
±12V from PS A→B : B is generated from A

IL : Interlock
: Analog System
GIE23 GPR23 GEP23 : Power System

Circuit Circuit Circuit
Board Board Board
Laser Optical Unit
5V 5V
Back
Head
Printer
Sensors
Sensors
Motors Motors
IL+24V, IL+24V,
15.3 Block Diagrams
+5V, +3.3V +5V +5V *1 *1 *2

+5V +5V +24V +24V, 12V +24V, 12V
+24V, ±12V,
JND23 JNE23 JNF23
GMC23 Circuit Board +8V, ±5V, Circuit Circuit Circuit PDA23 PDB23
Densitometer Board Board Board
IL+12V, IL+8V, Circuit Board Circuit Board
IL+24V
+24V
LDD23 Circuit Board +24V AOM CTL23 Circuit Board

±12V Driver 24V→12V 5V→3.3V
5V→3.3V
IL+12V→IL+8V +24V AOM 5V→3.3V
15-14
±12V→±5V ±12V Driver +24V
Dryer Fan
+12V,+5V,+3.3V
ATX Power Supply 12V

+5V +24V
Panel
24V→ 5V DC Pump
Operation
3.3V
IL+24V, IL+12V, +24V, IL+24V, IL+24V,

+24V ±12V, 8V +5V +5V +24V +5V +24V Heater
Main DC Power Supply (PS)

AC200/220/230/240V
PAC23
+24V Circuit
Board +5V
from CTL23
Circuit Board
Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram
200/220/230/240V AC Input *1 +5V supplied to JND/JNE is only relayed and not consumed by the circuit board. 200/220/230/240V AC Input
from Electrical Section *2 +24V supplied to JNF is only relayed and not consumed by the circuit board. from Electrical Section
15.4 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards
15.4.1 Input Extension Cable Connection
1. Remove the DC power supply section bracket

2. Connect the input extension cable (P/N: Power Supply Connector Input Extension Cable
136C1059989) between the power supply
connectors as shown.
Input Extension Cable Power Supply Connector

L2871(1)
3. Connect the grounding wire connectors of the All Connectors

input extension cable to the ground terminals on
the frame and the bracket. Grounding Wire/
Grounding Terminals
4. Reconnect all connectors to the PWR23 circuit

board.
5. Turn ON the four interlock switches.
6. Turn ON the main power supply, built-in circuit

PWR23
breaker and power switch to start up the system. Circuit Board
L2871(2)
15
15-15
15.4.2 DC Voltage Check List

PS1(AlphaII650) Dc Power Supply Voltage Measuring Circuit Board Voltage Check Points Check Points on PWR23 Circuit Board
PS2(AlphaII650)
Modul-type
PS (AlphaII) PWR23 Fuse Local Power
Slot-1
Slot-2
Slot-3
Slot-4
Slot-5
PWR23 Power LED on Fuse (Rated
Power LED on PS Interlock (Rated Circuit Board Power Name (within Circuit LED + Terminal GND Terminal Voltage Range + Terminal GND Terminal Voltage Range
Channel PWR23 Current)
Channel Current) Board)
1 2A JFL D+5V_MC PD5 (G) D+5V0_MC F60 <2A> PD60 (G) (PWR23) – – – – – – –
- - D7 TP11 TP12 (DGND) +5 ± 0.25 PWR8-1 PWR8-4 +5.10 ± 0.25
D+5Va F112 <2A> D13 TP26 TP12 (DGND) +5 ± 0.25
D+5V D+5Vb F113 <2A> D12 TP25 TP12 (DGND) +5 ± 0.25
D+3.3V D9 TP21 TP12 (DGND) +3.3 ± 0.165
D+5V1_MC F61 <5A> PD61(G) CTL23 D+1.5V TP22 TP12 (DGND) +1.5 ± 0.075
1 2A JFL D+5V_MC PD5 (G)
– D14 TP27 TP28 (AG) +5 ± 0.25
A+5Va D34 TP39 TP28 (AG) +5 ± 0.25
A+5V
A+5V2 D15 TP30 TP31 (AG2) +5 ± 0.25
A-5V2 D16 TP33 TP31 (AG2) -4.75 ± 0.25
D+5V2_MC F62 <5A> PD62 (G) D+5V2 – F111 <2A> D11 TP23 TP24 (DGND2) +5 ± 0.25 PWR8-13 PWR8-16 +5.10 ± 0.25
D+5V2 – D1 TP1 TP2 +5 ± 0.25V PWR8-3 PWR8-6 +5.10 ± 0.25
1 2A JFL D+5V_MC PD5 (G) D+5V2_MC F62 <5A> PD62 (G) P+5V – D4 TP10 T11 +5 ± 0.25V
D+3.3V D3 TP8 TP2 +3.3 ± 0.12V
1 2B JFL +24V0 PD6 (G) +24V01 F63 <4A> PD63 (G) +24V01 – D5 TP20 TP19 +24 ± 1.0V PWR8-7 PWR8-10 +24 ± 1.0V
+24V41 K F72 <4A> PD72 (R) +24V41 – D6 TP21 TP19 +24 ± 1.0V PWR10-5 PWR10-8 +24 ± 1.0V
2 4 DFL +24V4 PD19 (Y) +24V42 K F73 <4A> PD73 (R) +24V42 – D7 TP22 TP19 +24 ± 1.0V PWR10-15 PWR10-17 +24 ± 1.0V
PDA23
+24V51 F76 <4A> PD76 (Y) +24V51 – D9 TP24 TP11 +24 ± 1.0V PWR11-1 PWR11-4 +24 ± 1.0V
2 2 DFL +24V5 PD20 (Y)
+24V53 – D11 TP26 TP11 +24 ± 1.0V PWR11-3 PWR11-5 +24 ± 1.0V
+24V53 K F78 <4A> PD78 (R)
P+12V D15 TP29 TP11 +12 ± 0.5V
2 1 DFL +24V6 PD21 (Y) +24V62 K F80 <4A> PD80 (R) +24V62 – D14 TP28 TP11 +24 ± 1.0V PWR11-17 PWR11-20 +24 ± 1.0V
D+5V2 – D1 TP1 TP2 +5 ± 0.25V PWR8-14 PWR8-17 +5.10 ± 0.25
1 2A JFL D+5V_MC PD5 (G) D+5V2 F62 <5A> PD62 (G) P+5V – D4 TP11 TP12 +5 ± 0.25V
D+3.3V D3 TP8 TP5 +3.3 ± 0.12V
+24V02 PD64 (G) +24V02 – D5 TP21 TP16 +24 ± 1.0V PWR8-19 PWR8-21 +24 ± 1.0V
1 2B JFL +24V0 PD6 (G) F64 <4A>
+24V03 K PD65 (R) +24V03 – D6 TP22 TP16 +24 ± 1.0V PWR8-20 PWR8-22 +24 ± 1.0V
+24V11 F66 <4A> PD66 (Y) PDB23 +24V11 – D7 TP23 TP16 +24 ± 1.0V PWR9-1 PWR9-3 +24 ± 1.0V
1 1A HFL +24V1 PD12 (Y)
1 1B HFL +24V2 PD14 (Y)
2 5 DFL +24V3 PD18 (Y)
S+24V – D16 TP6 TP8 +24 ± 1.2V
1 2B JFL +24V0 PD6 (G) +24V02 F64 <4A> PD64 (G) PAC23 +24V02 – D2 TP4 TP5 +24 ± 1.0V PWR8-8 PWR8-11 +24 ± 1.0V
2 2 DFL +24V5 PD20 (Y) +24V50 F75 <2A> PD75 (Y) +24V50 – D3 TP2 TP3 +24 ± 1.0V PWR5-5 PWR5-2 +24 ± 1.0V
A+24V1_RS F51 <4A> PD51 (Y) A+24V – F132 2A TP33 TP32 +24 ± 1.0V PWR6-1 PWR6-3 +24 ± 1.0V
1 4B PFL A+24V_RS PD8 (Y) <PD82> (Y) IL24V – F139 3.2A TP35 TP38 +24 ± 1.0V PWR6-2 PWR6-4 +24 ± 1.0V
A+24V2_RS K F52 <4A>
PD52 (R)
1 4A PFL A+8V_RS PD9 (Y) A+8V_RS F53 <5A> PD53 (Y) A+8V – F133 4A TP34 TP32 +8 ± 0.4V PWR6-5 PWR6-6 +8.1 ± 0.4V
A+12V1_RS F54 <4A> PD54 (G) A+12V – F134 0.5A TP36 TP32 +12 ± 0.6V PWR6-19 PWR6-21 +12.1 ± 0.6V
1 3A EFL A+12V_RS PD10 (G) <PD85> (Y) IL12V – TP56 TP38 +12 ± 0.6V PWR6-8 PWR6-10 +12.1 ± 0.6V
A+12V2_RS K F55 <4A>
PD55 (R)
A-12V – F136 0.5A TP39 TP38 -12 ± 0.6V PWR6-24 PWR6-23 -12.05 ± 0.6V
– F137 3.2A
A+5V F135 0.5A TP35 TP32 4.75 to 5.25V
LDD23 A-5V TP41 TP32 -4.75 to -5.25V
R+5V TP37 TP40 4.75 to 5.25V
R-5V TP42 TP40 -4.75 to -5.25V
D+5V F138 0.5A TP46 TP47 4.75 to 5.25V
1 3B EFL A-12V_RS PD11 (G) A-12V_RS F56 <4A> PD56 (G)
3.3V TP45 TP47 3.18 to 3.41V
L+5V TP58 TP59 4.75 to 5.25V
L+8V TP55 TP59 7.6 to 8.4V
IL8V F131 0.5A TP30 TP32 7.6 to 8.4V
PREF+5V TP51 TP40 4.90 to 5.10V
REFÅ{5V TP52 TP40 4.90 to 5.10V
REF+3V TP60 TP8 2.94 to 3.06V
D+12V0_IM F57 <2A> PD57 (G) +12V – – – GMC9-1pin GMC9-4pin +12 ± 0.6V PWR7-1 PWR7-4 +12.05 ± 0.6V
Image control
1 5 CFL D+12V_IM PD4 (G) D+12V1_IM F58 <5A> PD58 (G) +3.3V – – – GMC9-2pin GMC9-4pin +3.3 ± 0.165V PWR7-2 PWR7-5 +12.05 ± 0.6V
box(GMC23)
D+12V2_IM F59 <5A> PD59 (G) +5V – – – GMC9-3pin GMC9-4pin +5 ± 0.25V PWR7-3 PWR7-6 +12.05 ± 0.6V
1 3A EFL A+12V_RS PD10 (G) A+12V1_RS F54 <4A> PD54 (G) A+12V – FA1 <1A> – GEP9-2pin GEP9-1pin – PWR6-19 PWR6-21
(GEP23)
1 3B EFL A-12V_RS PD11 (G) A-12V_RS F56 <4A> PD56 (G) A-12V – FA2 <1A> – GEP9-3pin GEP9-4pin – PWR6-24 PWR6-23
LED : (R) = Red, (G) = Green, (Y) = Yellow
15-17
15.4.3 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel
8
DOOR
5
6 REPL
MENU 4 UPPER 7 DOOR
ON LINE
3 1
2 PROC.
PAPER DRIVE
LOWER
ENTER INFO.
ON/OFF
POWER K 1 K 2
L21045
“POWER” 1 Green: Output voltage from the DC power supply unit is normal.
OFF: Output voltage from the DC power supply unit is abnormal (DC power supply unit or AC input
is abnormal).
2 Green: Input power supply of theATX23 circuit board is normal.
Red: Output power supply of the ATX23 circuit board is abnormal (D+3.3V or D+5V output is
abnormal).
OFF: Input power supply of theATX23 circuit board is abnormal (D+12V1 or D+12V2 input is
abnormal).
CP1 Auxiliary Power

(SPS23
Circuit Board) Abnormality
Photo MOS Relay
(PAC23 System ON Signal Timer Start Signal by RTC or
Circuit Board) ON/OFF Control Signal by
Abnormality
STANDBY Switch System Software 15
1
CP2 ATX Power Supply
Relay DC Power Image Control Section
2 (ATX23 3
(K1) Supply (GMC23 Circuit Board)
Built-in Leakage Circuit Board)
Circuit Breaker
Breaker Abnormality Abnormality
1 Green 2 Red 2 Green
20
15-19
■ N LED Pattern at Starting UP and Provable Causes
LED Pattern
Normal Abnormality 1 Abnormality 2 Abnormality 3 Abnormality 4
Condition
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Timer Starting Up Green Green Green* Red * Green* OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Power Switch
Green Green Green Red Green OFF OFF OFF Green Green
Starting Up
Standby Green Green OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Green Green
Running Green Green OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Green Green
*: The LED lights up for approximately 30 seconds then goes out.
LED Pattern and Provable Causes

LED Pattern Location Provable Causes Part Replacement
Abnormality 1 ATX23 circuit board 1) Faulty ATX23 circuit board (no output) 1) ATX23 circuit board
and after 2) Activated protection circuit of ATX23 circuit 2) GMC23 circuit board
board due to abnormal image control section
(short circuit or over current)
Abnormality 2 Before ATX23 cir- 1) Faulty or tripped circuit protector CP2 1) Circuit protector CP2
cuit board (except 2) Faulty relay K1 2) Relay K1
SPS23 circuit 3) Faulty DC power supply unit 3) DC power supply
board) 4) Blown fuse on PWR23 circuit board 4) Fuse
5) Faulty harness (relay K1-to-DC power supply- 5) Harness
to-ATX23 circuit board)
Abnormality 3 AC power supply to 1) Faulty or tripped leakage breaker 1) Leakage breaker
SPS23 circuit board 2) Faulty or tripped circuit protector CP1 2) Circuit protector CP1
(1) 3) Faulty SPS23 circuit board 3) SPS23 circuit board
Abnormality 4 AC power supply to 1) Faulty GPR23, PAC23 or CTL23 circuit board 1) GPR23, PAC23 or
SPS23 circuit board 2) Faulty harness (GPR23-to-CTL23-to-PAC23 CTL23 circuit board
(2) circuit board) 2) harness
■ ATX23 Circuit Board LED Check
1. Open the magazine door and remove the air filter

holder at the image control box section.
2. Check the LED on the ATX23 circuit board by Image Control Box
peering through the holes in the image control
box. D+3.3V (Green)
D+5V (Green)
LEDs D+12V0 : Power supply for fan
D+12V 1 : Input power for D+3.3V
D+12V2 : Input power for D+5V
D+3.3V : D+3.3V output
D+5V : D+5V output
OVPALM : Over voltage alarm
ATX23 Circuit Board

D+12V2 (Green)
D+12V1 (Green)
OVPALM (Red)
D+12V0 (Green)
15-20
15.4.4 DC Power Supply System LED Indication
The DC power supply system can be diagnosed by checking the LEDs on the PWR23 circuit board after removing
the left lower cover.
LED Condition: [ ] ON
[ ] OFF
■ DC Power Supply Indication LEDs

Green: power supply output (normal ON)
Yellow: ON/OFF condition of control signal from the CTL23 or LDD23 circuit board (normal ON)
Orange: Error alarm (normal ON)
PS_Fail SLOT5 SLOT4 SLOT3 SLOT2 SLOT1
(PD16) (PD17) (PD13) (PD18) (PD19) (PD20) (PD21)

PS2
AC FAN DC +24V3 +24V4 +24V5 +24V6
(PD2) (PD3) (PD7) (PD4) (PD8) (PD9) (PD10) (PD11) (PD5) (PD6) (PD12) (PD14)
PS1
AC FAN DC D+12V A+24V A+8V A+12V A–12V D+5V +24V0 +24V1 +24V2
(PD1) (PD22) (PD23) (PD24) (PD25) (PD26) (PD27) (PD28) (PD29)

AUX main sub main sub +24V13 +24V46 A+24V A+8V
RS12V1 MC5V1 ON/OFF
NOTE: If the fan on the DC power supply unit stops, the unit stops all outputs due to activation of the overheat protection circuit.
■ DC Power Supply Indication LEDs
AlphaII PWR23
Interlock Power Output
Slot ID Connected to fuse_(A) LED Relay SW fuse_(A) LED ID CN_No
F57<2A> (PD57) D+12V0_IM
ATX23
5 D+12V_IM F58<5A> (PD58) D+12V1_IM PWR7
<GMC23>
F59<5A> (PD59) D+12V2_IM
F51<4A> (PD51) A+24V1_RS
A+24V_RS
4 LDD23 F52<4A> (PD82) K201 D680-681 – (PD52) A+24V2_RS PWR6
A+8V_RS F53<5A> (PD53) A+8V_RS
3
A+12V_RS LDD23
F54<4A>
F55<4A>
(PD54)
(PD85) K202 D680-681 – (PD55)
A+12V1_RS
A+12V2_RS PWR6
15
GEP23
A-12V_RS F56<4A> (PD56) A-12V_RS
PS1 CTL23 F60<2A> (PD60) D+5V0_MC
PWR23
D+5V_MC F61<5A> (PD61) D+5V1_MC
PDA23
PDB23 F62<5A> (PD62) D+5V2_MC
2
F63<4A> (PD63) +24V01 PWR8
PAC23
+24V0 PDA23 +24V02
PDB23 F64<4A> (PD64)
K206 D724 – (PD65) +24V03
F66<4A> (PD66) +24V11
+24V1
F67<4A> (PD67) +24V12
1 PDB23 PWR9
F68<4A> (PD68) +24V21
+24V2
F69<4A> (PD69) +24V22
20
15-21
AlphaII PWR23
F70<4A> (PD70) +24V31
5 +24V3 PDB23 – – K207 D762 PWR10
F71<4A> (PD71) +24V32
F72<4A> (PD72) +24V41
4 +24V4 PDA23 – – K203 D680-681 F73<4A> (PD73) +24V42 PWR10
F74<4A> (PD74) +24V43
3
PS2 F75<2A> (PD75) +24V50 PWR4/5
PWR23 F76<4A> (PD76) +24V51
2 +24V5 PAC23
PDA23 F77<4A> (PD77) +24V52 PWR11
– – K204 D680-681
F78<4A> (PD78) +24V53
F79<4A> (PD79) +24V61
1 +24V6 PDA23 F80<4A> (PD80) +24V62 PWR11
– – K205 D680-681
F81<4A> (PD81) +24V63
15-22
<Example 1> No +24V3 Output Due to Faulty DC Module of DC Power Supply Unit PS2
(PD16) (PD17) (PD13) (PD18) (PD19) (PD20) (PD21)

PS2
AC FAN DC +24V3 +24V4 +24V5 +24V6
PS1

RS12V1 MC5V1 ON/OFF
AlphaII PWR23
F57<2A> (PD57) D+12V0_IM
ATX23
<GMC23>
F59<5A> (PD59) D+12V2_IM
F51<4A> (PD51) A+24V1_RS
A+24V_RS
F54<4A> (PD54) A+12V1_RS
A+12V_RS LDD23
3 F55<4A> (PD85) K202 D680-681 – (PD55) A+12V2_RS PWR6
GEP23
A-12V_RS F56<4A> (PD56) A-12V_RS
PS1 CTL23 F60<2A> (PD60) D+5V0_MC
PWR23
D+5V_MC F61<5A> (PD61) D+5V1_MC
PDA23
PDB23 F62<5A> (PD62) D+5V2_MC
2
F63<4A> (PD63) +24V01 PWR8
PAC23
+24V0 PDA23 +24V02
PDB23 F64<4A> (PD64)
K206 D724 – (PD65) +24V03
F66<4A> (PD66) +24V11
+24V1
F67<4A> (PD67) +24V12
1 PDB23 PWR9
F68<4A> (PD68) +24V21
+24V2
F69<4A> (PD69) +24V22
15
AlphaII PWR23
F70<4A> (PD70) +24V31
5 +24V3 PDB23 – – K207 D762 PWR10
F71<4A> (PD71) +24V32
F72<4A> (PD72) +24V41
4 +24V4 PDA23 – – K203 D680-681 F73<4A> (PD73) +24V42 PWR10
F74<4A> (PD74) +24V43
3
PS2 F75<2A> (PD75) +24V50 PWR4/5
PWR23 F76<4A> (PD76) +24V51
2 +24V5 PAC23
PDA23 F77<4A> (PD77) +24V52 PWR11
– – K204 D680-681
F78<4A> (PD78) +24V53
F79<4A> (PD79) +24V61 20
1 +24V6 PDA23 F80<4A> (PD80) +24V62 PWR11
– – K205 D680-681
F81<4A> (PD81) +24V63
15-23
<Example 2> No +5V_MC Output Due to Faulty DC Module of DC Power Supply Unit PS1
(PD16) (PD17) (PD13) (PD18) (PD19) (PD20) (PD21)

PS2
AC FAN DC +24V3 +24V4 +24V5 +24V6
PS1

RS12V1 MC5V1 ON/OFF
AlphaII PWR23
F57<2A> (PD57) D+12V0_IM
ATX23
<GMC23>
F59<5A> (PD59) D+12V2_IM
F51<4A> (PD51) A+24V1_RS
A+24V_RS
F54<4A> (PD54) A+12V1_RS
A+12V_RS LDD23
GEP23
A-12V_RS F56<4A> (PD56) A-12V_RS
PS1 CTL23 F60<2A> (PD60) D+5V0_MC
PWR23
D+5V_MC F61<5A> (PD61) D+5V1_MC
PDA23
PDB23 F62<5A> (PD62) D+5V2_MC
2
F63<4A> (PD63) +24V01 PWR8
PAC23
+24V0 PDA23 +24V02
PDB23 F64<4A> (PD64)
K206 D724 – (PD65) +24V03
F66<4A> (PD66) +24V11
+24V1
F67<4A> (PD67) +24V12
1 PDB23 PWR9
F68<4A> (PD68) +24V21
+24V2
F69<4A> (PD69) +24V22
AlphaII PWR23
F70<4A> (PD70) +24V31
5 +24V3 PDB23 – – K207 D762 PWR10
F71<4A> (PD71) +24V32
F72<4A> (PD72) +24V41
4 +24V4 PDA23 – – K203 D680-681 F73<4A> (PD73) +24V42 PWR10
F74<4A> (PD74) +24V43
3
PS2 F75<2A> (PD75) +24V50 PWR4/5
PWR23 F76<4A> (PD76) +24V51
2 +24V5 PAC23
PDA23 F77<4A> (PD77) +24V52 PWR11
– – K204 D680-681
F78<4A> (PD78) +24V53
F79<4A> (PD79) +24V61
1 +24V6 PDA23 F80<4A> (PD80) +24V62 PWR11
– – K205 D680-681
F81<4A> (PD81) +24V63
15-24
<Example 3> Blown Fuse F60 (D+5V_MC)on PWR23 Circuit Board
(PD16) (PD17) (PD13) (PD18) (PD19) (PD20) (PD21)

PS2
AC FAN DC +24V3 +24V4 +24V5 +24V6
PS1 (PD2) (PD3) (PD7) (PD4) (PD8) (PD9) (PD10) (PD11) (PD5) (PD6) (PD12) (PD14)

RS12V1 MC5V1 ON/OFF
AlphaII PWR23
F57<2A> (PD57) D+12V0_IM
ATX23
<GMC23>
F59<5A> (PD59) D+12V2_IM
F51<4A> (PD51) A+24V1_RS
A+24V_RS
F54<4A> (PD54) A+12V1_RS
A+12V_RS "LDD23
GEP23
A-12V_RS F56<4A> (PD56) A-12V_RS
PS1 "CTL23 F60<2A> (PD60) D+5V0_MC
PWR23
D+5V_MC F61<5A> (PD61) D+5V1_MC
PDA23
PDB23 F62<5A> (PD62) D+5V2_MC
2
F63<4A> (PD63) +24V01 PWR8
PAC23
+24V0 PDA23 +24V02
PDB23 F64<4A> (PD64)
K206 D724 – (PD65) +24V03
F66<4A> (PD66) +24V11
+24V1
F67<4A> (PD67) +24V12
1 PDB23 PWR9
F68<4A> (PD68) +24V21
+24V2
F69<4A> (PD69) +24V22
15
AlphaII PWR23
F70<4A> (PD70) +24V31
5 +24V3 PDB23 – – K207 D762 PWR10
F71<4A> (PD71) +24V32
F72<4A> (PD72) +24V41
4 +24V4 PDA23 – – K203 D680-681 F73<4A> (PD73) +24V42 PWR10
F74<4A> (PD74) +24V43
3
PS2 F75<2A> (PD75) +24V50 PWR4/5
"PWR23 F76<4A> (PD76) +24V51
2 +24V5 PAC23
PDA23 F77<4A> (PD77) +24V52 PWR11
– – K204 D680-681
F78<4A> (PD78) +24V53
F79<4A> (PD79) +24V61 20
1 +24V6 PDA23 F80<4A> (PD80) +24V62 PWR11
– – K205 D680-681
F81<4A> (PD81) +24V63
15-25
15.4.5 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
■ PWR23 Circuit Board
L21208
15-26
A■ TX23 Circuit Board
L21201
15
20
15-27
■ LDD23 Circuit Board
L21205
15-28
■ CTL23 Circuit Board
15
20
L21206
15-29
■ PDA23 Circuit Board
L21207
15-30
■ PDB23 Circuit Board
15
20
L21203
15-31
■ PAC23 Circuit Board
L21204
15-32
■ GEP23 Circuit Board
15
20
L21202
15-33
15.5 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams
15.5.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PDU23-1 PDU23-2
A K1 TB3
Li Lo (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) 1 1 (BLK)
1 1
JPW1
JPW1
CP2 1 2 1 1
PW1
PW1
2 2 (WHT) 2 2 (WHT)
(WHT) (WHT) 3 3 (WHT) 2 2 (BLK) 3 3 (BLK) to EZ01300 ( main power supply )
3 4 4 4
(WHT) (WHT)
(ORG)
5 6
(BLK) to PAC17 _ 1p/6p
(BLK)
PDU23-0 : <Single Phase>
SPS
TB1 NFB1 NF1
B (RED) (RED) (RED)
TB2 LB1
Li Lo (BLK) 1
L L1 L1 1Li 1Lo (BLK) (BLK) 1 3 L 4 (BLK) 1
PAC02
PAC02
1 1 1Li 1Lo CP1 +24V S+24V
(BLK)
SPS1
SPS1
SPS2
SPS2
(ORG) (ORG) C1 3
L2 L2 2Li 2Lo 2 2 2Li 2Lo (WHT) 3 +24V
(BRN) (BRN) 2 4 N 2 (WHT) 2
(WHT) (WHT) GND SGND
L3 L3 3Li 3Lo 1
(BLU) (BLU) (YEL/GRN) 5 GND
N N N FG
4Li 4Lo
(YEL/GRN) (YEL/GRN)
(YEL)
(YEL)
NF2
C LB2
(BLK) Li Lo (BLK)
K2
(BLK) 1
PAC12
PAC12
(BLK) (BLK) 1 3 CP3 1 2 (L21) 200V IN
3 3 1Li 1Lo
C2 (WHT) (WHT) 2
4 4 2Li 2Lo 3 4 (N21) 200V IN
2 4
(WHT) (WHT)
(ORG)
5 6 to PAC17 _ 4p/9p
(BLK)
(YEL/GRN)
K3
(BLK) Li Lo (BLK) (BLK) 1 230-210V S1 200-220V
(YEL)
(YEL)
(L22) 200V IN
PAC10
PAC10
CP4 1 2 2
(WHT) (WHT) 3
3 4 (N22) 200V IN
4
(ORG)
5 6 to PAC17 _ 2p/7p
(BLK)
LB3 NF3
D (BLK) Li Lo (BLK)
K4
(BLK) 1
PAC11
PAC11
(BLK) (BLK) CP5 1 2 (L31) 200V IN
5 5 1Li 1Lo
C3
1 3
(WHT)
3 4
(WHT) 2 (N31) 200V IN
PAC23
6 6 2Li 2Lo 2 4
(BLU) (WHT) (WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG) 5 6 to PAC17 _ 5p/10p
(BLK)
7 7
(BRN) (YEL/GRN)
K5
(BLK) Li Lo (BLK)
K1_6p (C+)
K3_6p (C+)
K5_6p (C+)
K2_6p (C+)
K4_6p (C+)
(BLK) 1
K1_5p (C-)
K3_5p (C-)
K5_5p (C-)
K2_5p (C-)
K4_5p (C-)
PAC09
PAC09
(YEL/GRN) CP6 1 2 (L32) 200V IN
2
(WHT) (WHT) 3 (N32) 200V IN
3 4
(ORG)
5 6
(BLK) to PAC17 _ 3p/8p PAC17
PAC17
1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10
E
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
<PAC17> to K1-K5_6p/5p
F PDU23-0 : <3-Phase/4-Wire> PDU23-0 : <3-Phase/3-Wire>
TB1 NFB1 TB2 TB1 NFB1 TB2

(RED) (RED) (RED) (BLK) (RED) (RED) (RED) (BLK)
L1 L1 L1 1Li 1Lo 1 1 L1 L1 L1 1Li 1Lo 1 1
(ORG) (ORG) (WHT) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (WHT)
L2 L2 L2 2Li 2Lo 2 2 L2 L2 L2 2Li 2Lo 2 2
(BRN) (BRN) (BRN) (BRN)
L3 L3 L3 3Li 3Lo L3 L3 L3 3Li 3Lo
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
N N N 4Li 4Lo N N N 4Li 4Lo
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL/GRN) (YEL/GRN)
(ORG) (BLK) (BLK)
(YEL)
3 3 3 3
G 4 4
(WHT)
4 4
(WHT)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BRN) (BLK) (BLK)

5 5 5 5
(WHT) (BRN) (WHT)
(BLU) 6 6 6 6
(YEL/GRN) (YEL/GRN) (BLU)

7 7 7 7
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
H
15-35
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
15-36
H760 (L) Dryer Heater H760
(BLK)
H760
H760 (N)
1
(200V378W/240V544W)
1 4
1 4
1 4
(WHT)
15.5.2
A1 A2 A3
A26 A25 A24
(BLK)
H760
H760
H762 (N)
H762
(200V378W/240V544W)
2 5
2 5
2 5
PAC06
PAC06
(WHT)

(BLK)
H764
H764 (N) (200V378W/240V544W)
3 6
3 6
3 6
(WHT)

2
(BLK)
H766
H766 (N)
1 2
1 2
1 2
(WHT) (200V378W/240V544W)
H766
H766
PAC07
PAC07
H767 (L) (BLK) Dryer Heater H767
H767
H767 (N)
3 4
3 4
3 4
(WHT) (200V378W/240V544W)
PAC01
PAC01
CTL2
CTL2
Dryer Heater H761
A24 A25 A26 B1 B2 B3

H761 (L) (BLK) H761
(200V378W/240V544W)
A3A2 A1 B26 B25 B24

H761 (N)
1 5
1 4
1 4
(WHT)
CTL23 Circuit Board

3
H763 (L)
Dryer Heater H763
(BLK)
H761
H761
H763
H763 (N) (200V378W/240V544W)
2 6
2 5
2 5
(WHT)
PAC08
PAC08
H765 (L) (BLK) Dryer Heater H765
H765
H765 (N)
3 7
3 6
3 6
(WHT) (200V378W/240V544W)
NC NC
NC NC
4 8
H700 (L) P1 Heater

(BLK)
H700 (N) NC
1 2
H700
H700
H700
(WHT) (200V/250W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
4
B3 B2 B1
B24 B25 B26

PAC04
PAC04
PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
H702 (L)
(BLK) PS1/2/3 Heater
H702 (N) NC
3 4
H702
H702
H702
(WHT) (200V/375W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
H701 (L) P2 Heater

(BLK)
H701 (N) N.C
1 4
H701
H701
H701
(WHT) (200V/250W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
NC NC
NC NC
2 5
PAC05
PAC05
5
H703 (L)
(BLK) PS4 Heater
H703 (N) N.C
3 6
H703
H703
H703
(WHT) (200V/375W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
+24V02
To PWR5 (ORG)
GND-24V0
PAC15
PAC15
1 2
1 2
1 2
200V (L) IN Dryer Heater Input (L22) 200V
JPWC1
JPWC1
(BLK) (BLK)
200V (N) IN (From Relay K3)
(WHT)
200V (L) IN NC
PAC10
PAC10
200V (N) IN NC
1 3 2 4
6
+24V50
(ORG)
GND-24V5
5 2
5 2
5 2
(BLK)
200V (L) IN Dryer Heater Input (L32) 200V
(BLK)
D760+ 200V (N) IN
(From Relay K5)
PAC09
PAC09
(ORG) (WHT)
D760- NC NC
1 3 2
6 3
6 3
6 3
(BLK)
To PWR8
PAC14
PAC14
JPWC2
JPWC2
D762B-
(ORG)
D762x rtn
7 4
7 4
7 4
(BLK)
200V (L) IN Solution Heater (L21) 200V
CHECK+ (BLK)
(BLK) 200V (N) IN (From Relay K2)
PAC12
PAC12
CHECK-
1 2
(WHT)
1 8
1 8
1 8
(BLK)
7
200V (L) IN Solution Heater (L31) 200V

(BLK)
200V (N) IN (From Relay K4)
PAC11
PAC11
1 2
(WHT)
D +
PAC13
PAC13
D Rtn
1 2
1A
S+24V
1
1
(ORG) (ORG)
S+24V
Rtn
2
1 2
2
(BLK) (BLK) STANDBY Switch

D684
C1550AT-WW
2A 4B
JD684
JD684
D684+
3
3
D684- (RED) (RED)

8
3 4
4
4
(GRY) (GRY)
5B
PAC16
PAC16
SPS LED (A)

5
1
1
(BRN) (BRN) To JKEY1 (Operation Panel)

GND-24S
JKEY4
JKEY4
JKEY3
JKEY3
6
1 2
2
2
1 2
(BLK) (BLK)
K1 (+)
(ORG)
Relay for DC Power Supply (K1) K1 (-)
1 6
(BLK)
K3 (+)
Dryer Heater 1 (K3) (ORG)
K3 (-)
2 7
(BLK)
K5 (+)
Dryer Heater 2 (K5) (ORG)
K5 (-)
PAC17
PAC17
3 8
(BLK)
9
1
1
1
(YEL) (YEL) COM

Dryer Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch
3
6
6
(YEL) (YEL) NO (V-152-1C26)

D762A
D762A
NC
K2 (+)
(ORG)
JD762
JD762
Solution Heater 2 (K2) K2 (-)

4 9
(BLK)
From PWR23
2
2
2
(YEL) (YEL) COM

Dryer Section Cover Open/Close Detecting
4
7
7
K4 (+) (YEL) (YEL) NO

PAC23 Circuit Board
(ORG) NC
Interlock Switch (V-152-1C26)
D762B
D762B
Solution Heater 2 (K4) K4 (-)

NC NC
(BLK)
3
5 10
NC NC
8
3 8
JSO12
JSO12
D760A (+) Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat 1

1
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

D760A (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)
D760A
8
7
7
4
4
9
9
2
2
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

NC NC
3
NC NC
D760
D760
JD760
JD760
6
3 6
10
D760B (+) Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat 2

2
2
2
2
2
5
5
3
3

D760B (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)
D760B
9
8
8
5
5
4
4

10
10
NC
NC
3 10
+24V02 D700 (+) P1 Heater Safety Thermostat

(RED) (RED) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
D700
D700
D700
F630A D700 (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)

1 2
1 2
Power Supply Cooling Fan (WHT) (WHT)

3 9
3 9
1 5
1 5
F630
F630
F630
F630
4 11
GND-24V0 (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK)
1 3 4
4 2 1
JD700
JD700
PAC18
PAC18
+24V02
F630B D701 (+) P2 Heater Safety Thermostat
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
D701
D701
D701
GND-24V0 D701 (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)

2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 2
1 2
2 6
2 6
5 12
4 10
4 10
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

+24V02
JFAN4
JFAN4
PAC03
PAC03
(RED) (RED)
JD701
JD701
F631A
Power Supply Cooling Fan (WHT) (WHT)
11
GND-24V0
F631A
F631A
F631A
F631A
(BLK) (BLK)
D702 (+)
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
PS1/2/3 Heater Safety Thermostat
1 3 4
4 2 1
7 9 11
7 9 11
7 9 11
D702
D702
D702
D702 (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)

1 2
1 2
3 7
3 7
6 13
(BLK)
5 11
5 11
(BLK) (BLK)
+24V02
(RED) (RED)
Power Supply Cooling Fan F631B
(WHT) (WHT) PS4 Heater Safety Thermostat
D703 (+)
F631B
F631B
F631B
F631B
GND-24V0 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

8 10 12
8 10 12
8 10 12
(BLK) (BLK)
1 3 4
4 2 1
D703
D703
D703
D703 (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)

1 2
1 2
4 8
4 8
7 14
6 12
6 12
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

NC
S+24V
(ORG)
SGND
12
PAC02
PAC02
1 2
(BLK)
SPS2
NC
NC
ZWS30-24/JEZ
4 2 3 1
Auxiliary Power Supply
F
E
B
AA
H
D
C
G
Left-hand Door Interlock Switch 1 NC
1
15.5.3
NO
(V-152-1C25)
D681A
D681A
COM
pwr35_check3+ pwr1_check+ pwr1_check+

(BLK) (BLK)
Left-hand Door Interlock Switch 2 NC pwr35_check3- pwr1_check- pwr1_check-
NO (YEL) D681A/D681B+ (BLK)
(V-152-1C25) pwr35_check+ pwr35_check+
D681B
D681B
COM (YEL) (YEL) (BLK)
D681A/D681B- pwr35_check- pwr35_check-
1 3
1 3
1 14 8 2
(YEL) (YEL) (BLK)
ps1 AC_Fail1 ps1 AC_Fail1
(GRY)
ps2 AC_Fail2 ps2 AC_Fail2
JIL1
JIL1
Magazine Door Interlock Switch 1 NC (GRY)
NO D680A/D680B+ ps1 Fan_ALM1 ps1 Fan_ALM1
(V-152-1C25) (GRY)
D680A
D680A
COM (YEL) (YEL) ps2 Fan_ALM2 ps2 Fan_ALM2
D680A/D680B-
(GRY)
2 4
2 4
9 3
(YEL) (YEL)
ps1 DC_Fail1 ps1 DC_Fail1
(GRY)
NC NC ps2 DC_Fail2 ps2 DC_Fail2
Magazine Door Interlock Switch 2 NC (GRY)
NO (YEL) NC NC +24V50_Fail +24V50_Fail
10 4
(V-152-1C25) (GRY)
D680B
D680B
COM D+5V0_MC_Fail D+5V0_MC_Fail
22 2 21 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
(GRY)
MC5V1m_Fail NC
PWR1
PWR1
CTL11
CTL11
MC5V1s_Fail NC
2
RS12V1m_Fail RS12V1m_Fail1
(GRY)
RS12V1s_Fail RS12V1s_Fail1
PWR4
PWR4
(GRY)
D680A/D680B D680A/D680B
(GRY)
D681A/D681B D681A/D681B
(GRY)
NC NC (D682x)
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close (GRY)
NC D724 D724
Detecting Interlock Switch NO (GRY)
D724+ D762A D762A
D724
D724
(V-152-1C25) COM (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (GRY)
D762B
JIL3
JIL3
D724- D762B
11 5
1 2
1 2
1 4
1 4
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (GRY)
GND-5MC <CTL> GND-5MC <CTL>
JD724
JD724
(BLK)
GND-5MC <CTL> GND-5MC <CTL>
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
1 23 2 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 (BLK)
JIL2
JIL2
D762A+
(YEL) (YEL)
D762A-
To JS012 (YEL) (YEL)
D762B+
JD762
JD762
(YEL) (YEL)
3
D762B- pwr2_check+
12 6 13 7
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
2 5 3 6
2 5 3 6
(YEL) (YEL) pwr2_check+ (BLK) pwr2_check-
pwr2_check-
(BLK)
MC5V1m_Fail MC5V1m_Fail
(BLK)
MC5V1s_Fail MC5V1s_Fail
(BLK)
+24V13_on/off +24V13_on/off
(GRY)
+24V46_on/off +24V46_on/off
(GRY)
AUX1_on/off AUX1_on/off
PWR2
PWR2
(GRY)
AUX2_on/off AUX2_on/off
CTL23 Circuit Board
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7
(GRY) NC
CTL3
CTL3
NC GND-5MC <PWR>
GND-5MC <PWR> GND-5MC <PWR>

(BLK)
GND-5MC <PWR> GND-5MC <PWR>
8 9
(BLK)
NC GND-5MC <PWR>
NC
NC
NC
4
1 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
D+5V1_MC +5V
(RED)
GND-5MC GND
(BLK)
D+5V1_MC +5V
(RED)
GND-5MC GND
CTL6
CTL6
(BLK)
D+5V2_MC +5V2
(RED)
GND-5MC GND2
2 3 5 6 4 1
(BLK)
1 4 12 15 13 16
D+5V2_MC NC
D+12V0_IM D+12V0_IM
(RED) GND-5MC NC
GND-12IM
5
GND-12IM (BLK) +24V03 NC

D+12V0_IM NC NC D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM +24V01 NC
GND-12IM NC NC
2 5 9 18
D+12V1_IM D+12V1_IM
(RED)
GND-12IM GND-12IM
(BLK) D+5V2_MC
D+12V1_IM (RED)
PWR7
PWR7
D+12V1_IM To PDA17
(RED) GND-5MC
JPWA1
JPWA1
GND-12IM
3 6
1 2
1 2
GND-12IM (BLK) (BLK)

D+12V2_IM D+12V2_IM
(RED)
GND-12IM GND-12IM
(BLK)
D+12V2_IM
ATX1
ATX1
D+12V2_IM (RED)
GND-12IM GND-12IM
(BLK)
1 4 9 12 2 5 10 13 3 6 11 14
1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12
D+5V2_MC (RED) To PDB13

GND-5MC
JPWB1
JPWB1
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
14 17
PWR8
PWR8
LED (Atx_out) _A
(BRN)
LED (Atx_in) _A To JKEY1
6
(RED)
LED (Atx_xx) _K
JKEY2
JKEY2
(BLK)
LED (Atx_xx) _K NC +24V01
(ORG)
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
To PDA18
7 8 15 16
GND-24V0
JPWA2
JPWA2
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
7 10
Image Control Box
A+12V1 RS +24V02 (ORG)

A+12V1_RS (RED)
GND-12RS GND-24V0 To PDB14
GND_12RS (BLK) (BLK)
GND-12RS +24V03
JPWB2
JPWB2
GND_12RS (ORG)
GEP9
GEP9
(BLK) GND-24V0
A-12V RS
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
A-12V1_RS (BLK)
19 21 20 22
2 1 4 3
(BLK)
19 21 23 24
7
PWR23 Circuit Board
+24V02
(ORG) To PAC15
GND-24V0
JPWC1
JPWC1
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
8 11
A+24V2 RS
IL+24V1 (ORG)
NC NC A+24V2 RS
IL+24V1
IL24G1 GND-24RS
(BLK)
IL24G1 NC NC GND-24RS
A+12V2 RS +24V11 (ORG)
IL+12V1 (RED)
A+12V2 RS GND-24V1
IL+12V1 NC NC (BLK)
GND-12RS +24V12
IL12G1 (BLK) (ORG)
GND-12RS GND-24V1
IL12G1 NC NC (BLK) To PAC15
7 14 5 12 3 10 1 8
LDD3
LDD3
+24V21
2 14 4 16 8 20 10 22
(ORG)
JPWB3
JPWB3
NC GND-24V2
(BLK)
NC +24V22
8
(ORG)
NC
PWR6
PWR6
GND-24V2
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
(BLK)
1 3 10 12 5 7 14 16
NC
PWR9
PWR9
NC +24V11 NC
NC GND-24V1 NC
2 9 4 11 6 13
+24V12 NC
GND-24V1 NC
+24V21 NC
GND-24V2 NC
+24V22 NC
A+24V1 RS GND-24V2 NC
A+24V
9 11 2 4 13 15 6 8
(ORG)
A+24V NC NC A+24V1 RS
A24G GND-24RS
(BLK)
A24G NC NC GND-24RS
A+8V A+8V RS
(RED)
A+8V NC NC A+8V RS
9
A8G GND-8RS
(BLK) +24V31
A8G NC NC GND-8RS (ORG)
A+12V1 RS GND-24V2
A+12V (BLK) To PDB16
LDD4
LDD4
1 13 3 15 5 17 6 18 7
(RED) +24V32
JPWB4
JPWB4
A+12V NC (ORG)
GND-12RS GND-24V3
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
A12G (BLK)
1 3 11 13
(BLK)
A12G NC
A-12V RS +24V31 NC
A-12V
(BLU) NC
12
GND-24V3
A-12V NC
LDD23 Circuit Board
+24V32 NC
A-12G GND-12RS
(BLK) GND-24V3 NC
11
A-12G NC
8 16 7 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9
+24V41 NC
+24V42 NC
PWR10
PWR10
+24V43 NC
GND-24V4 NC
10 12 2 4 14 6 16 18
(BLK)
pwr35_check+ +24V41
(ORG)
pwr35_check2+ GND-24V4
10
(BLK) To PDA18
CPUPOWERC RS12V1m_Fail +24V42 (ORG)
JPWA3
JPWA3
(GRY)
+12VPOWERC RS12V1s_Fail GND-24V4
(GRY) (BLK)
POWRONC A+24V on/off +24V43
PWR3
PWR3
(GRY) (ORG)
POWERONC A+8V on/off GND-24V4
LDD2
LDD2
5 8 15 17 7 9
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
(GRY) (BLK)
PCE GND-5MC <PWR>
(BLK)
PCE GND-5MC <PWR>
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 8 2 3 4 5 6 7
(BLK)
+24V51
(ORG)
GND-24V5
(BLK)
+24V52
(ORG)
GND-24V5
(BLK)
+24V53
(ORG)
GND-24V5
11
(BLK) To PDA19
+24V61
(ORG)
JPWA4
JPWA4
GND-24V6
(BLK)
+24V62
(ORG)
GND-24V6
+24V50 (BLK)
(ORG) +24V63
GND-24V5 (ORG)
(BLK) GND-24V6
PWR11
PWR11
D760+ (BLK)
1 4 12 14 3 5 6 9 17 20 8 10
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
(ORG)
D760-
To PAC14 (BLK) +24V51 NC
D762B-
PWR5
PWR5
(ORG)
JPWC2
JPWC2
+24V52 NC
D762x rtn
(BLK) +24V53 NC
pwr35 check3+
(BLK) GND-24V5 NC
pwr35 check-
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
(BLK) +24V61 NC
+24V62 NC
+24V63 NC
GND-24V6 NC
11 2 13 15 16 7 18 19
12
15-37
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
15-38
1
15.5.4
CTL_CN_ST4
CTL_CN_ST4
19 2
(BLK)
A1 A2 A3
A26 A25 A24

FS706
(RED) (RED)
FS706_Rtn PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor
(WHT) (WHT)
FS706
FS706
FS706
AG2 N.C N.C
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 2 3
1 2 3
20 18 17
TS700 P1 Tank Temperature Sensor
(RED) (RED)
2
(0) AG (YT205-56)
(WHT) (WHT)
TS700
TS700
TS700
FG2 N.C N.C
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 2 3
1 2 3
16 14 12
TS701 P2 Tank Temperature Sensor
(RED) (RED)
(0) AG
(WHT) (WHT) (YT205-56)
TS701
TS701
TS701
FG2 N.C N.C
CTL7
CTL7
1 2 3
1 2 3
15 13 11
7 9 11
7 9 11
ana1
ana1
TS702 (RED) (RED) PS1/2/3 Tank Temperature Sensor
(0) AG
(WHT) (WHT) (YT205-56)
TS702
TS702
TS702
FG2 N.C N.C
1 2 3
1 2 3
10 8 6
8 10 12
8 10 12
CTL2
CTL2
PAC01
PAC01
A24A25 A26 B1B2 B3
3
TS703 (RED) (RED) PS4 Tank Temperature Sensor
A3A2A1 B26 B25B24

(0) AG (YT205-56)
(WHT) (WHT) TS703
TS703
TS703
FG2 N.C N.C
9 7 5
1 2 3
1 2 3
13 15 17
13 15 17
PAC23 Circuit Board

TS760 Dryer Temperature Sensor
(RED) (RED) (RED)
(0) AG (GP1AQ36L)
1 2
1 2
TS760
TS760
TS760
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)

ana2
ana2
FG2
4 3 1
1 2 3
1 2 3
14 16 18
14 16 18
(DGND) CTL_CN_ST4
CTL_CN_ST4
(BLK)
2 11
NC
A+5Va
B3B2B1
1 10
B24B25 B26
A+5Va +5V
(RED)
HS760-2 RHV (Humidity)
1 2
(WHT)
FG2 Temperature/Humidity Sensor
9 7 3
CTL15
CTL15
(CHS-CMC-08)
HS760
HS760
(0) AG GND - TH1

(RED)
CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/3)
HS760-1 TH2
3 4
(WHT)
FG2
(0) AG 6 8 4
NC
5 12
5
CTL_CN_ST3
CN_STS (BLK) (BLK)
CN_Rtn DGND
(BLK) (BLK)
+5V D+5V2
1 12 2
1 12 2
1 12 2
(RED) (RED) D+5V2
GND DGND2
Circuit Board
3
3
3
(BLK) (BLK) DGND2
CTL4
CTL4
RXD OPTXD
(BRN) (BRN)
TXD OPRXD
(RED) (RED)
GND DGND
4 5 6
4 5 6
4 5 6
(BLK) (BLK) NC
1 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2
Temperature/Humidity
JKEY1
JKEY1
KEY1
KEY1
6
PL1_K (BLK)
(BLK)
PL1_GA (BRN)
(BRN)
PL1_RA
JKEY2
JKEY2
7 8 9
7 8 9
7 8 9
(RED) (RED)
3 1 2 4
3 1 2 4
KEY23 Circuit Board

PL2_A (BRN)
(BRN)
JKEY3
JKEY3
PL2_K
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
10 11
10 11
10 11
T1
T1
(BLK)
C1
C1
T2
T2
T3
T3
CTL5
CTL5
C2 C3
C2 C3
7
CTL23 Circuit Board (1/3)
D653_0
To GEP10 (RED)
D653_Rtn
(BLK)
jgep
jgep
CTL8
CTL8
CTL_CN_ST4
(BLK)
CTL_CN_ST4
2 3 1 4
2 3 1 4
(BLK)
8
T16
T16
pwr2_check+ CPWR_CN_ST1 (DGND)

(BLK) CPWR_CN_ST1
pwr2_check-
C16
C16
(BLK) CIOV_STS2
MC5V1m_Fail
(BLK)
T17
T17
MC5V1s_Fail CTLV_STS2
(BLK)
CTL1
CTL1
GPR2
GPR2
+24V1-3on
C17
C17
+24V13_on/off (GRY) +24V4-6on

+24V46_on/off
T18
T18
(GRY)
AUX1_on/off Spare 1
(GRY)
PWR2
PWR2
Spare 2
C18
C18
AUX2_on/off
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7
(GRY) NC
CTL3
CTL3
NC Rtn
Image Control Box
9
Rtn
GND-5MC <PWR> (BLK) Rtn
GND-5MC <PWR>
8 9
(BLK) Rtn
NC
NC
NC
NC
1 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
pwr1_check+ CPWR
pwr1_check- (BLK)
CPWR
pwr35_check+ (BLK)
PWR_CN_ST
pwr35_check- (BLK)
PWR_CN_ST
ps1 AC_Fail1 (BLK)
AC_Fail1
ps2 AC_Fail2 (GRY) AC_Fail2
10
(GRY)
ps1 Fan_ALM1 Fan_ALM1
(GRY) Fan_ALM2
ps2 Fan_ALM2
T32
T32
(GRY)
ps1 DC_Fail1 DC_Fail1
C32
C32
ps2 DC_Fail2 (GRY)

DC_Fail2
(GRY)
+24V50_Fail +24V50_Fail
T33
T33
(GRY)
D+5V0_MC_Fail MC5V0_Fail
C33
C33
(GRY)
22 2 21 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
MC5V1m_Fail
CTL11
CTL11
PWR1
PWR1
T34
T34
MC5V1s_Fail
RS12V1m_Fail RS12V1m_Fail1
(GRY)
C34
C34
RS12V1s_Fail RS12V1s_Fail1
(GRY)
D680A/D680B D680A/D680B
(GRY)
D681A/D681B D681A/D681B
PWR23 Circuit Board
NC (GRY)
D682
(GRY) D724
D724
(GRY) D762A
D762A
D762B (GRY) D762B
(GRY)
11
GND-5MC <CTL> DGND

(BLK)
GND-5MC <CTL> DGND
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
(BLK)
1 23 2 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
D+5V1_MC +5V
(RED)
GND-5MC GND
D+5V1_MC (BLK)
+5V
(RED)
GND-5MC GND
CTL6
CTL6
(BLK)
PWR8
PWR8
D+5V2_MC +5V2
GND-5MC (RED)
GND2
2 3 5 6 4 1
1 4 12 15 13 16
(BLK)
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
JND23 Circuit Board

B
A50 A49 A48 A4 A3 A2 A1 B50 B49 B48 B3 B2 B1

JND1
JND1
CTL9
CTL9
A1 A2 A3 A4 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B48 B49 B50
D CTL23 Circuit Board (2/3)
A1 A2 A3 A4 A32 A33 A34 B1 B2 B3 B32 B33 B34

CTL10
CTL10
JNE1
JNE1
A34 A33 A32 A4 A3 A2 A1 B34 B33 B32 B3 B2 B1
F
JNE23 Circuit Board
15-39
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PDB23 Circuit Board

B
B1 B2 B3 B4 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A28 A29 A30

PDB1
PDB1
CTL12
CTL12
A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B47 B48 B49 B50
D CTL23 Circuit Board (3/3)

A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A28 A29 A30B1 B2 B3 B28 B29 B30
CTL13 CTL14
CTL13 CTL14
PDA1 PDA2
PDA1 PDA2
B1 B2 B3 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B28 B29 B30 A1 A2 A3 A4 A28 A29 A30
F
PDA23 Circuit Board PDA23 Circuit Board
15-40
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED)

Upper Cutter Open
15.5.5
D601 (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D601
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 2 3
1 3 5
DGND
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (Home Position) Sensor
jha3
D+5Va (RED)
A1 A2 A3 A4
(RED) (RED)
A50 A49 A48

jha3/jha6
D602 Upper Cutter Close Sensor
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D602
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 2 3
DGND (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
2 4 6 78
2 4 6 78
D610 (RED) (RED) (RED) Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1
7 9
7 9
7 9
1 2
D610
D610
1 3
1 3
DGND (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
2
1 2
D611
D611
2 4
2 4
DGND
8 10
8 10
8 10
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

1 2
D612
D612
5 7
5 7
DGND
1113
1113
1113
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

1 2
D613
D613
6 8
6 8
DGND
1214
1214
1214
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

D614
D614
1 2
DGND
1517
1517
1517
9 11
9 11
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
jha4
jha4/jha7
DGND
1 2
D615
D615
1618
1618
1618
1012
1012
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
3
jha1
jha1
D617 Upper Magazine
JND2
JND2
(RED) (RED) (RED)
DGND
1 2
D617
D617
Open/Close Sensor 1
1921
1921
1921
1315
1315
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
D618 Upper Magazine
(RED) (RED) (RED)
1 2
DGND Open/Close Sensor 2

D618
D618
2022
2022
2022
1416
1416
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Upper Magazine

D616
(BLU) (BLU) Paper End Sensor

D616
(BLU)
1 2 3
232527
171819
171819
DGND
232527
232527
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
4
D+5Va Upper Magazine

(RED) (RED) (RED) Splice Sensor LED
1 2
1 2
1 2
D619L
2426
2426
2426
D619L
D619L
JND1
JND1
CTL9
CTL9
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
28
28
28
jha5
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3

A4 A3 A2 A1 B50 B49 B48
jha5/jha8

D619P (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Splice Sensor
D619P
D619P
1 2 3
3 4 5
3 4 5
DGND
293133
293133
293133
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
CTL23 Circuit Board

D+5Va (RED) (RED) Upper Magazine Paper Sensor
D631 (BLU) (BLU)
D631
3 2 1
303234
303234
303234
DGND (BLK) (BLK)

5
JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Lower Cutter Open

D603 (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (Home Position) Sensor
D603
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 2 3

jha6

jha3/jha6
D604 (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Lower Cutter Close Sensor

D604
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
6
1 2 3

2 4 678
2 4 678
D620 (RED) (RED) (RED) Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1

1 3
1 3
7 9
7 9
7 9
1 2
D620
D620

2 4
2 4
1 2
D621
D621
DGND
8 10
8 10
8 10
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

5 7
5 7
1 2
D622
D622
DGND
1113
1113
1113
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

JND23 Circuit Board (1/2)

7
6 8
6 8
D623
D623
1 2
1214
DGND
1214
1214
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
B48 B49 B50

B3 B2 B1

1 2
DGND
1517
1517
1517
9 11
9 11
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

jha7
jha4/jha7

1 2
D624 D625
D624 D625
DGND
1618
1618
1618
1012
1012
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

Lower Magazine
jha2
jha2
D627 (RED) (RED) (RED)

Open/Close Sensor 1
1 2
D627
D627
DGND
1315
1315
1921
1921
1921
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

JND3
JND3
Lower Magazine
D628 (RED) (RED) (RED) Open/Close Sensor 2
1 2
D628
D628
2022
2022
2022

1416 20
1416 20
8
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Lower Magazine

D626
Paper End Sensor

1 2 3
171819
171819
DGND
232425
232425
232425
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

26
(DGND)
26
26
D+5Va Lower Magazine

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Paper Supply/Feed Section
1 2
1 2
Splice Sensor LED

1 2
D629L
D629L
D629L
2729
2729
2729
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

jha8
jha5/jha8

3 4 5
3 4 5
D629P
D629P
1 2 3
DGND
313335
313335
313335
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

9
Lower Magazine
Paper Sensor LED
1 2
1 2
1 3
D632L
D632L
D632L
2830
2830
2830
D632L
D632L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Lower Magazine

D632P (BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor
D632P
D632P
1 2 3
323436
323436
DGND
323436
(BLK) (BLK)
10
D+5Va Exposure Section Entrance

(RED) (RED) (RED)
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
Paper Sensor LED

1 2
D650L (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

jfk2
jfk2
D+5Va Exposure Position

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Paper Sensor LED
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
1 2
D653L
D650L D653L
D650L D653L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

11
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Exposure Section

D650P (BLU) (BLU) Entrance Paper Sensor
D650P
D650P
5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
jfk1
jfk1
1 2 3
DGND
JND6
JND6
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Exposure Position

D653P
D653P
1 2 3
DGND
6 8 10
6 8 10
6 8 10
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Soft Nip Home Position

D651
jfk3
jfk3
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

D651
Sensor (for M651)

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3

11121314
11121314
11121314
(DGND)
12
15-41
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
15-42
1
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D641 Tilt Home Position Sensor (for M641)
D641
D641
(BLU) (BLU)
DGND
1 2 3
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK)
CTL_CN_ST5
NC D+5Va (RED) (RED)
Registration Section
D640L
1 3
D+5Va Paper Sensor LED
D640L
D640L
7 9
7 9
7 9
(RED) (BLK) (BLK)
D630
(BLU)
DGND
1 2 3 5 7
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK)
jre1
jre1
JND5
JND5
JND4
JND4
jin1
jin1
(RED) (RED) D+5Va D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Nip Release Home
Feed Section D633 D642
2
D642
D642
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Position Sensor 1 (for M642)
D633
D633
Paper Sensor DGND DGND
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
3 2 1
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
(BLK) (BLK) (DGND) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
DGND
jre2
jre2
2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
4 6 8 9 10
(BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Registration Section
D640P
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor
D640P
D640P
DGND
4 5 6
4 5 6
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
11 8 10 12
11 8 10 12
11 8 10 12
Back Print/Feed Section

D+5Va (RED) (RED) Nip Release Home Position
D655
3
D655
D655
DGND (BLU) (BLU) Sensor 2 (for M655)
1 2 3
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Nip Release Home Position

D656
jfke1
jfke1
D656
D656
jfke2
jfke2
JND7
JND7
DGND (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Sensor 3 (for M656)
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
NC
NC
7 8
9 10 7 8
9 10 7 8
4
Distribution Entrance Section

D+5Va Nip Release Home Position

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D662
D662
D662
DGND (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Sensor 4 (Front) (for M662)

1 2 3
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

D663P (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D663
D663
DGND Sensor 4 (Rear) (for M663)

2 4 6
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
jfur1
jfur1
jfur3
jfur3

5
D658P (BLU)
(BLU) (BLU)
D658P
D658P
DGND
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

7 9 11
9 11 13
9 11 13

D659P
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D659P
D659P
DGND
1 2 3
101214
101214
8 1012
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Front)

D664L
1 3
1 2
1 2
D664L
D664L
(BLK) (BLK)
1315
6
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Center)

1 3
D660L
3 4
3 4
D660L
D660L
(BLK) (BLK)
14 16
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Rear)

D665L
1 3
5 6
5 6
D665L
D665L
(BLK) (BLK)
1718
D+5Va
D661 (RED) (RED) Distribution Home Position Sensor (for M661)
D661
D661
DGND (BLU) (BLU)

1 2 3
JND8
JND8
19 2123
(BLK) (BLK)
7 9 11
7 9 11
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D664P (BLU) (BLU) Distribution Paper Sensor (Front)
D664P
D664P
1 2 3
DGND
7
(BLK) (BLK)
8 10 12
8 10 12
2022 24
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D660P Distribution Paper Sensor (Center)
(BLU) (BLU)
D660P
D660P
1 2 3
DGND
131517
131517
25 2729
(BLK) (BLK)
jfur2
jfur2
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D665P Distribution Paper Sensor (Rear)
(BLU) (BLU)
D665P
D665P
DGND
1 2 3
141618
141618
(BLK) (BLK)
2628 30
D669
(RED) (RED) Distribution Drive Standby Sensor
D669
D669
DGND
1 2
(GRY) (GRY)
19 20
19 20
31 32
8

1 3
D658L
D658L
D658L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

33 35
21 22
21 22
jfur4
jfur4

1 3
D659L
D659L
D659L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

34 36
23 24
23 24
D+5Va
(RED) (RED) (RED)
D697
jfur5
jfur5
D657
D657
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

1 2 3
DGND
373839
252627
252627
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

9
(DGND)
28
28
40
CTL_CN_STG
NC
D+5Va (RED) (RED)
1 3
1 2 3 5
D666L Paper Sensor LED (Front)

1 2
1 2
D666L
D666L
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va Speed Control Section

10
(RED) (RED)
D667L
1 3

4 6
3 4
3 4
D667L
D667L
(BLK) (BLK)

(RED) (RED)
D668L Paper Sensor LED (Rear)
1 3
5 6
5 6
D668L
D668L
7 9
(BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
11
JND9
JND9
jshu1
jshu1
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Speed Control Section

D666P (BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor (Front)
D666P
D666P
DGND
1 2 3
7 9 11
7 9 11
(BLK) (BLK)
8 10 12
11

D667P (BLU) (BLU)
Paper Exit Section
Paper Sensor (Center)

D667P
D667P
DGND
1 2 3
131517
(BLK) (BLK)
8 10 12
8 10 12
13
13

(RED) (RED)
D668P
(BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor (Rear)
D668P
D668P
DGND
1 2 3
141516
141516
(BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
DGND
141618 19 20
12
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1

Upper Cutter Open
15.5.6
D601
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 2 3
1 3 5
DGND
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (Home Position) Sensor
jha3
D+5Va
A1 A2 A3 A4
(RED) (RED) (RED)
A50 A49 A48

jha3/jha6
D602 Upper Cutter Close Sensor
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D602
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 2 3
2 4 6 78
2 4 6 78
7 9
7 9
7 9
1 2
D610
D610
1 3
1 3
2
1 2
D611
D611
2 4
2 4
DGND
8 10
8 10
8 10
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

1 2 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 3
D612
D612
5 7
5 7
DGND
1113
1113
1113
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

1 2
D613
D613
6 8
6 8
DGND
1214
1214
1214
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

D614
D614
1 2
DGND
1517
1517
1517
9 11
9 11
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
jha4
jha4/jha7
DGND
1 2
D615
D615
1618
1618
1618
1012
(GRY) (GRY) 1012 (GRY)
3
jha1
jha1
D617 Upper Magazine
JND2
JND2
(RED) (RED) (RED)
1 2
DGND
D617
D617
Open/Close Sensor 1
1921
1921
1921
1315
(GRY) (GRY) 1315 (GRY)

D618 Upper Magazine
(RED) (RED) (RED)
1 2
DGND Open/Close Sensor 2

D618
D618
2022
2022
2022
1416
1416
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

D616
(BLU) (BLU) Paper End Sensor

D616
(BLU)
1 2 3
232527
171819
171819
DGND
232527
232527
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
4
D+5Va Upper Magazine

(RED) (RED) (RED) Splice Sensor LED
1 2
1 2
1 2
D619L
2426
2426
2426
D619L
D619L
JND1
JND1
CTL9
CTL9
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
28
28
28
jha5
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3

A4 A3 A2 A1 B50 B49 B48
jha5/jha8

D619P
D619P
1 2 3
3 4 5
3 4 5
DGND
293133
293133
293133
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
CTL23 Circuit Board

D+5Va (RED) (RED) Upper Magazine Paper Sensor
D631 (BLU) (BLU)
D631
3 2 1
303234
303234
303234
DGND (BLK) (BLK)

5
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Lower Cutter Open

D603 (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (Home Position) Sensor
D603
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 2 3

jha6

jha3/jha6
D604 (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Lower Cutter Close Sensor

D604
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
6
1 2 3

2 4 678
2 4 678

1 3
1 3
7 9
7 9
7 9
1 2
D620
D620

2 4
2 4
1 2
D621
D621
DGND
8 10
8 10
8 10
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

5 7
5 7
1 2
D622
D622
DGND
1113
1113
1113
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)


7
6 8
6 8
D623
D623
1 2
1214
DGND
1214
1214
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
B48 B49 B50

B3 B2 B1

1 2
DGND
1517
1517
1517
9 11
9 11
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

jha7
jha4/jha7

1 2
D624 D625
D624 D625
DGND
1618
1618
1618
1012
1012
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

Lower Magazine
jha2
jha2

Open/Close Sensor 1
1 2
D627
D627
DGND
1315
1315
1921
1921
1921
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

JND3
JND3
Lower Magazine
D628 (RED) (RED) (RED) Open/Close Sensor 2
1 2
D628
D628
2022
2022
2022

1416 20
1416 20
8

D626
Paper End Sensor

1 2 3
171819
171819
DGND
232425
232425
232425
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

26
(DGND)
26
26
D+5Va Lower Magazine

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Paper Supply/Feed Section
1 2
1 2
Splice Sensor LED

1 2
D629L
D629L
D629L
2729
2729
2729
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

jha8
jha5/jha8

3 4 5
3 4 5
D629P
D629P
1 2 3
DGND
313335
313335
313335
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

9
Lower Magazine
1 2
1 2
Paper Sensor LED

1 3
D632L
D632L
D632L
2830
2830
2830
D632L
D632L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Lower Magazine

D632P
D632P
1 2 3
323436
323436
DGND
323436
(BLK) (BLK)
10
D+5Va Exposure Section Entrance

(RED) (RED) (RED)
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
Paper Sensor LED

1 2
D650L (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

jfk2
jfk2
D+5Va Exposure Position

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Paper Sensor LED
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
1 2
D653L
D650L D653L
D650L D653L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

11
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Exposure Section

D650P (BLU) (BLU) Entrance Paper Sensor
D650P
D650P
5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
jfk1
jfk1
1 2 3
DGND
JND6
JND6
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Exposure Position

D653P
D653P
1 2 3
DGND
6 8 10
6 8 10
6 8 10
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Soft Nip Home Position

jfk3
jfk3

D651
Sensor (for M651)

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3

11121314
11121314
11121314
(DGND)
12
15-43
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
15-44
1
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D641 Tilt Home Position Sensor (for M641)
D641
D641
(BLU) (BLU)
DGND
1 2 3
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK)
CTL_CN_ST5
NC D+5Va (RED) (RED)
D640L
1 3
D+5Va Paper Sensor LED
D640L
D640L
7 9
7 9
7 9
(RED) (BLK) (BLK)
D630
(BLU)
DGND
1 2 3 5 7
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK)
jre1
jre1
JND5
JND5
JND4
JND4
jin1
jin1
(RED) (RED) D+5Va D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Nip Release Home
Feed Section D633 D642
2
D642
D642
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Position Sensor 1 (for M642)
D633
D633
Paper Sensor DGND DGND
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
3 2 1
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
(BLK) (BLK) (DGND) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
DGND
jre2
jre2
2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
4 6 8 9 10
(BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Registration Section
D640P
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor
D640P
D640P
DGND
4 5 6
4 5 6
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
11 8 10 12
11 8 10 12
11 8 10 12
Back Print/Feed Section

D+5Va (RED) (RED) Nip Release Home Position
D655
3
D655
D655
DGND (BLU) (BLU) Sensor 2 (for M655)
1 2 3
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK)

D656
jfke1
jfke1
D656
D656
jfke2
jfke2
JND7
JND7
DGND (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Sensor 3 (for M656)
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
NC
NC
7 8
9 10 7 8
9 10 7 8
4

D+5Va Nip Release Home Position
(RED) (RED) (RED)
D662
D662
D662
DGND (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Sensor 4 (Front) (for M662)

1 2 3
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

D663P (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D663
D663
DGND Sensor 4 (Rear) (for M663)

2 4 6
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
jfur1
jfur1
jfur3
jfur3

5
D658P (BLU)
(BLU) (BLU)
D658P
D658P
DGND
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

7 9 11
9 11 13
9 11 13

D659P
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D659P
D659P
DGND
1 2 3
101214
101214
8 1012
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED)
D664L
1 2
(BLK)
1315
6
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Center)

1 3
D660L
3 4
3 4
D660L
D660L
(BLK) (BLK)
14 16
D+5Va (RED)
D665L
5 6
(BLK)
1718
D+5Va
D661 (RED) (RED) Distribution Home Position Sensor (for M661)
D661
D661
DGND (BLU) (BLU)

1 2 3
JND8
JND8
19 2123
(BLK) (BLK)
7 9 11
7 9 11
D+5Va (RED)
D664P (BLU)
DGND
7
(BLK)
8 10 12
10 12
2022 24
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D660P Distribution Paper Sensor (Center)
(BLU) (BLU)
D660P
D660P
1 2 3
DGND
131517
131517
25 2729
(BLK) (BLK)
jfur2
jfur2
D+5Va (RED)
D665P
(BLU)
DGND
141618
(BLK)
16 18
2628 30
D669
(RED) (RED) Distribution Drive Standby Sensor
D669
D669
DGND
1 2
(GRY) (GRY)
19 20
19 20
31 32
8
D+5Va (RED)
D658L (BLK)
33 35
21 22
D+5Va (RED)
D659L (BLK)
34 36
23 24
D+5Va
(RED)
D697
(BLU)
DGND
373839
252627
(BLK)
9
(DGND)
28
28
40
CTL_CN_STG
NC
D+5Va (RED)
1 2 3 5
D666L
1 2
(BLK)

10
(RED) (RED)
D667L
1 3

4 6
3 4
3 4
D667L
D667L
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
(RED)
D668L
5 6
7 9
(BLK)
(DGND)
11
JND9
JND9
jshu1
jshu1
D+5Va (RED)
D666P (BLU)
DGND
7 9 11
9 11
(BLK)
8 10 12
11

D667P (BLU) (BLU)
Paper Exit Section
Paper Sensor (Center)

D667P
D667P
DGND
1 2 3
131517
(BLK) (BLK)
8 10 12
8 10 12
13
13
D+5Va
(RED)
D668P
(BLU)
DGND
141516
1516
(BLK)
(DGND)
DGND
141618 19 20
12
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
15.5.7
Transversal Sorter D813L
1
(RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) DGND
1 2
D813L
D813L
5 6
5 6
7 8
7 8
7 8
7 8
7 8
Stop Sensor LED
3
D+5Va
1
1
1
1
1
Transversal Sorter (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) D813P
(BLU)
2
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D813P
D813P
Stop Sensor DGND
3 4 5
7 8 9
7 8 9
1 2 3
3 4 5
A1 A2 A3 A4
A34 A33 A32

3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
jso6
jso6
jso3
jso3
jso7
jso7
JNES4
JNES4
D+5Va
2
2
(RED) (RED) (RED)
D814
2 4
JSO6
JSO6
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) DGND
6 7 8
6 7 8
2 4 6
2 4 6
4 6
4 6
6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
10 11 12
10 11 12
3
Transversal Sorter
(ORG) (ORG)
* The following cables are connected to the sorter SU1400AY.

M811
1 2
2 4
3 4
3 4
M811
M811
2 4
1 3
Drive Motor (BLK) (BLK)
JSO17
JSO17
JSO14
1
(ORG)
1 3
3
2 4
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
CTL10
CTL10
JNES1
JNES1
A32 A33 A34 B1 B2 B3
4
A4 A3 A2 A1 B34 B33 B32

CTL23 Circuit Board
5
(BLK)
CTL_CN_ST7
NC NC
1 2
JNE23 Circuit Board (1/2)
D+5Va
Replenisher Cartridge (RED) (RED)
D721
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2)
(BLU) (BLU)
D721
D721
Setting Sensor DGND

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
3 5 7
(BLK) (BLK)
B32 B33 B34
B3 B2 B1
D+5Va
1
Replenisher Cartridge (RED) (RED) D722

jho2
jho2
JNES2
JNES2
D722
D722
Box Upper Sensor (BLU) (BLU)

DGND
(BLK) (BLK)
4 5 6
4 5 6
2 3
4 6 8
6
D+5Va
1
(BLU) (BLU)
D723
D723
Box Lower Sensor DGND

(BLK) (BLK) DGND
7 8 9
7 8 9
2 3
9 10 11 12
7
Feeding Path Switching (RED) (RED) (RED) D+5Va

D770L
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
Rear Paper Sensor LED (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

D770L
D770L
Feeding Path Switching D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D771L
1 3
Center Paper Sensor LED

D771L
D771L
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
Feeding Path Switching (RED) (RED) (RED)
D770P
Rear Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D770P
D770P
DGND
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
Feeding Path Switching (RED) D+5Va

(RED) (RED)
D771P
8
6
6
Center Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

D771P
D771P
DGND
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

8 10
8 10
6 8 10
6 8 10
6 8 10

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Front Paper Sensor LED
1 3
1 3
D772L
D772L
D772L
11 13
11 13
11 13
11 13
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

(RED) (RED)
Front Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) D772P
D772P
D772P
1 2 3
DGND
15 1719
15 17 19
15 17 19
15 1719
15 1719
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
High Speed Exit Rear D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D773P
9
Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

D773P
D773P
1 2 3
DGND
16 18 20
1618 20
1618 20
1618 20
1618 20
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

JNE3
JNE3
jshu3
jshu3
Jshu2
Jshu2
High Speed Exit Rear D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Paper Sensor LED D773L
1 3
D773L
D773L
12 14
12 14
12 14
12 14
12 14
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
High Speed Exit Center D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D774L
1 3
Paper Sensor LED

D774L
D774L
21 23
21 23
21 23
21 23
21 23
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
High Speed Exit Front D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D775L
1 3
Paper Sensor LED

D775L
D775L
22 24
22 24
22 24
22 24
22 24
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

10
High Speed Exit Center (RED) (RED) (RED) D+5Va

(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) D774P
Paper Sensor
D774P
D774P
1 2 3
DGND
25 27 29
25 27 29
25 27 29
25 27 29
25 27 29
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
High Speed Exit Front (RED) (RED) (RED)
D775P
Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) DGND
D775P
D775P
1 2 3
26 28 30
26 28 30
26 28 30
26 28 30
26 28 30
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
11
Feeding Path Switching (RED) (RED) (RED) D776

(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D776
D776
Position Sensor (Large Size) DGND

1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (DGND)

31 32 3334
31 32 3334
31 32 3334
3132 33 34
31 32 33 34
12
15-45
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
15-46
1
CTL_CN_ST8
(BLK)
DGND
NC
1 28 2
FS720
(RED) P1R Upper Level Sensor
DGND
3 5
1 2
(GRY)
FS720
FS720
NC
1 2 3
2
FS721 (RED) P2RA Upper Level Sensor

DGND
4 6
1 2
(GRY)
FS721
FS721
NC
1 2 3
FS722
(RED) P2RB Upper Level Sensor
DGND
1 2
7 9
(GRY)
FS722
FS722
NC
1 2 3
FS723
(RED) PSR Upper Level Sensor
3
DGND NC
(GRY)
8 10
FS723
FS723
1 2 3
1 2 3
FS724 (RED) P1R Lower Level Sensor
DGND
1 2
(GRY)
11 13
FS724
FS724
NC
1 2 3
JNES
JNES
FS725 (RED) P2RA Lower Level Sensor

DGND
1 2
(GRY)
12 14
FS725
FS725
NC
1 2 3
4
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (2/2)
FS726 (RED) P2RB Lower Level Sensor

DGND
1 2
(GRY)
15 17
FS726
FS726
NC
1 2 3
FS727
(RED)
DGND NC PSR Lower Level Sensor
(GRY)
16 18
FS727
FS727
1 2 3
1 2 3
FS728 (RED) (RED) Waste Solution Level Sensor
jho1
jho1
DGND
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
(GRY) (GRY)
FS728
FS728
19 20
5
(D+5Va) NC
21
UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203)
D+5Va D+5Va
DGND D810
DGND (BLU)
D810
D810
(BLK) (BLK) DGND

SWA3
SWA3
3 2 1
1 2 3
D810 D810 (BLK)

(BLU) (BLU)
D811
jso2
jso2
D811 (BLU) (BLU)

D812 D812
(BLU) (BLU)
D815
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
D815
3 4 5 6 8 7
22 2723 2425 26
(BLU) (BLU)
6
jso4
jso4
SWA1
SWA1
NC
NC
9 10
D+5Va
M810+ (RED)
(ORG) D811
M810- (BLU)
D811
D811
DGND
1 2
1 2
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2
(BLK)
1 2 3
JSO4
JSO4
(BLK)
SWA4
SWA4
1 3 2 4 5 6
7
M810+ Sorter Tray

M810- Drive Motor
M810
1 2
SWA2
SWA2
SWA20 Circuit Board

* The following diagram shows the configuration of the sorter SU2400AY.
8
CTL_CN_ST8 (BLK)
DGND
NC
(DGND)
1 16 2 15
FS700
(RED) P1 Solution Level Sensor
DGND
1 2
1 2
3 5
(GRY)
FS700
FS700
FS701 P2 Solution Level Sensor

(RED)
DGND
1 2
1 2
4 6
FS701
FS701
(GRY)
9
(RED)
(BLU)
D811
D811
1 2 3
(BLK)
SWA4
FS702 (RED) PS1 Solution Level Sensor

DGND
1 3 2 4 5 6
7 9
1 2
1 2
FS702
FS702
(GRY)
JNES
JNES

DGND
1 2
1 2
(GRY)
FS703
FS703
8 10
UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203)

10
DGND
1 2
1 2
FS704
FS704
(GRY)
1113
3 4 5 6 8 7
jso4
SWAT
* The following cables are connected to the sorter SU1400AY.
9 10

(Cables for the sorter SU2400AY are used except for two cables.)
1 2
1 2
DGND
FS705
FS705
(GRY)
1214
1 2
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 10 11 12 1 2
11
12
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
15.5.8
D813L
(RED) (RED) (RED) DGND
5 6
7 8
7 8
7 8
7 8
7 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
1
1
1
1
1
(RED) (RED) (RED) D813P
2
7 8 9
A1 A2 A3 A4
A34 A33 A32

(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
jso6
jso6
jso3
jso3
JNES4
JNES4
D+5Va
2
2
(RED) (RED) (RED)
D814
2 4
JSO6
2 4 6
2 4 6
4 6
4 6
6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
10 11 12
3
(ORG)
3 4
2 4
(BLK)
JSO14
1
(ORG)
1 2
(BLK)
CTL10
CTL10
JNES1
JNES1
A32 A33 A34 B1 B2 B3
4
A4 A3 A2 A1 B34 B33 B32

CTL23 Circuit Board
5
(BLK)
CTL_CN_ST7
NC NC
1 2
D+5Va
Replenisher Cartridge (RED) (RED)
D721
(BLU) (BLU)
D721
D721
Setting Sensor DGND

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
3 5 7
(BLK) (BLK)
B32 B33 B34
B3 B2 B1
D+5Va
1

jho2
jho2
JNES2
JNES2
D722
D722
Box Upper Sensor (BLU) (BLU)

DGND
(BLK) (BLK)
4 5 6
4 5 6
2 3
4 6 8
6
D+5Va
1
(BLU) (BLU)
D723
D723
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R SU700AY) (1/2)
Box Lower Sensor DGND

(BLK) (BLK)
DGND
7 8 9
7 8 9
2 3
9 10 11 12
7
(RED) (RED) D+5Va

D770L
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
(BLK) (BLK)

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D771L
1 3
Center Paper Sensor LED

D771L
D771L
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
(RED) (RED)
D770P
(BLU) (BLU) DGND
5 7
(BLK) (BLK)
5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9

(RED) (RED)
D771P
8
Center Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

D771P
D771P
DGND
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

8 10
6 8 10
6 8 10
6 8 10
8 10
(RED) D+5Va
(RED)
1 3
D772L
11 13
11 13
11 13
(BLK) (BLK)
(RED) D+5Va
(RED)
(BLU) (BLU) D772P
DGND
15 1719
17 19
15 17 19
15 1719
15 1719
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
(RED) (RED)
D773P
9
(BLU) (BLU)
DGND
16 18 20
1618 20
1618 20
1618 20
18 20
(BLK) (BLK)
JNE3
JNE3
jshu3
jshu3
Jshu2
Jshu2
D+5Va
(RED) (RED)
D773L
12 14
12 14
12 14
12 14
(BLK) (BLK)
High Speed Exit Center D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D774L
1 3
Paper Sensor LED

D774L
D774L
21 23
21 23
21 23
21 23
21 23
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
(RED) (RED)
D775L
Dryer Exit Section
22 24
22 24
22 24
22 24
(BLK) (BLK)
10
High Speed Exit Center (RED) (RED) (RED) D+5Va

(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) D774P
Paper Sensor
D774P
D774P
1 2 3
DGND
25 27 29
25 27 29
25 27 29
25 27 29
25 27 29
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
(RED) (RED)
D775P
(BLU) (BLU) DGND
28 30
26 28 30
26 28 30
26 28 30
26 28 30
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
11
Feeding Path Switching (RED) (RED) (RED) D776

(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D776
D776
Position Sensor (Large Size) DGND

1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (DGND)

31 32 3334
31 32 3334
31 32 3334
3132 33 34
31 32 33 34
12
15-47
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
15-48
1
CTL_CN_ST8
(BLK)
DGND
NC
1 28 2
FS720
(RED) P1R Upper Level Sensor
DGND
3 5
1 2
(GRY)
FS720
FS720
NC
1 2 3
2
FS721 (RED) P2RA Upper Level Sensor

DGND
4 6
1 2
(GRY)
FS721
FS721
NC
1 2 3
FS722
(RED) P2RB Upper Level Sensor
DGND
1 2
7 9
(GRY)
FS722
FS722
NC
1 2 3
FS723
(RED) PSR Upper Level Sensor
3
DGND NC
(GRY)
8 10
FS723
FS723
1 2 3
1 2 3
FS724 (RED) P1R Lower Level Sensor
DGND
1 2
(GRY)
11 13
FS724
FS724
NC
1 2 3
JNE6
JNE6
FS725 (RED) P2RA Lower Level Sensor

DGND
1 2
(GRY)
12 14
FS725
FS725
NC
1 2 3
4
FS726 (RED) P2RB Lower Level Sensor

DGND
1 2
(GRY)
15 17
FS726
FS726
NC
1 2 3
FS727
(RED)
DGND NC PSR Lower Level Sensor
(GRY)
16 18
FS727
FS727
1 2 3
1 2 3
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R SU700AY) (2/2)
FS728 (RED) (RED) Waste Solution
jho1
jho1
DGND
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
(GRY) (GRY)
FS728
FS728
19 20
Level Sensor D+5Va
5
(RED)
D815
(BLU)
D815
D815
DGND
SWA5
SWA5
3 2 1
1 2 3
(BLK)
(D+5Va) NC
21
UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203)
D+5Va D+5Va
DGND D810
DGND (BLU)
D810
D810
(BLK) (BLK) DGND

SWA3
SWA3
3 2 1
1 2 3
D810 D810 (BLK)

(BLU) (BLU)
D811
jso2
jso2
D811 (BLU) (BLU)

D812 D812
(BLU) (BLU)
D815
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
D815
3 4 5 6 8 7
22 2723 2425 26
(BLU) (BLU)
6
jso4
jso4
SWA1
SWA1
NC
NC
9 10
D+5Va
M810+ (RED)
(ORG) D811
M810- (BLU)
D811
D811
DGND
1 2
1 2
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2
(BLK)
1 2 3
JSO4
JSO4
(BLK)
SWA4
SWA4
1 3 2 4 5 6
7
M810+ Sorter Tray

M810- Drive Motor
M810
1 2
SWA2
SWA2
SWA20 Circuit Board

* The following diagram shows the configuration of the sorter SU700AY.
8
CTL_CN_ST8 (BLK)
DGND
NC
(DGND)
1 16 2 15
FS700
(RED) P1 Solution Level Sensor
DGND
1 2
1 2
3 5
(GRY)
FS700
FS700
FS701 P2 Solution Level Sensor

(RED)
DGND
1 2
1 2
4 6
FS701
FS701
(GRY)
9

DGND
7 9
1 2
1 2
JNE5
JNE5
FS702
FS702
(GRY)

DGND
1 2
1 2
(GRY)
FS703
FS703
8 10

10
DGND
1 2
1 2
FS704
FS704
(GRY)
1113

1 2
1 2
DGND
FS705
FS705
(GRY)
1214
11
12
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
GP+ IL+24VI A+24V2_RS
2
15.5.9
GP-
JMH3
JMH3
LDD14
LDD14
1 2
1 2
IL+24VI
IL+24G1 GND-24RS
4
IL+24G1
A12V2_RS
8
IL+12VI
IL+12VI
GTH+ IL12GI GND-12RS
10
GTH- IL12GI
LDD3
LDD3
7 14 5 12 3 10 1 8
GLD+
AGND NC
GPD+ NC
NC
JMH2
JMH2
AGND
LDD12
LDD12
A+12VP NC
AGND NC
A-12VP NC
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 9 4 11 6 13
NC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2
PWR6
PWR6
A+24V A+24V1_RS
1
A+24V
D+5VP2 GND-24RS
A+24G
3
DGND
6 5
A+24G
JMH20 Circuit Board

NC
A+8V A+8V_RS
5
GRCLK
A+8V
JMH1
JMH1
LDD13
LDD13
GD0 GND-8RS
A8G
6
GRD0
A8G
GRCS
4 3 2 1
A+12V1_RS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
LDD4
LDD4
A+12V
7
A+12V
A12G GND-12RS
9
A12G
A-12V A-12V_RS
12
A-12V
A-12G GND-12RS
3
11
A-12G
PWR23 Circuit Board
RPD+ 8 16 7 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9 pwr35_check+
AGND CPUPOWERC RS12V1m_Fail
(GRY)
RMODE +12VPOWERC RS12V1s_Fail
(GRY)
R-5V2 POWERONC A+24V_on/off
(GRY)
AGND A+8V_on/off
LDD2
LDD2
POWERONC
PWR3
PWR3
R+5V2 (GRY)
PCE GND-5MC<PWR>
LDR2
LDR2
RLDON (BLK)
PCE GND-5MC<PWR>
1 2 3 4 5 6
(BLK) pwr35_check2+
RX_TrE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A-12VP
RX_TrB
9 10 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 1516
LDD10
LDD10
4
RMPX_T
AGND
RHFM
AGND
RL+5V
R+5V2
LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
NC
1 2 8 10 6 17 18
A+12VP
12 13 8 9 10 11 17 18
A+24VA A+24VA
(ORG)
A24G A24G
(BLK)
A+12VA A+12VA
(RED)
A12G A12G
(BLK)
LDR1
LDR1
AGND A-12VA A-12VA
(BLU)
RTH BAOM_ST BAOM_ST
1 2 3 4 5 6
AOM1
AOM1
(GRY)
R_TrB
LDR23 Circuit Board

LDD5
LDD5
R_TrC A+24VA
(B/G)
AGND A24G
5
D+5V2 A+12VA
DGND A12G
AOM Driver
LDD11
LDD11
RRCLK A-12VA
RD0 NC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
RRD0
RRCS
4 3 7 8 5 11 12 13 11 14 12
NC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
+24VP
(RED) (RED)
AGND
(BLK) (BLK)
F690A
F690A
F690A
F690A
F690A_ST
1 4 3
1 2 3
4 1 2
(WHT) (WHT)
6
LDD15
LDD15
+24VP
(RED) (RED)
TxOUT1 AGND
(BLK) (BLK)
F690B
F690B
F690B
F690B
(RED) F690B_ST
4 5 6
1 4 3
4 1 2
RxIN1 (WHT) (WHT)

(GRY)
jgmc2
jgmc2
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
4 5 9
(BLK) +24VP
AGND
F900_ST
7 8 9
Txd0
GMC2
GMC2
RxIN0 (RED)
TxOUT0 Rxd0
(GRY) DGND
GND
(BLK)
LDDIN DGND
1 2 3 8
2 1 3 6
(BLK)
LDDOUT
7
/LDD_RST0
8 7
D+5VP2
(RED)
LDD1
LDD1
DGND
(BLK)
GMC23 Circuit Board
LDD23 Circuit Board
NC nSOS
(GRY)
NC DTAIN
4 7
(BLK)
DGND
+24VP2
(ORG)
M676_CLK
/SOS SOS (GRY)
(GRY) AGND
GND-SOS DGND (BLK)
6 7
1 2
(BLK) M676_ON
(WHT)
SYNC_L_A M676_ST
(GRY)
SYNC_L_C S673
5 6
(ORG)
GEP10
GEP10
AGND
(BLK)
SYNC_R_A D+5VP2
(RED) (RED)
SYNC_R_C D674
GEP23
3 4
(BLK) (BLU)
DGND
jgep
jgep
(BLK)
F670
8
2 3 1 4
2 3 1 4
(BLK) (RED)
Circuit Board
AGND
(BLK)
LDD7
LDD7
JROS
JROS
F670_S
(WHT)
F671
(RED)
AGNDP
(BLK)
F671_S
(WHT)
F672
(RED)
AGNDP
(BLK)
F672_S
Laser Optical Unit
(WHT)
NC
NC
A+5VP
(RED)
AGND (BLK)
A+12VP
UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203) (RED)
(BLK) A-12VP
(BLU)
1 2 3 4 7 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 2629 27 28 30
1 2 3 4 7 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 2629 27 28 30
DGND
A+24VP
AGND
(WHT)
9
AGND
THA
31 32
31 32
Txd2
LDD6
LDD6
AD
Rxd2
DGND
1 5 4 3 9
thermometer
LDD6IN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(AD300)
Densitometer
BPD+
AGND
BMODE
A-12VP
DGND AGND
Txd1 A+12VP
BLDON
Rxd1
10
BHFM
LDD16
LDD16
DGND
DGND AGND
1 2 3 4 5
BL+8V
BLDV
LDD8
LDD8
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
BMPX_T
AGND
BX_TrE
A-12VP
LDB1
LDB1
BX_TrB
NC
A+12VP
A+5VP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1912 1314 151617 1811 20
AGND
LDD17
LDD17
11
AGND
BTH
B_TrB
B_TrC
AGND
5 4 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
NC
LDB23 Circuit Board
D+5VP2
DGND
LDD9
LDD9
BRCLK
BDO
LDD18
LDD18
LDB2
LDB2
BRDO
BRCS
1 2 3 4 5 6
NC
NC
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
12
15-49
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
15-50
1
15.5.10
TxOUT1
(RED)
RxIN1
(GRY)
jgmc2
GND
1 2 3
4 5 9
(BLK)
GMC2
GMC2
RxIN0 Txd0
(RED)
D+3.3V_IM D+3.3V_IM TxOUT0 Rxd0
D+12V0_IM D+12V0_IM (BRN) (GRY)
(RED) D3.3IM_sense D+3.3V_IM GND DGND
GND-12IM GND-12IM (BRN) (BLK)
(BLK) LDDIN DGND
1 2 3 8
D+3.3V_IM
2
2 1 3 6
D+12V0_IM NC NC D+12V0_IM D+3.3V_IM (BLK)
(RED) NC
GND-12IM NC NC GND-12IM NC
(RED) LDDOUT
D+12V1_IM D+12V1_IM GND-12IM GND-12IM
(RED) (ORG) GND-12IM /LDD_RST0
8 7
GND-12IM GND-12IM GND-12IM
(BLK) (ORG)
D51M_sense D+5V_IM
D+12V1_IM D+12V1_IM
PWR7
PWR7
(RED) (YEL)
LDD1
LDD1
ps_on# GND-12IM
GND-12IM (BLK) GND-12IM (YEL) NC
GND-12IM GND-12IM
D+12V2_IM (RED) D+12V2_IM (GRN) NC
4 5
GND-12IM GND-12IM
GND-12IM (BLK) GND-12IM (GRN)
D+5V_IM D+5V_IM
GMC1
GMC1
D+12V2_IM (RED) D+12V2_IM (BLU)
GND-12IM
ATX2
ATX2
GND-12IM
ATX1
ATX1
GND-12IM GND-12IM (BLU)
(BLK)
1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12
1 4 9 12 2 5 10 13 3 6 11 14
GND-12IM GND-12IM /SOS SOS
(VOL) (GRY)
GND-12IM GND-12IM GND-SOS DGND
1 2
6 7
PWR23 Circuit Board

(VOL) (BLK)
NC NC
(GRY) NC
NC SYNC_L_A
LDD23 Circuit Board
(GRY) NC
5 6
NC SYNC_L_C
(WHT)
D+5V_IM D+5V_IM
(WHT) D+12V0_IM
LED(Atx_out)_A D+12V0_IM
3
(BRN) (BLK) D+5V_IM

LED(Atx_in) _A D+5V_IM
(BLK)
1 11 2 12 3 13 4 14 5 15 6 16 7 17 8 18 9 19 10 20
To JKEY1 (RED) NC
LED(Atx_xx) _K
(BLK)
GEP10
GEP10
NC
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
NC LED(Atx_xx) _K
ATX23 Circuit Board
7 8 15 16
1 12 2 13 3 14 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 20 10 21 11 22
SYNC_R_A D653_0
(RED) (RED)
D653_Rtn
3 4
SYNC_R_C
(BLK) (BLK)
jgep
jgep
CTL8
CTL8
CTL_CN_ST4
(BLK)
2 3 1 4
CTL_CN_ST4
2 3 1 4
2 3 1 4
(BLK) (BLK)
CTL23
Circuit Board
4
PCI
PCI
A+12V1_RS A+12V1_RS
(RED)
GND-12RS GND-12RS
(BLK) GND-12RS
GND-12RS
PWR6
PWR6
GEP9
GEP9
(BLK) A-12V1_RS
A-12V1_RS
2 1 4 3
(BLU)
19 2123 24
PWR23
IEEE1394 (Scanner)
5
GEP23 Circuit Board

Circuit Board
PCI
PCI
Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
RIN
Coaxial R
GEP4
GEP4
Coaxial G
GIN
GEP6
GEP6
GIF23 Circuit Board

6
BIN
Coaxial B
GEP8
GEP8
7
T1
T1
C1
T2
C2
T2 T3
T3
C1 C2 C3
C3
+12V
GND
FAN
GMC4
GMC4
SIG
1 2 3
8
GMC23 Circuit Board

9
T16
T16
C16
C16
T17
T17
PCI
PCI
CTL1
CTL1
C17
GPR2
GPR2
C17
T18
T18
C18
C18
ATX1
CTL23 Circuit Board
GPR23 Circuit Board
< Front View>
GMC2
10
GEP9
GEP23
GEP10
B(GEP8)
R(GEP2)
G(GEP6)
T32
T32
C32
C32
T33
T33
11
GPR23
(GPR2)
C33
C33
T34
T34
C34
C34
GIF23
LVDS IEEE1394
12
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
15.5.11
(CN_ST)
(BLK) (CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK) M631 A
(RED) (RED) (RED) M631/ACOM
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) M631/ A
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M655 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
Feed Motor 2 M631 B
M631
M631
M631
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) M655 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
M631/BCOM Nip Release Motor 2
M655
M655
M655
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) M655 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
M631/ B
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
M655 / B
1 4 3 6
1 4 3 6
1 2 5 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
1 2 3 9 10 11
1 2 3 9 10 11
NC
JIN1
JIN1
PDA6
PDA6
1 16 2 3 4 10 11 12 8 9
1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9
NC
1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9
2
JFKE1
JFKE1
PDA12
PDA12
JFKE2
JFKE2
M632 A
(RED) (RED) (RED)
M632/ACOM
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) M655 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
M632 /A
Feed Motor 3 (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M655 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) Nip Release Motor 3
M632 B
M632
M632
M632
M656
M656
M656
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) M655 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

M632/BCOM
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) M655 / B
3 4 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
M632/ B (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
5 6 7 3 4 5
5 6 7 3 4 5
5 6 7 3 4 5
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
4 5 6 12 13 14
4 5 6 12 13 14
JIN4
JIN4
(BLK) (CN_ST)
(BLK)
(BLK) (CN_ST_rtn)
S631
Nip Release Solenoid 1 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S631_rtn
S631
S631
S631
1 2
1 2
7 8
7 8
1 6 2 3
1 6 2 3
1 6 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
3
PDA7
PDA7
JIN2
JIN2
S632
Nip Release Solenoid 2 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) S632_rtn
S632
S632
S632
1 2
1 2
4 5
4 5
4 5
1516
1516
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
M660 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
M660 / A Feed Motor 5
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
M660 B
M660
M660
M660
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

M660 / B
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

JFUR1
JFUR1
JFUR3
JFUR3
PDA13
PDA13
M661 A
(RED) (RED) (RED)
M661 / ACOM
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
M661 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
Distribution Motor
M661 B
M661
M661
M661
(CN_ST) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

4
(GRY) (GRY)
NC M661 / BCOM
(GRY) (GRY) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
S630_#5DRY M661 / B
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#5COM
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#9DRY
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#9COM
Paper Supply/Back Print Section

(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#3DRY
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#3COM
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#11DRY
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#13DRY M662 A (RED) (RED)
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#13COM (RED) (RED)
M662 /A (YEL) (YEL) Nip Release
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#15DRY (YEL) (YEL)
M662
M662
M662
M662 B
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#15COM (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Motor 4 (Front)
M662 /B
1 2 3 4
1 2 7 8
1 2 7 8
1 2 3 4
1 4 3 6
1 4 3 6
1 2 7 8
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
(GRY) (GRY) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

S630_#17DRY
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#17COM
(GRY) (GRY)
JFUR5
JFUR5
S630_#18DRY
5
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#18COM M657 A (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED)

JIN3
JIN3
Printing Head M657 /A
PDA8
PDA8
S630
JNF2
JNF2
JNF1
JNF1
(GRY) (GRY) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
S630_#16COM
M657
M657
M657
M657 B
JFUR6
JFUR6
(GRY) (GRY) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

S630_#2DRY M657 /B
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
PDA14
PDA14
3 4 9 10
3 4 9 10
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

3 4 9 10
JFUR2
JFUR2
(GRY) (GRY)
JFUR4
JFUR4
S630_#2COM
(GRY) (GRY)
JNF23 Circuit Board

S630_#4DRY
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#12DRY M663 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#12COM Nip Release
M663 /A
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#6DRY (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
M663
M663
M663
M663 B Motor 4 (Rear)

PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2)
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#6COM (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

M663 /B
1 4 3 6
1 4 3 6
5 6 11 12
5 6 11 12
5 6 11 12
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12

6

(GRY) (GRY) NC
(GRY) (GRY) (CN_ST_rtn)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20

(CN_ST)
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK)
M664/ACOM (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
7
M664 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) Speed Control

M664
M664
M664
M664 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Motor (Front)

M664/BCOM (WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
M664/B (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

Paper Exit Section
JSHU1
JSHU1
PDA15
PDA15
JSHU2
JSHU2

Speed Control
M665
M665
M665
M665 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Motor (Rear)

M665/B
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
8 9 10 11 1213
8 9 10 11 1213
8 9 10 11 1213
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

7 8 9 10 11 12
7 8 9 10 11 12
PDA23 Circuit Board (1/2)

8
D+5V2_MC
To PWR8 (RED)
GND-5MC
1 2
1 2
1 2
PDA17
PDA17
(BLK)
JPWA1
JPWA1
F600 P+24V
(RED) (RED) GND
F600_rtn
F600
F600
F600
F600
(BLK) (BLK) Control Section Exhaust Fan

4 1 2
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 4 3
F600_err (WHT) (WHT) Sensor Signal
+24V01
To PWR8 (ORG) P+24V
GND-24V0 F601
1 2
1 2
1 2
JPWA2
JPWA2
(BLK) (RED) (RED)

F601_rtn
GND
F601
F601
F601
F601

9
4 1 2
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 4 3

PDA18
PDA18
+24V41
(ORG) F602 P+24V
GND-24V4 (RED) (RED)
(BLK) F602_rtn GND
+24V42 (BLK) (BLK)
F602
F602
F602
F602
(ORG) GND-24V4 F602_err Control Section Exhaust Fan

4 1 2
1 4 3
7 9 11
7 9 11
7 9 11
To PWR10 (BLK) (WHT) (WHT)

+24V43 Sensor Signal
JPWA3
JPWA3
(ORG)
GND-24V4
6 5 8 7 3 4
(BLK)
F603 P+24V
2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5
2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5
(RED) (RED)
F603_rtn GND
F603
F603
F603
F603
(BLK) (BLK)
F603_err Control Section Exhaust Fan
4 1 2
1 4 3
8 10 12
8 10 12
8 10 12
(WHT) (WHT)
Sensor Signal
JFAN1
JFAN1
PDA16
PDA16
F604 P+24V
(RED) (RED) GND
10
+24V51 F604_rtn (BLK) (BLK)

F604
F604
F604
F604
(ORG) Control Section Exhaust Fan

4 1 2
1 4 3
GND-24V5 F604_err (WHT) (WHT)

13 15 17
13 15 17
13 15 17
(BLK) Sensor Signal

+24V52
(ORG)
GND-24V5
(BLK)
+24V53
(ORG) P+24V
GND-24V5 F605
(BLK) (RED) (RED) GND
To PWR11 +24V61 F605_rtn
PDA19
PDA19
(BLK)
F605
F605
F605
F605
(BLK)
JPWA4
JPWA4
(ORG) F605_err Feed Section Cooling Fan 2

4 1 2
GND-24V6
1 4 3
(WHT) (WHT)
14 16 18
14 16 18
14 16 18
(BLK) Sensor Signal

+24V62
(ORG) GND-24V6
(BLK)
+24V63
(ORG) P+24V
GND-24V6 F608
2 3 7 1 9 8 11 10 6 12 4 5
(BLK)
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
(RED) (RED) GND

F608_rtn
F608
F608
F608
(BLK) (BLK) Feed Section Cooling Fan 5

F608_err
1 2 3
1 2 3
19 21 23
19 21 23
19 21 23
(WHT) (WHT) Sensor Signal

11
P+24V
F609 (RED) (RED)
F609_rtn
GND
(BLK) (BLK)
F609
F609
F609
F609_err
Feed Section Cooling Fan 6
1 2 3
1 2 3
(WHT) (WHT)
20 22 24
20 22 24
20 22 24
Sensor Signal
12
15-51
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Sub-scanning
Feed Motor

Lower Cutter Driver Motor
Upper Cutter Driver Motor
M650
Registration Tilt Motor

Nip Release Motor 1
Paper Supply Motor
Paper Supply Motor

1 2 3 4 5
Upper Magazine
Lower Magazine
M650
Soft Nip Motor
Sensor Signal
Sensor Signal
M650
Feed Motor
Feed Motor
1 2 3 4 5
P+24V
P+24V
GND
GND
B M642 S640 S641 M640 M641 M600 M601 M630 M651 M610 M620 F606 F607
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
1 4 3
1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 6 1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 6 1 3 4 6 F606 1 2 3
M642 S640 S641 M640 M641 M600 M601 M630 JFUK3 M651 M610 M620 F606 F607
1 5 4 3 2 6 1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 6 1 3 4 6 4 1 2 1 2 3
1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(WHT)
(WHT)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(RED)
(YEL)
(RED)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(YEL)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(YEL)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6
C JRE3
JRE3
JHA3
JHA3
JFUK2
JFUK2
JMAG3
JMAG3
JMAG4
JMAG4
JFAN3
JFAN3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(RED)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(RED)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 6 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 6 2 3 4 5 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
JRE1 JHA1 JFUK1 JMAG1 JMAG2 JFAN2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 6 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 6 2 3 4 5 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(WHT)
(RED)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 3 2 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 6 2 3 4 5 1 2 6 7 3 4 5 8 9 10
PDA10 PDA9 PDA4 PDA5 PDA11 PDA3 PDA20
M651 BCOM
M651 ACOM
C
D
NC
NC
NC
M600_rtn
M601_rtn
A
B
M651 A
M651 / A
M651 B
M651 / B
M630 A
M630 / A
M630 B
M630 BCOM
M630 / B
M600
M601
M630 ACOM
M610 A
M610 / A
M640 BCOM
(CN_ST_rtn)
(CN_ST_rtn)
M640 ACOM
M642 A
M642 / A
M642 B
M642 / B
M640 A
M640 / A
M640 B
M640 / B
M641 A
M641 / A
M641 B
M641 / B
(CN_ST)
M610 B
M610 / B
F606_rtn
F607_rtn
F606_err
F607_err
S640_rtn
S641_rtn
M620 A
M620 / A
NC
(CN_ST)
F606
F607
M620 B
M620 / B
S640
S641
M650
M650
M650
M650
M650
Registration Section Paper Supply/Feed Section Sub-scanning Section Magazine Drive Section
E
B1 B2 B3 B4 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B4 B28 B29 B30 A1 A2 A3 A28 A29 A30
PDA1 PDA2
PDA1 PDA2
CTL13 CTL14
CTL13 CTL14
A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B4 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A28 A29 A30 B1 B2 B3 B28 B29 B30
G
CTL23 Circuit Board CTL23 Circuit Board
15-52
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
15.5.12
(CN_ST)
(BLK) (CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK) M631 A
(RED) (RED) (RED) M631/ACOM
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) M631/ A
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M655 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
Feed Motor 2 M631 B
M631
M631
M631
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) M655 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
M631/BCOM Nip Release Motor 2
M655
M655
M655
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) M655 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
M631/ B
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
M655 / B
1 4 3 6
1 4 3 6
1 2 5 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
1 2 3 9 10 11
1 2 3 9 10 11
NC
JIN1
JIN1
PDA6
PDA6
1 16 2 3 4 10 11 12 8 9
1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9
NC
1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9
2
JFKE1
JFKE1
PDA12
PDA12
JFKE2
JFKE2
M632 A
(RED) (RED) (RED)
M632/ACOM
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) M655 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
M632 /A
Feed Motor 3 (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M655 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) Nip Release Motor 3
M632 B
M632
M632
M632
M656
M656
M656
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) M655 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

M632/BCOM
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) M655 / B
3 4 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
M632/ B (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
5 6 7 3 4 5
5 6 7 3 4 5
5 6 7 3 4 5
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
4 5 6 12 13 14
4 5 6 12 13 14
JIN4
JIN4
(BLK) (CN_ST)
(BLK)
(BLK) (CN_ST_rtn)
S631
Nip Release Solenoid 1 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S631_rtn
S631
S631
S631
1 2
1 2
7 8
7 8
1 6 2 3
1 6 2 3
1 6 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
3
PDA7
PDA7
JIN2
JIN2
S632
Nip Release Solenoid 2 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) S632_rtn
S632
S632
S632
1 2
1 2
4 5
4 5
4 5
1516
1516
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
M660 / A Feed Motor 5
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
M660 B
M660
M660
M660
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

M660 / B
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

JFUR1
JFUR1
JFUR3
JFUR3
PDA13
PDA13
M661 A
(RED) (RED) (RED)
M661 / ACOM
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
Distribution Motor
M661 B
M661
M661
M661
(CN_ST) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

4
(GRY) (GRY)
NC M661 / BCOM
(GRY) (GRY) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
S630_#5DRY M661 / B
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#5COM
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#9DRY
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#9COM
Paper Supply/Back Print Section

(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#3DRY
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#13DRY M662 A (RED) (RED)
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#13COM (RED) (RED)
M662 /A (YEL) (YEL) Nip Release
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#15DRY (YEL) (YEL)
M662
M662
M662
M662 B
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#15COM (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Motor 4 (Front)
M662 /B
1 2 3 4
1 2 7 8
1 2 7 8
1 2 3 4
1 4 3 6
1 4 3 6
1 2 7 8
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
(GRY) (GRY) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

S630_#17DRY
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#17COM
(GRY) (GRY)
JFUR5
JFUR5
S630_#18DRY
5
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#18COM M657 A (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED)

JIN3
JIN3
Printing Head M657 /A
PDA8
PDA8
S630
JNF2
JNF2
JNF1
JNF1
(GRY) (GRY) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
S630_#16COM
M657
M657
M657
M657 B
JFUR6
JFUR6
(GRY) (GRY) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

S630_#2DRY M657 /B
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
PDA14
PDA14
3 4 9 10
3 4 9 10

3 4 9 10
JFUR2
JFUR2
(GRY) (GRY)
JFUR4
JFUR4
S630_#2COM
(GRY) (GRY)
JNF23 Circuit Board

S630_#4DRY
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#12DRY M663 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#12COM Nip Release
M663 /A
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#6DRY (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
M663
M663
M663
M663 B Motor 4 (Rear)

(GRY) (GRY) S630_#6COM (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
M663 /B
1 4 3 6
1 4 3 6
5 6 11 12
5 6 11 12
5 6 11 12
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12

6

(GRY) (GRY) NC
(GRY) (GRY) (CN_ST_rtn)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20

(CN_ST)
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK)
M664 A (RED) (RED)
M664/ACOM (BLK) (BLK)
7
M664 / A (YEL) (YEL)

M664 B (BLU) (BLU)
M664/BCOM (WHT) (WHT)
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6
M664/B (ORG) (ORG)

Paper Exit Section
JSHU1
JSHU1
PDA15
PDA15
JSHU2
JSHU2

Speed Control
M665
M665
M665
M665 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Motor (Rear)

M665/B
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
8 9 10 11 1213
8 9 10 11 1213
8 9 10 11 1213
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

7 8 9 10 11 12
7 8 9 10 11 12

8
D+5V2_MC
To PWR8 (RED)
GND-5MC
1 2
1 2
1 2
PDA17
PDA17
(BLK)
JPWA1
JPWA1
F600 P+24V
(RED) (RED) GND
F600_rtn
F600
F600
F600
F600

4 1 2
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 4 3
+24V01
To PWR8 (ORG) P+24V
GND-24V0 F601
1 2
1 2
1 2
JPWA2
JPWA2
(BLK) (RED) (RED)

F601_rtn
GND
F601
F601
F601
F601

9
4 1 2
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 4 3

PDA18
PDA18
+24V41
(ORG) F602 P+24V
GND-24V4 (RED) (RED)
(BLK) F602_rtn GND
+24V42 (BLK) (BLK)
F602
F602
F602
F602
(ORG) GND-24V4 F602_err Control Section Exhaust Fan

4 1 2
1 4 3
7 9 11
7 9 11
7 9 11
To PWR10 (BLK) (WHT) (WHT)

+24V43 Sensor Signal
JPWA3
JPWA3
(ORG)
GND-24V4
6 5 8 7 3 4
(BLK)
F603 P+24V
2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5
2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5
(RED) (RED)
F603_rtn GND
F603
F603
F603
F603
(BLK) (BLK)
F603_err Control Section Exhaust Fan
4 1 2
1 4 3
8 10 12
8 10 12
8 10 12
(WHT) (WHT)
Sensor Signal
JFAN1
JFAN1
PDA16
PDA16
F604 P+24V
(RED) (RED) GND
10
+24V51 F604_rtn (BLK) (BLK)

F604
F604
F604
F604
(ORG) Control Section Exhaust Fan

4 1 2
1 4 3
GND-24V5 F604_err (WHT) (WHT)

13 15 17
13 15 17
13 15 17
(BLK) Sensor Signal

+24V52
(ORG)
GND-24V5
(BLK)
+24V53
(ORG) P+24V
GND-24V5 F605
(BLK) (RED) (RED) GND
To PWR11 +24V61 F605_rtn
PDA19
PDA19
(BLK)
F605
F605
F605
F605
(BLK)
JPWA4
JPWA4
(ORG) F605_err Feed Section Cooling Fan 2

4 1 2
GND-24V6
1 4 3
(WHT) (WHT)
14 16 18
14 16 18
14 16 18
(BLK) Sensor Signal

+24V62
(ORG) GND-24V6
(BLK)
+24V63
(ORG) P+24V
GND-24V6 F608
2 3 7 1 9 8 11 10 6 12 4 5
(BLK)
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
(RED) (RED) GND

F608_rtn
F608
F608
F608
(BLK) (BLK) Feed Section Cooling Fan 5

F608_err
1 2 3
1 2 3
19 21 23
19 21 23
19 21 23
(WHT) (WHT) Sensor Signal

11
P+24V
F609 (RED) (RED)
F609_rtn
GND
(BLK) (BLK)
F609
F609
F609
F609_err
1 2 3
1 2 3
(WHT) (WHT)
20 22 24
20 22 24
20 22 24
Sensor Signal
12
15-53
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Sub-scanning
Feed Motor

Lower Cutter Driver Motor
Upper Cutter Driver Motor
M650
Registration Tilt Motor

Nip Release Motor 1
Paper Supply Motor
Paper Supply Motor

1 2 3 4 5
Upper Magazine
Lower Magazine
M650
Soft Nip Motor
Sensor Signal
Sensor Signal
M650
Feed Motor
Feed Motor
1 2 3 4 5
P+24V
P+24V
GND
GND
B M642 S640 S641 M640 M641 M600 M601 M630 M651 M610 M620 F606 F607
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
1 4 3
1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 6 1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 6 1 3 4 6 F606 1 2 3
1 5 4 3 2 6 1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 6 1 3 4 6 4 1 2 1 2 3
1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(WHT)
(WHT)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(RED)
(YEL)
(RED)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(YEL)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(YEL)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6
C JRE3
JRE3
JHA3
JHA3
JFUK2
JFUK2
JMAG3
JMAG3
JMAG4
JMAG4
JFAN3
JFAN3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(RED)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(RED)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 6 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 6 2 3 4 5 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 6 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 6 2 3 4 5 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(WHT)
(RED)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 3 2 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 6 2 3 4 5 1 2 6 7 3 4 5 8 9 10
M651 BCOM
M651 ACOM
C
D
NC
NC
NC
M600_rtn
M601_rtn
A
B
M651 A
M651 / A
M651 B
M651 / B
M630 A
M630 / A
M630 B
M630 BCOM
M630 / B
M600
M601
M630 ACOM
M610 A
M610 / A
M640 BCOM
(CN_ST_rtn)
(CN_ST_rtn)
M640 ACOM
M642 A
M642 / A
M642 B
M642 / B
M640 A
M640 / A
M640 B
M640 / B
M641 A
M641 / A
M641 B
M641 / B
(CN_ST)
M610 B
M610 / B
F606_rtn
F607_rtn
F606_err
F607_err
S640_rtn
S641_rtn
M620 A
M620 / A
NC
(CN_ST)
F606
F607
M620 B
M620 / B
S640
S641
M650
M650
M650
M650
M650
Registration Section Paper Supply/Feed Section Sub-scanning Section Magazine Drive Section
E
B1 B2 B3 B4 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B4 B28 B29 B30 A1 A2 A3 A28 A29 A30
PDA1 PDA2
PDA1 PDA2
CTL13 CTL14
CTL13 CTL14
A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B4 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A28 A29 A30 B1 B2 B3 B28 B29 B30
G
CTL23 Circuit Board CTL23 Circuit Board
15-54
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
NC
24V +24V
15.5.13
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

GND GND
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) +5V
CN601
CN601
5V (RED) (RED) (RED)
GND
3 1 2 4 5
2 7 3 8
2 7 3 8
2 7 3 8
1 7 2 8
1 7 2 8
GND (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
NC GND
ON/OFF M700_ON
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
PDB12
PDB12
JM7-2
JM7-2
JM7-1
JM7-1
DIR M700_DIR (CN_ST)
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLK)
GND
M700_Driver
GND (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK) (BLK)
1 14
1 14
1 12
M700_ER(iuput)
CN602
CN602
REOUT (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
CLK M700_CLK
4 10 9 11 6
4 10 9 11 6
4 10 5 11 6
4 10 5 11 6
2 3 8 4 5
5 4 10 9 11 6
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
M720 Cartridge Opening
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
M720
M720
M720
M720_rtn Drive Motor
2 3
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
2 3 4
2 3 4
(CN_ST) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
2
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
3 9 12
3 9 12
1 12
1 12
(BLK) (BLK)
1 12
S731 P1R Replenisher
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S731
S731_rtn
3 4
3 4
1 5
1 5
Stirring Valve
5 6
5 6
4 5
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
PDB8
PDB8
JPR1
JPR1
S728 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
P1R Replenisher
JPR8
JPR8
S728
2 6
2 6
S728_rtn
5 6
5 6
7 8
7 8
Cartridge Washing Valve
6 7
+24V (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
F760_ON
(RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED)
F760
D764
S728-S731
S728-S731
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
JSO15
JSO15
GND P2RA Replenisher
1 5 2 3 6
1 5 2 3 6
1 5 2 3 6
1 5 2 3 6
S729
1 6 2 3 7
1 6 2 3 7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
3
GND
JSO11
JSO11
S729
1 6 2 3 7 8
S729_rtn Cartridge Washing Valve
3 7
3 7
8 9
7 8
7 8
1 4 2 3 5 6
1 4 2 3 5 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
9 10
9 10
7
7
4 7 8
4 7 8
NC
NC S730 P2RB Replenisher
4 9
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
8 4 9
8 4 9
S730
S730_rtn
4 8
4 8
PDB9
PDB9
Cartridge Washing Valve
JSO3
JSO3
9 10
9 10
JSO7
JSO7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
10 11
11 12 13
11 12 13
M810
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
M810_rtn
1 2
4 8
4 8
JSO4
JSO4
5 10
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
4
5 10
5 10
PU720_ON (WHT) (WHT) (WHT) Replenisher Cartridge
PU720
PU720
+24V (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) Washing Pump

PU720
GND
4 1 2 3
4 1 2 3
2 3 9
2 3 9
2 3 9
1 2 9
1 2 9

GND(D)
10
10
10
10
10
M812 S720 Crossover Rack Front

(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S720
S720_rtn Auto Washing Valve

1 5
1 5
M812_rtn
1 3
4 11
4 11
4 11
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

3 11
3 11
PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
6 12
6 12
6 12
7 14
7 14
7 14
7 14
PDB10
PDB10
5
S721 Crossover Rack Rear

M811 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S721
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) S721_rtn Auto Washing Valve

2 6
2 6
M811_rtn (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

5 12
5 12
5 12
4 12
4 12
2 4
6 13
6 13
6 13
6 13
5 11
5 11
5 11
JPR9
JPR9
S720-S723
S720-S723
JPR2
JPR2
PDB7
PDB7
S722 Dryer Entrance Rack

(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S722
S722_rtn
3 7
3 7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

Auto Washing Valve
5 12
5 12
5 12
5 12
6 13
6 13
6 13
5 13
5 13
JSO1
JSO1
JSO5
JSO5
JSO9
JSO9
JSO12
JSO12
S770
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) S770_rtn P1WR Water
(Continued to *A)
S723
1 7
1 7
1 7
1 8
1 8
1 5
1 8
1 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S723
S723_rtn Replenishment Valve

4 8
4 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

6 14
6 14
7 14
7 14
7 14
6
PDB11
PDB11
M770 A S724
(RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) ?
S724
M770 ACOM
S724
S724
S724_rtn
1 2
1 2
8 15
8 15
8 15
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

M770 / A
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M770 B
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (CN_ST)
7 15 8 16
7 15 8 16
M770 BCOM (BLK)

(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT) (CN_ST_rtn)
1 16
1 16
1 16
M770 / B (BLK) (BLK)

2 3 4 6 7 8
2 3 4 9 10 11
2 3 4 9 10 11
2 3 4 9 10 11
2 3 4 9 10 11
2 3 4 8 9 10
2 3 4 8 9 10
2 3 4 8 9 10
PDB23 Circuit Board (1/2)
M771 A
7
(RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) M771 ACOM

(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) M771 / A (CN_ST)
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M771 B (BLK)
JSO2
JSO2
(CN_ST_rtn)
PDB6
PDB6
1 11
(BLK)
1 12
1 12
JSO13
JSO13
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
JSO10
JSO10
M771 BCOM
JSO6
JSO6
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT) M771 / B

2
2
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) F704 Processing Solution

3
3
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

F704
F704
F704
F704_rtn Tank Exhaust Fan

1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
2 3
(Continued to *B)
4
4
1 2 3 5 6 7 4 8
1 2 3 5 6 7 4 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
F705
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
F705_rtn Processor Exhaust Fan
4 5
3 4
3 4
5 6
5 6
F705
F705
F705
F705
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

1 4 3
4 1 2
JPR3
JPR3
PDB3
PDB3
8
JPR10
JPR10
PU724 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

PU724_rtn
1 2
1 2
5 6
5 6
7 8
7 8
6 7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

3 4
3 4
PSR Replenisher Pump

(ORG) (ORG)
2 4
2 4
3 4
6 12
6 12
(BLK) (BLK)
8
8
PU724(D728)
PU724(D728)
PU724(D728)
+5V (RED) (RED) (RED)

GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
JSO6
D728(PU724)
JSO14
JSO14
5 6 7
5 6 7
7 8 9
7 8 9
9 10 11
9 10 11
8 9 10
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
(ORG) (ORG)
9
1 3
1 3
1 2
5 11
5 11
(BLK) (BLK)
*A
JSO12
JSO12
(ORG)
Feeding Path Switching Solenoid
S770
S770
S770
1 7
1 7
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
10
(YEL)
Dryer Section Drive Motor
M770
M770
M770
(BLU)
(WHT)
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
2 3 4 8 9 10
2 3 4 8 9 10
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
11
*B
(YEL)
Print Exit Drive Motor
M771
M771
M771
JSO13
JSO13
(BLU)
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
(WHT)
1 2 3 4 5 6
6
6
(ORG)
for SU1400AY
12
15-55
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
15-56
1
B1 B2 B3 B4
A1 A2 A3 A4
(CN_ST)
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK) (BLK)
1 10
1 10
1 10
P+24V
F700 GND
(RED) (RED) (RED)
F700_rtn P1 Processing Solution Tank
2 3
2 3
2 3
1 2
1 2
F700
F700
F700
F700
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) Heater Cooling Fan
4 1 2
1 4 3
Sensor Signal
2
P+24V
F701
(RED) (RED) (RED)
GND
F701_rtn P2 Processing Solution Tank
4 5
4 5
4 5
3 4
3 4
F701
F701
F701
F701
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
Heater Cooling Fan
1 4 3
4 1 2
JHO1
JHO1
Sensor Signal
PDB2
PDB2
JHO3
JHO3
P+24V
F702 GND
(RED) (RED) (RED)
F702_rtn PS1/2/3 Processing Solution
6 7
6 7
6 7
5 6
5 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
F702
F702
F702
F702
Tank Heater Cooling Fan

1 4 3
4 1 2
Sensor Signal
P+24V
F703 (RED) (RED) (RED)
GND
F703_rtn PS4 Processing Solution
8 9
8 9
8 9
7 8
7 8
F703
F703
F703
F703
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

Tank Heater Cooling Fan
1 4 3
4 1 2
3
Sensor Signal
PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
PDB1
PDB1
CTL12
CTL12
B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3

2
2
2
NC
PU721
PU721_rtn (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
3 4
3 4
3 4
1 3
1 3
CTL23 Circuit Board

(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
P1R Replenisher Pump

PU721(D725)
PU721(D725)
PU721(D725)
+5V (RED) (RED) (RED)

GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D725(PU721)
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
5
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

9 11 13
9 11 13
9 11 13
PU722
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
PU722_rtn
5 6
5 6
5 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

8 10
8 10
P2RA Replenisher Pump

JHO2
JHO2
JHO4
JHO4
PDB5
PDB5
+5V
PU722(D726)
PU722(D726)
PU722(D726)
(RED) (RED) (RED)

GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D726(PU722)
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
5 7 9
5 7 9
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

10 12 14
10 12 14
10 12 14
PU723
6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

7 8
PU723_rtn
7 8
7 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

11 13
11 13
15
15
P2RB Replenisher Pump

PU723(D727)
PU723(D727)
PU723(D727)
+5V
(RED) (RED) (RED)
GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D727(PU723)
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

15 16 17
15 16 17
15 16 17
12 14 16
12 14 16
(CN_ST)
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
1 18
(BLK)
1 18
1 18
(BLK)
PDB23 Circuit Board (2/2)
7
B48 B49 B50

A48 A49 A50
8
(CN_ST)
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
1 20
1 20
1 20
(BLK)
+24V
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
PU700_ON P1 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU700
PU700
PU700
GND
2 3 4
2 3 4
2 3 4
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5V2_MC
(RED) GND-5MC
1 2
1 2
PDB13
PDB13
1 2
(BLK)
JPWB1
JPWB1
+24V (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

9
To PWR9 PU701_ON P2 Circulation Pump

(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU701
PU701
PU701
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
4 5 6
4 5 6
5 6 7
5 6 7
5 6 7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

+24V02
(ORG)
GND-24V0
(BLK)
+24V03
PDB14
PDB14
JPWB2
JPWB2
(ORG)
GND-24V0
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
3 1 2 4
(BLK)

PU702_ON PS1 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU702
PU702
PU702
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
7 8 9
7 8 9
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

8 9 10
8 9 10
8 9 10
PDB4
PDB4
JPR12
JPR12
JPR13
JPR13
+24V11
(ORG)
1 5
1 5
GND-24V1
(BLK) +24V (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
+24V12
(ORG) PU703_ON PS2 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU703
PU703
PU703
GND-24V1
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) GND
10
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

10 11 12
10 11 12
11 12 13
11 12 13
11 12 13
To PWR9 +24V21
PDB15
PDB15
JPWB3
JPWB3
(ORG)
GND-24V2
2 6 3 7
2 6 3 7
(BLK)
+24V22
(ORG) GND-24V2
2 6 5 8 7 3 4
4 8
4 8
(BLK)
PU704_ON PS3 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU704
PU704
PU704
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

13 14 15
13 14 15
14 15 16
14 15 16
14 15 16
+24V31
(ORG)
GND-24V3 +24V (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
(BLK)
To PWR10 +24V32 PU705_ON PS4 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PDB16
PDB16
JPWB4
JPWB4
PU705
PU705
PU705
(ORG)
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
GND-24V3 (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
1718 19
1718 19
1718 19
3 1 2 4
16 17 18
16 17 18
(BLK)
11
12
16. APPENDIX
16.1 Adjustment jigs..................................................................................... 16-2

16.1.1 LP5500R / LP5700R ............................................................................................... 16-2
16.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement ............................... 16-3

16.2.1 Paper Supply and Feed Sections......................................................................... 16-3
16.2.2 Exposure Section .................................................................................................. 16-3
16.2.3 Processing Solution Replenishment System ..................................................... 16-4
16.2.4 Sorter ...................................................................................................................... 16-4
16.2.5 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section ........................................ 16-4
16
16-1
16.1 Adjustment jigs
16.1.1 LP5500R / LP5700R
No. Name and Shape Part Number Purpose Refer to
1 Back Printer Head Clearance Adjusting Jig 332D889498 Back printer head clearance adjustment 6.2.21
EZ1814
2 Exposure Section Frame Locating Jigs 310C1023994 Locating the exposure section frame 7.3.1
CD1026
3 Power Input Extension Cable 136C1059989 Connection between the power supply 15.4.1
connector and the DC power supply
bracket to enable DC power to be checked.
Z21082A
7 Measuring Cup 359C1062656 For auto washing pump output 4.5.2
measurement.
LZ1118
16-2
16.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement
16.2.1 Paper Supply and Feed Sections
Sub-
No. Replacement Parts Adjustment Item Menu Refer to
section
1 Paper Magazine — (1) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine 0520 4.4.1

Adjustment
2 Cutter Unit 6.1.12 (1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) 0558 4.4.25
6.1.15 (2) Feeding Position Sensor Fine 0553 4.4.21
Adjustment
(3) Image Position Initial Setting 0554 4.4.22
3 Cutter/Feed Unit 6.1.2 (1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) 0558 4.4.25
(2) Feeding Position Sensor Fine 0553 4.4.21
Adjustment
(4) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine 0520 4.4.1
Adjustment
4 Back Printing/Feed Unit 6.2.1 (1) Back Printer Head Clearance — 6.2.21
Adjustment
(3) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine 0520 4.4.1
Adjustment
5 Back Printer Head 6.2.18 (1) Back Printer Head Clearance — 6.2.21
Adjustment
6 Platen 6.2.15 (1) Back Printer Head Clearance — 6.2.21
Adjustment
7 Registration Unit 6.3.1 (1) Image Position Initial Setting 0554 4.4.22
16.2.2 Exposure Section
Sub-
section
1 Laser Optical Unit 7.2.3 (1) G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature 0522 4.4.2
Setup
(2) Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough 0547 4.4.15
Adjustment
(3) Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment 0548 4.4.16
Print
2
3
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter
Sub-scanning Unit
7.2.1
7.3.1
(1) Filter Replacement History
(1) Sensor Calibration (Initial)
0552
0558
4.4.20
4.4.25
16
4 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor 7.3.9 (1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) 0558 4.4.25
(D650)/
Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653) 7.3.10
16-3
16.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement
16.2.3 Processing Solution Replenishment System
Sub-
section
1 PSR Filter 11.2.7 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 4.5.1

(2) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/
Setting 0621 4.5.2
2 PSR Pump (PU724) 11.2.4 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 4.5.1
3 PSR Pump Valve 11.2.5 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 4.5.1
4 PSR Pump Bellows 11.2.6 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 4.5.1
5 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) 11.3.1 (1) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ 0621 4.5.2
Setting
6 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Filter 11.2.1 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 4.5.1
7 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump 11.2.2 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 4.5.1
(PU721/PU722/PU723)
8 PSR Tank 11.2.10 (1) INSTALLATION "91 PSR AIR EXT." — 1.2
9 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank 11.2.11 (1) INSTALLATION "92 MIX REPL. — 1.2
(2) INSTALLATION "93 PUMP AIR EXT."
16.2.4 Sorter
Sub-
section
1 SU1400AY Sorter Drive Motor (M810) 13.5.5 (1) Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment — 13.5.5
16.2.5 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section
Sub-
section
1 GMC23 Circuit Board 14.3.4 (1) Program download — 14.3.7

2 DC Power Supply Unit 14.4.4 (1) DC Voltage Inspection — 15.4.1
3. GIE23 Circuit Board 14.3.3 (1) Device Driver Installation — —
16-4
16.3 Index
0 [MENU] Item.........................................................1-6 Circulation Pump Inspection ................................ 2-12
1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item..........................................1-7 Clear Error Log (0141).......................................... 4-12
2 [END CHK.] Item ..................................................1-9 Command (9942).................................................. 4-67
3 [MESHBELT CLN] Item ......................................1-10 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............. 6-13
4 [LANGUAGE] Item .............................................1-11 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.. 14-24
5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item ........................................1-12 Control Section ................................................... 14-23
6 [PRINT COND.] Item ..........................................1-13 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Re-
7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item .......................................1-14 placement ...................................................... 14-30
8 [SYSTEM] Item ...................................................1-15 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Rein-
9 [INSTALLATION] Item ........................................1-18 stallation ......................................................... 14-32
Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation..... 13-46
[A] ................................................................................ Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing
AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ...14-4 Nozzle Inspection ............................................ 2-11
AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ......................15-35 Crossover Racks .................................................... 9-4
Accumulated Production Information (0127) ........4-10 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement..................... 14-23
Adjustment jigs .....................................................16-2 CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/3)......... 15-38
Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement ....7-10 Cutter Inspection .................................................... 2-6
AOM Driver Replacement .......................................7-6 Cutter/Feed Section................................................ 6-6
APPENDIX .............................................................16-1 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................ 6-6
ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement .....................14-14
Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation ......9-27 [D]
Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621) .....4-48 Data Backup (0122) ............................................... 4-8
Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System ..............11-23 Data Download (0562).......................................... 4-45
Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement .......11-23 Data Saving (0561)............................................... 4-44
Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Re- DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation..... 14-19
placement.........................................................14-7 DC Power Supply Section .................................. 14-19
DC Power Supply System LED Indication .......... 15-21
[B] DC Power Supply Unit Replacement.................. 14-21
B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) ..................................4-30 DC Voltage Check List ....................................... 15-17
Back Printer Head Replacement ............................2-6 Distribution Entrance Unit....................................... 8-6
Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement ................6-35 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation . 8-8
Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement6-28 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replace-
Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal / Rein- ment ................................................................. 8-29
stallation............................................................6-33 Distribution Roller Replacement ........................... 8-33
Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement ..6-32 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Rein-
Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive stallation ............................................................. 8-7
Gear Replacement ...........................................6-27 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Re-
Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement ........6-30 placement ........................................................ 8-40
Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .. 6-30 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller In-
Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment ..........6-38 spection ........................................................... 2-10
Back Printing Head Inspection ...............................2-6 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED Replacement .. 8-37
Back Printing Head Replacement...........................2-6 Distribution Section Paper Sensor Replacement . 8-36
Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement ...6-29 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement...... 8-32
Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement .......6-31 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement .................. 8-30 16
Back Printing Section ............................................6-23 Distribution Unit .................................................... 8-23
Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement..6-34 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation............... 8-23
Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement.........6-37 DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION............... 8-1
Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............6-37 Drive Belt Replacement............................... 5-16, 8-36
Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...6-23 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation................... 9-29
Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Drive Gear Replacement ............................. 6-11, 8-17
Removal/Reinstallation .....................................6-21 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement ...... 8-41
Block Diagrams...................................................15-13 Drive Pulley Replacement ...................................... 5-4
Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement ....................14-3 Drive Shaft/Gear Replacement........................... 13-37
Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement....................... 9-30
[C] Dryer Belt Unit ...................................................... 12-3
Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement .......2-9 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch
Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement ...11-8 (D762B) Replacement ..................................... 12-5
Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation ............11-7 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................. 12-3
Chain Tension Adjustment ...................... 13-40, 13-56 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly .... 9-5
Circuit Board Layout Diagrams...........................15-26 Dryer Exit Unit....................................................... 13-8
Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement ........14-9 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................. 13-9
16-5
16.3 Index
Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal / Reinstallation EXPOSURE SECTION............................................. 7-1
(LP5500R).........................................................13-8 Exposure Section.................................................. 16-3
Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal / Reinstallation Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/Ex-
(LP5700R).........................................................13-8 posure Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replace-
Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement...........................12-15 ment ................................................................. 7-25
Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............12-14 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED
Dryer Fan/Heater Section....................................12-14 (D650L)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED
Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ...........12-9 (D653L) Replacement ...................................... 7-26
Dryer Feed Roller Replacement............................12-9
Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement ..12-17 [F]
Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Re- Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................... 7-4
placement.......................................................12-16 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement ........... 13-49
Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection...................................2-18 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement .. 13-44
Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement ....................12-3 Feed Guide Plate Replacement ........................... 6-17
Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation .......................12-6 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement...................... 6-11
Dryer Rack Section ...............................................12-6 Feed Motor 2 (M631) Replacement...................... 6-28
DRYER SECTION ..................................................12-1 Feed Motor 3 (M632) Replacement...................... 6-26
Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement........13-16 Feed Motor 4 (M640) Replacement...................... 6-43
Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch Feed Motor 5 (M660) Replacement...................... 8-35
(D762A) Replacement ......................................12-8 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement................ 6-55
Dryer Temperature Abnormality............................3-80 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement .................. 13-17
Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement .........12-16 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement................... 8-20
Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement.....................12-12 Feed Roller Replacement ..................................... 8-19
Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement.............12-10 Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605) Replacement ..... 14-34
Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement ............12-13 Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 (F606) Replacement ....... 8-45
Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement ....... 8-45
[E] Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement . 7-5
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS ......................15-1 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement . 7-5
Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams...15-11 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstalla-
ELECTRICAL SECTION.........................................14-1 tion ................................................................... 8-44
Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement 6-24
(LP5500R).........................................................8-58 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large
Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation Size)(D776) Replacement .............................. 13-15
(LP5700R).........................................................8-57 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/
Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate Front) (D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement.. 13-13
Removal/Reinstallation .....................................6-20 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Cen-
Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstal- ter/Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper
lation (LP5500R ) ..............................................8-59 Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/
Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstal- D775L) Replacement ..................................... 13-12
lation (LP5700R) ...............................................8-58 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement.. 13-14
Entrance Feed Roller Replacement (LP5500R) ....8-52 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553) 4-37
Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.......6-53 Filter Replacement History (0552) ........................ 4-36
Entrance Nip Roller Replacement (LP5500R).......8-55 Frame Removal/Reinstallation .............................. 7-18
Error Indication Outline ...........................................3-2 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement (LP5700R) ....... 8-51
Error Information Check (0123)...............................4-9 Front / Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement
Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation (LP5700R) ........................................................ 8-55
(LP5500R).........................................................8-60
Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation [G]
(LP5700R).........................................................8-59 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544) .............................. 4-29
Exit Feed Belt Replacement................................12-13 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522)....... 4-20
Exit Feed Roller Replacement...............................6-22 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement................... 14-14
Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement (LP5500R) ...8-61 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement ...... 14-12
Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement (LP5700R) ...8-60 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement................... 14-13
Exit Nip Roller Replacement (LP5500R) ...............8-57 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.................... 13-18
Exit Nip Roller Replacement (LP5700R) ...............8-56
Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller [H]
Replacement ....................................................6-17 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement 10-7
Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ......................8-42 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replace-
Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement ...6-49 ment ................................................................. 10-8
Explorer (9941)......................................................4-66 Hose Connection ................................................ 10-14
Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement ....7-15
16-6
16.3 Index
[I] Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement ..... 5-11

I/O Parts Diagrams................................................15-2 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync Rough Adjust (0547)....... 4-31
Image Control Box ..............................................14-10 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ....................... 2-1
Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ......15-50 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures .............. 2-5
Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......14-10 MAINTENANCE MENU........................................... 4-1
Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replace- Maintenance Schedule........................................... 2-2
ment................................................................14-11 MENU TABLE ......................................................... 1-5
Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527) ...4-23 Menu Table............................................................. 1-5
Image Position Initial Setting (0554)......................4-38 Message Icon ......................................................... 3-2
Input Extension Cable Connection .....................15-15 Message Number ................................................... 3-2
MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ................................... 3-1
[J] Messages and Actions ........................................... 3-3
JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R) (1/2) .15-43 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....... 9-26
JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2) .15-41 Motor Driver Replacement.................................... 9-27
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R
SU700AY) (1/2)...............................................15-47 [N]
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/2)..15-45 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear:
D663) Replacement ......................................... 8-24
[L] Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replace-
Laser Beam Sync Fine Adjustment Print (0548) ...4-32 ment ................................................................. 6-40
Laser Exposure Check (0542) ..............................4-29 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 2 (D655) Replace-
Laser History Display (0549).................................4-34 ment ................................................................. 8-10
Laser Optical Unit .................................................7-10 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 3 (D656) Replace-
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement.............7-10 ment ................................................................. 8-15
Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............7-11 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection.... 2-8
LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section ..................7-3 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement .......... 8-12
LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F690A/B) Replacement ....7-6 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement .......... 8-16
LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................7-7 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement ........ 8-26
LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................15-49 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement 8-27
Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement .......14-8 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement ...... 6-25
Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Re- Nip Release Solenoid 2 (S632) Replacement ...... 6-25
placement.......................................................14-32 Nip Release Solenoid 3 (S640) Replacement ...... 6-45
Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..........................6-6 Nip Release Solenoid 4 (S641) Replacement ...... 6-45
Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...........14-19 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement ..... 8-25
Lock Release Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation....13-36 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement ...... 8-10
Louver Removal/Reinstallation ................................7-5 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ...... 8-15
Low Volume Processing Setup (0622) ..................4-50 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement...... 8-27
Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation...10-7 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement ................... 8-13
Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ................6-18 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation..... 8-42
Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............6-16 Nip Roller Replacement....................8-16, 8-28, 13-24
Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front) (D773P/ No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ... 9-4
D774P/D775P) Replacement..........................13-13 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly..... 9-4
Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......5-15 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Re-
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement...6-12 placement ........................................................ 14-8 16
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replace-
ment..................................................................6-15 [O]
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Rein- Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Re-
stallation..............................................................5-9 placement .......................................................... 7-8
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .5-10 Operational Procedure ........................................... 4-3
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation.....5-9
Lower Magazine Table............................................5-9 [P]
Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......5-10 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Re-
Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .......6-9 placement ........................................................ 10-4
P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement
[M] 10-10
Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing .................8-6 P1/P2 Roller Replacement...................................... 9-9
Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replace- P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation...... 9-12
ment..................................................................5-17 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation..... 9-6
Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch ...................5-14 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing
Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement...........5-7 Valve Diagnostics ............................................ 3-87
Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement ..........5-3
16-7
16.3 Index
P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Printer Operation Data Display (0560) ................. 4-43
Level Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/ Printer Rear Cover Open/Close .......................... 14-23
FS726) Replacement ......................................11-17 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation... 8-7
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve Printer Section (LP5500R/LP5700R)..................... 15-2
(S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement .................11-25 Printer Section (LP5500R/LP5700R)................... 15-11
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Re- Printer Temperature Display (0524) ..................... 4-21
placement.......................................................11-10 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............. 7-3
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement ..................11-20 Printer/Processor Block Diagram ....................... 15-13
PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....14-7 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit
PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................14-6 Boards............................................................ 15-15
PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................15-36 Printer / Processor Electrical Equipment Block Dia-
Paint (9940) ...........................................................4-66 gram ............................................................... 15-14
Paper Condition Method Setup (0242) .................4-17 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table ..... 1-5
Paper Condition Setup (0200)...............................4-13 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams .................... 15-35
Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550) .4-34 Printing Function Inspection ................................... 2-5
Paper Feed (0523) ................................................4-21 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication .. 2-11
Paper Feed Check (Menu 2340)...........................4-59 Processing Racks................................................... 9-6
PAPER FEED SECTION...........................................6-1 PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM...... 10-1
Paper Magazine ......................................................5-3 Processing Solution Heater Inspection ................ 2-12
Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520).........4-19 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section ... 10-7
Paper Magazine Registration (0221) ....................4-15 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning......... 2-13
Paper Supply and Feed Sections .........................16-3 PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYS-
PAPER SUPPLY SECTION ......................................5-1 TEM .................................................................. 11-1
Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement ......5-3 Processing Solution Replenishment System...... 11-10, 16-4
Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243)...................4-18 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Re-
PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................14-29 placement ...................................................... 10-13
PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5500R) (1/ Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Re-
2).....................................................................15-53 placement ...................................................... 10-13
PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (LP5700R) (1/ Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering............ 3-84
2).....................................................................15-51 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality .... 3-76
PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................14-29 Processing Temperature Setting (0640)............... 4-55
PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2).........15-55 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) ............. 4-46
Pipe Slider Inspection ...........................................2-10 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication....................... 2-18
Pipe Slider Replacement.......................................8-38 Processor Drive Chain Replacement ................... 9-31
Platen Replacement ..............................................6-34 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement ....... 9-28
Power Input Section ..............................................14-3 Processor Drive System ....................................... 9-25
“POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel ............15-19 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .... 10-3
Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Processor I/O Check (0642) ................................. 4-56
Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B) Replacement ......14-31 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation .... 10-4
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section .........14-4 Processor Input Check (0624).............................. 4-53
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cov- Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625) ...... 4-54
er Removal/Reinstallation .................................14-4 Processor Operation Data Display (0643)............ 4-57
Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section ......16-4 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..... 9-25
Power Switch (D684) Replacement ....................14-33 PROCESSOR SECTION.......................................... 9-1
Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ..................4-13 Processor Section................................................. 15-6
PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER ............................13-1 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) .......... 4-51
Print Push Drive Gear Replacement ...................13-35 Production Information (0120) ................................ 4-5
Print Push Position Sensor (D815) Replacement 13-31 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board ..... 14-15
Print Push Section Removal/Reinstallation..........13-30 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644) ..... 4-57
Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement ...13-42 PS Tank Partition Board........................................ 9-20
Print Sending Unit ...............................................13-42 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement ....... 9-20
Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation ..........13-42 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Re-
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05)....................4-19 placement ...................................................... 10-11
Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement............9-32 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ............................... 9-15
Printer Exit Section ................................................8-44 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ........ 9-12
Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement .............8-46 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ............................... 9-13
Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................8-44 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation....... 9-6
Printer Function Select (0528)...............................4-24 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replace-
Printer I/O Check (0540) .......................................4-25 ment ................................................................. 10-6
Printer Input Check (0525) ....................................4-22 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning ...... 2-15
Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) ..........4-35 PSR Filter Replacement...................................... 11-16
16-8
16.3 Index
PSR Level Sensor Inspection ................................2-16 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) ......................... 4-42
PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement.......................11-13 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558) ......................... 4-41
PSR Pump Bellows Replacement .......................11-15 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table ..................... 1-2
PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ........11-12 Shooter Drive Gear Replacement....................... 13-38
PSR Pump Valve Replacement ...........................11-14 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement........ 7-15
PSR Tank Replacement ......................................11-18 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement ................. 7-14
PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Re- Soft Down Damper Replacement ......................... 5-12
placement.......................................................11-16 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement... 7-24
PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................14-20 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement .................... 7-22
PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................15-37 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement................. 7-27
Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement ..... 10-9
[R] Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection ................... 2-17
R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543) ..................................4-29 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement... 10-5
Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics .............3-86 Sorter .................................................................... 16-4
Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenish- Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................. 13-52
ment Valve (S720 to S722) Replacement.......11-24 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement............ 13-54
Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement .............8-53 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) / Print Push Drive Section
Registration Section ..............................................6-40 Replacement .................................................. 13-31
Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement .6-53 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement .. 13-28, 13-56
Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning .............2-7 Sorter Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......... 13-30
Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement ....6-46 Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment ................. 13-41
Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement ....6-54 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement
Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement ....6-47 ............................................................. 13-37, 13-53
Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement .6-48 Special Operations (99)........................................ 4-66
Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replace- Speed Control Motor (M664) / Belt (Front) Replace-
ment..................................................................6-42 ment ................................................................. 8-49
Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Re- Speed Control Motor (M665) / Belt (Rear) Replace-
placement.........................................................6-42 ment ................................................................. 8-50
Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED Replace-
(M642) Replacement ........................................6-43 ment ................................................................. 8-48
Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation ..............6-40 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor Replacement..... 8-47
Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table ...........2-3 SU1400AY Sorter................................................ 13-52
Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement..............................14-9 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation .......... 13-52
Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing ....11-9 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ............................ 13-46
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Belt Stop Position Ad-
Switch (D724) Replacement.............................11-3 justment.......................................................... 13-51
Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
(D722/D723) Replacement...............................11-4 13-46
Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement..11-6 SU700AY Sorter.................................................. 13-26
Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstalla- SU700AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ............ 13-26
tion ....................................................................11-5 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555) ...... 4-39
Replenisher Cartridge Section ..............................11-3 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement . 7-21
Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replace- Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning................... 2-8
ment..................................................................11-3 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) ... 4-40 16
Replenisher Filter Replacement ..........................11-10 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement................. 7-19
Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning ......................2-14 Sub-scanning Unit ................................................ 7-17
Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation........... 7-17
(0620) ...............................................................4-46 Sub-tank Section .................................................. 10-3
Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction ...........3-74 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ........ 13-27, 13-53
Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction....3-89 Switching Guide Plate Replacement .................. 13-24
Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics ............3-88 System Operation Setup and Check (01)............... 4-5
Replenishment Pump Diagnostics ........................3-85
Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement...16-3 [T]
Return Action after Replenishment System Error..3-88 Test Pattern Printing (0541) .................................. 4-27
Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......................9-25 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement............. 7-4
Roller Replacement.............................................13-22 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement .. 6-41
Rubber Flat Belt Replacement ..............................7-22 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................ 6-52
Timer Setup (0121) ................................................. 4-7
[S] Timing Belt Replacement ..................................... 7-21
Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546)........4-30 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement. 13-48
Self-Diagnostic Menu Outline ...............................4-59
16-9
16.3 Index
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replace-

ment................................................................13-48
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Re-
placement.......................................................13-47
Trouble Shooting ...................................................3-74
[U]
Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/
Reinstallation ....................................................6-15
Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..10-3
Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement................6-19
Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement ..................6-21
Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation.............6-14
Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly .................9-7
Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...........8-18
Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation .....5-14
Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615),
Open/Close Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine
ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625), Open/Close Sen-
sor (D627/D628) Replacement.........................6-10
Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement ....6-12
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Rein-
stallation..............................................................5-5
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replace-
ment....................................................................5-6
Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal / Reinstalla-
tion ......................................................................5-5
Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement ...5-8
Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation.........5-6
Upper Paper Magazine Table.................................5-5
Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .......6-9
Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation 5-7
Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/
D626) Replacement..........................................6-10
Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/
M620) Replacement .........................................5-15
[W]
Waste Solution Hose Replacement.....................10-17
Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement.....10-15
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning .................2-15
Waste Solution System........................................10-15
Waste Solution Tank Replacement .....................10-16
[X]
X-#### Actions ........................................................3-2
16-10
FUJIFILM Corporation
7-3, Akasaka 9-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107-0052, Japan
Ref.No. PP3-C1082E 012210 FP

Manual de Servicio Frontier 570

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual de Servicio Frontier 570

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL

Precautions Generally Applying to All Serving Operations

Service Manual Appropriations

1. All rights are reserved by the FUJIFILM Corporation (FUJIFILM).

2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service

3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore

4. FUJIFILM’s prior consent is required in regard to the following.

K Manual copying in whole or in part.

1. MENU TABLE........................................................................................................................... 1-1

2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................................................................................. 2-1

3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ............................................................................................... 3-1

4. MAINTENANCE MENU ......................................................................................................... 4-1

5. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION ................................................................................................. 5-1

6. PAPER FEED SECTION ....................................................................................................... 6-1

7. EXPOSURE SECTION .......................................................................................................... 7-1

8. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION ..................................................................... 8-1

9. PROCESSOR SECTION ....................................................................................................... 9-1

10. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM............................................... 10-1

11. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM ....................................... 11-1

12. DRYER SECTION ................................................................................................................. 12-1

14. ELECTRICAL SECTION ..................................................................................................... 14-1

15. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .............................................................................. 15-1

16. APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................... 16-1

1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table..................................................... 1-2

1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table .................................. 1-5

A1 FMPC-I, FMPC-III Password

MENU ITEM - 0000 7777

0120 Production Information 411 Production Information 1 K K

412 Production Information 2 K K

0121 Timer Setup 414 Timer Setup K K

0122 Data Backup 417 Data Backup K K

0123 Error Information Check 415 Error Log Information K K

Installation Information Installation Information

Accumulated Production Accumulated Production

418 Data Restore K

0140 Installation Information Setup 41F Installation Information Setup K

0141 Clear Error Log 41E Clear Error Log K

490 Frontier Direct Device Setup K

0200 Paper Condition Setup 421 Paper Condition Setup K K K

0221 Paper Magazine Registration (451 Paper Magazine Registration) K K

Paper Condition Method Paper Condition Method

42O Backprint Setup K K

05 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance 5 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance K

(0221 Paper Magazine Registration) 451 Paper Magazine Registration K K

Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Magazine Feed Length

G Laser (SHG) Optimal G Laser (SHG) Optimal

0523 Paper Feed 455 Paper Feed K K

0524 Printer Temperature Display 456 Printer Temperature Display K K

0525 Printer Input Check 457 Printer Input Check K K

Image Position and Tilt Fine Image Position/Angle Fine

0528 Printer Function Select 45B Printer Function Select K K

0540 Printer I/O Check 45A Printer I/O Check K

0541 Test Pattern Printing 453 Test Pattern Printing K

A1 FMPC-I, FMPC-III Password 1

MENU ITEM - 0000 7777

0542 Laser Exposure Check 45C Laser Exposure Check K

0543 R Laser (R-LD) Data 45D R Laser (R-LD) Data K

0544 G Laser (G-SHG) Data 45E G Laser (G-SHG) Data K

0545 B Laser (B-LD) Data 45F B Laser (B-LD) Data K

Scan/Scan Home Position Scan/Scan Home Position

Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync.

Laser Beam Sync. Fine Laser Beam Sync. Fine

0549 Laser History Display 45K Laser History Display K

Paper Condition Setup Table Paper Condition Setup Table

4 LANGUAGE 1　SET LANG. ?